slc - mercedes-benz usaslc operator'smanual mercedes-benz youroperator'smanual...

298
SLC Operator's Manual Mercedes-Benz Your Operator's Manual Digital form inside the vehicle Familiarize yourself with the contents of the Operator's Manual directly via your vehicle's multimedia system (Menu item "Vehicle"). Booklet inside the vehicle In addition to the vehicle's Operator's Manual, you can obtain the complete multi- media system Supplement from your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Digital form via the Internet You can find the Operator's Manual on the Mercedes-Benz homepage. Digital form as an App The Mercedes-Benz Guides App is available for free on the Apple ® App store or Google Play. Apple® iOS Android™ Order no. P172 0138 13 Part no. 172 584 11 02 Edition B 2018 É1725841102~ËÍ 1725841102 SLC Operator's Manual

Upload: others

Post on 09-Mar-2021

17 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

SLCOperator's Manual

Mercedes-Benz

Your Operator's Manual

Digital form inside the vehicleFamiliarize yourself with the contents of the Operator's Manual directly via yourvehicle's multimedia system (Menu item "Vehicle").

Booklet inside the vehicleIn addition to the vehicle's Operator's Manual, you can obtain the complete multi-media system Supplement from your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Digital form via the InternetYou can find the Operator's Manual on the Mercedes-Benz homepage.

Digital form as an AppTheMercedes-BenzGuidesApp is available for free on theApple®App store orGooglePlay.

Apple® iOS Android™

Order no. P172 0138 13 Part no. 172 584 11 02 Edition B 2018

É1725841102~ËÍ1725841102

SLCO

perat

or'sM

anual

Page 2: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Publication detailsInternet

Further information about Mercedes-Benz vehi-cles and about Daimler AG can be found on thefollowing websites:http://www.mbusa.com (USA only)http://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canada only)

Editorial office

©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translated orotherwise reproduced, in whole or in part, with-out written permission from Daimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AGMercedesstraße 13770327 StuttgartGermany

SymbolsRegistered trademarks:RBluetooth® is a registered trademark of Blue-tooth SIG Inc.RDTS™ is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc.RDolby® and MLP™ are registered trademarksof DOLBY Laboratories.RBabySmart™, ESP® and PRE-SAFE® are reg-istered trademarks of Daimler AG.RHomeLink® is a registered trademark of John-son Controls.RiPod® and iTunes® are registered trademarksof Apple Inc.RLogic7® is a registered trademark of HarmanInternational Industries.RMicrosoft® and Windows media® are regis-tered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.RSIRIUS® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio Inc.RHD Radio™ is a registered trademark of iBiq-uity Digital Corporation.RGracenote® is a registered trademark ofGracenote, Inc.RZAGAT Survey® and related brands are regis-tered trademarks of Zagat Survey, LLC.

In this Operator's Manual you will find the fol-lowing symbols:

G WARNINGWarning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental noteEnvironmental notes provide you with infor-mation on environmentally aware actions ordisposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you to dan-gers that could lead to damage to your vehi-cle.

i Practical tips or further information thatcould be helpful to you.

X This symbol indicates an instructionthat must be followed.

X Several of these symbols in successionindicate an instruction with severalsteps.

(Ypage)

This symbol tells youwhere you can findmore information about a topic.

YY This symbol indicates a warning or aninstruction that is continued on the nextpage.

Dis‐play This text indicates a message on themultifunction display/multimedia dis-play.

As at 28.03.2017

Page 3: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Welcome to the world of Mercedes-BenzWe urge you to read this Operator's Manualcarefully and familiarize yourself with the vehi-cle before driving. For your own safety and alonger vehicle life, follow the instructions andwarning notices in this manual. Ignoring themcould result in damage to the vehicle or personalinjury to you or others.Vehicle damage caused by failure to followinstructions is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.The equipment or product designation of yourvehicle may vary depending on:RModelROrderRCountry specificationRAvailabilityMercedes-Benz therefore reserves the right tointroduce changes in the following areas:RDesignREquipmentRTechnical featuresThe equipment in your vehicle may thereforediffer from that shown in the descriptions andillustrations.The following are integral components of thevehicle:RDigital Operator's ManualRPrinted Operator's ManualRMaintenance BookletREquipment-dependent supplementsKeep these documents in the vehicle at alltimes. If you sell the vehicle, always pass alldocuments on to the new owner.Your Operator's Manual:

Digital form inside the vehicleThe Digital Operator's Manual providescomprehensive and specifically adaptedinformation on your vehicle's equipmentand multimedia system. It contains infor-mative animations, individual languagesettings and an intuitive search function.Booklet inside the vehicleIn addition to this manual and the afore-mentioned digital media, you also have theoption to obtain a comprehensive printedversion of the Supplement for your multi-media system from your authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Digital form via the InternetTheOperator'sManual on the Internet pro-vides easy access to all informationregarding your vehicle andmultimedia sys-tem. It also provides helpful animations,interesting background information and awide array of search options.Digital form as an AppUsing the Mercedes-Benz Guides App, youcan view all the information on your vehicleandmultimedia system via mobile Internetor download it independently of networkaccess. Available for smartphones or tab-lets.

Please note that theMercedes-Benz Guides Appmay not yet be available in your country.Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.A Daimler Company

1725841102 É1725841102~ËÍ

Page 4: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Index ....................................................... 4

Digital Operator's Manual .................. 22Introduction ........................................... 22Operation ............................................... 22

Introduction ......................................... 23Protecting the environment ................... 23Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts ............... 23Operator's Manual ................................. 24Service and vehicle operation ................ 24Operating safety .................................... 26QR codes for the rescue card ................ 28Data stored in the vehicle ...................... 28Information on copyright ....................... 30

At a glance ........................................... 31Cockpit .................................................. 31Instrument cluster ................................. 32Multifunction steering wheel ................. 33Center console ...................................... 34Overhead control panel ......................... 36Door control panel ................................. 37

Safety ................................................... 38Panic alarm ............................................ 38Occupant safety .................................... 38Children in the vehicle ........................... 53Pets in the vehicle ................................. 56Driving safety systems ........................... 56Protection against theft ......................... 63

Opening and closing ........................... 65SmartKey ............................................... 65Doors ..................................................... 70Trunk ..................................................... 72Side windows ......................................... 74Roof ....................................................... 77

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors .... 84Correct driver's seat position ................ 84Seats ..................................................... 84Steering wheel ....................................... 88Mirrors ................................................... 90

Memory function ................................... 93

Lights and windshield wipers ............ 95Exterior lighting ..................................... 95Interior lighting ...................................... 99Replacing bulbs ..................................... 99Windshield wipers ................................ 101

Climate control ................................. 104Overview of climate control systems ... 104Operating the climate control sys-tems .................................................... 108Setting the air vents ............................ 113

Driving and parking .......................... 115Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle ..... 115Driving ................................................. 115DYNAMIC SELECT button .................... 121Automatic transmission ....................... 122Refueling ............................................. 129Parking ................................................ 131Driving tips .......................................... 134Driving systems ................................... 138

On-board computer and displays .... 163Important safety notes ........................ 163Displays and operation ........................ 163Menus and submenus ......................... 166Display messages ................................ 177Warning and indicator lamps .............. 202

Multimedia system ........................... 211General notes ...................................... 211Important safety notes ........................ 211Function restrictions ............................ 211Operating system ................................ 212

Stowage and features ...................... 219Stowage areas ..................................... 219Features .............................................. 221

Maintenance and care ...................... 233Engine compartment ........................... 233Overview of the engine compartment .. 237

2 Contents

Page 5: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

ASSYST PLUS ...................................... 237Care ..................................................... 238

Breakdown assistance ..................... 244Where will I find...? .............................. 244Flat tire ................................................ 246Battery (vehicle) .................................. 251Jump-starting ....................................... 253Towing and tow-starting ...................... 256Fuses ................................................... 258

Wheels and tires ............................... 260Important safety notes ........................ 260Operation ............................................ 260Winter operation .................................. 262Tire pressure ....................................... 263Loading the vehicle .............................. 271All about wheels and tires ................... 273Changing a wheel ................................ 280Wheel and tire combinations ............... 284Emergency spare wheel ....................... 285

Technical data ................................... 288Information regarding technical data ... 288Vehicle electronics .............................. 288Identification plates ............................. 289Service products and filling capaci-ties ...................................................... 290Vehicle data ......................................... 295

Contents 3

Page 6: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

1, 2, 3 ...12 V socket

see Sockets

AABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Display message ............................ 179Function/notes ................................ 57Important safety notes .................... 57Warning lamp ................................. 204

AccidentAutomaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 53

Activating media modeGeneral notes ................................ 217

Activating/deactivating coolingwith air dehumidification ................. 108Active Brake Assist

Activating or deactivating .............. 171Display message ............................ 184Function/notes ................................ 58

Active light function ............................ 97ADAPTIVE BRAKE ................................. 63Adaptive Brake Assist

Function/notes ................................ 59Adaptive brake lights .......................... 60Adaptive Damping System

Function/notes ............................. 149Adaptive Highbeam Assist

Display message ............................ 189Function/notes ................................ 97Switching on/off .............................. 98

Additives (engine oil) ........................ 293Address book

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Adjusting the volumeMultimedia system ........................ 212

Air bagsDeployment ..................................... 50Display message ............................ 187Front air bag (driver, frontpassenger) ....................................... 44Head bag ......................................... 45Important safety notes .................... 43Introduction ..................................... 43

Knee bag .......................................... 44Occupant Classification System(OCS) ............................................... 45PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ............................................... 39Side impact air bag .......................... 44

Air ventsImportant safety notes .................. 113Setting ........................................... 113Setting the blower output of theAIRSCARF vents ............................. 114Setting the center air vents ........... 113Setting the side air vents ............... 113Switching AIRSCARF on/off ............ 87

Air-conditioning systemsee Climate control

AIRGUIDE ............................................. 81AIRSCARF

Problem (malfunction) ..................... 88Switching on/off .............................. 87

AIRSCARF ventsSetting the blower output .............. 114

AlarmATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ......... 64Switching off (ATA) .......................... 64Switching the function on/off(ATA) ................................................ 64

Alarm systemsee ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)

Ambient lightingSetting the brightness (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 172Setting the color (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 173

AMG menu (on-board computer) ..... 175AMG sports suspension(Mercedes-AMG SLC 43)

Function/notes ............................. 149Anti-lock braking system

see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)Anti-skid chains

see Snow chainsAnti-theft alarm system

see ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)Ashtray ............................................... 223Assistance display (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 170

4 Index

Page 7: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Assistance menu (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 170ASSYST PLUS

Displaying a service message ........ 237Hiding a service message .............. 237Resetting the service interval dis-play ................................................ 237Service message ............................ 237Special service requirements ......... 238

ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)Activating/deactivating ................... 64Function ........................................... 64Switching off the alarm .................... 64

ATTENTION ASSISTActivating/deactivating ................. 171Display message ............................ 193Function/notes ............................. 158

Audio menu (on-board computer) .... 168Audio system

see Digital Operator's ManualAuthorized Mercedes-Benz Center

see Qualified specialist workshopAuthorized workshop

see Qualified specialist workshopAUTO lights

Display message ............................ 189see Lights

Automatic car wash (care) ............... 238Automatic engine start (ECOstart/stop function) .................................... 119Automatic engine switch-off (ECOstart/stop function) .......................... 119Automatic headlamp mode ................ 95Automatic transmission

Accelerator pedal position ............. 125Changing gear ............................... 125Display message ............................ 198Drive program ................................ 125Drive program display .................... 122Driving tips .................................... 125DYNAMIC SELECT button .............. 121Emergency running mode .............. 129Engaging drive position .................. 124Engaging neutral ............................ 123Engaging park position automati-cally ............................................... 123Engaging reverse gear ................... 123

Engaging the park position ............ 123Gearshift recommendation ............ 128Kickdown ....................................... 125Manual shifting .............................. 126Oil temperature (on-board com-puter, Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ...... 175Overview ........................................ 122Problem (malfunction) ................... 129Pulling away ................................... 118Selector lever ................................ 122Starting the engine ........................ 117Steering wheel paddle shifters ...... 126Transmission position display ........ 122Transmission positions .................. 124

Automatic transmission emer-gency mode ....................................... 129

BBack button ....................................... 212BAS (Brake Assist System) ................. 57Battery (SmartKey)

Checking .......................................... 68Important safety notes .................... 67Replacing ......................................... 68

Battery (vehicle)Charging ........................................ 253Display message ............................ 191Important safety notes .................. 251Jump starting ................................. 253Overview ........................................ 251

Beltsee Seat belts

Belt warning ......................................... 42Blind Spot Assist

Activating/deactivating ................. 171Display message ............................ 194Notes/function .............................. 159

Bluetooth®Searching for a mobile phone ........ 215Searching for a mobile phone(device manager) ........................... 216see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211Telephony ...................................... 215

Brake Assist Systemsee BAS (Brake Assist System)

Index 5

Page 8: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Brake fluidDisplay message ............................ 184Notes ............................................. 293

Brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Brake lampsAdaptive ........................................... 60Display message ............................ 189

BrakesABS .................................................. 57Adaptive Brake Assist ...................... 59BAS .................................................. 57Brake fluid (notes) ......................... 293Display message ............................ 179EBD .................................................. 63High-performance brake system .... 137Important safety notes .................. 136Maintenance .................................. 137Parking brake ................................ 132Riding tips ...................................... 136Warning lamp ................................. 204

Breakdown assistanceReflective safety jacket .................. 244Where will I find...? ........................ 244see Flat tiresee Towing away

Brightness control (instrumentcluster lighting) ................................... 32Bulbs

see Replacing bulbs

CCalifornia

Important notice for retail cus-tomers and lessees .......................... 24

Calling up a malfunctionsee Display messages

Carsee Vehicle

CareCar wash ........................................ 238Exhaust pipe .................................. 243Exterior lights ................................ 242Matte finish ................................... 240Notes ............................................. 238Paint .............................................. 240

Power washer ................................ 239Rear view camera .......................... 242Sensors ......................................... 242Washing by hand ........................... 239Wheels ........................................... 241Windows ........................................ 241Wiper blades .................................. 241

CDsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

CD player (on-board computer) ........ 169Center console

Lower section .................................. 35Upper section .................................. 34

Central lockingAutomatic locking (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 173Locking/unlocking (SmartKey) ........ 65

Changing bulbsSide marker lamps (rear) ............... 101

ChildRestraint system .............................. 55

Child seatForward-facing restraint system ...... 56On the front-passenger seat ............ 55Rearward-facing restraint system .... 56

ChildrenSpecial seat belt retractor ............... 54

Children in the vehicleImportant safety notes .................... 53

Cigarette lighter ................................ 223Cleaning

Mirror turn signal ........................... 242Climate control

Air-conditioning system ................. 104Automatic climate control (dual-zone) .............................................. 106Controlling automatically ............... 109Cooling with air dehumidification .. 108Defrosting the windows ................. 111Defrosting the windshield .............. 110General notes ................................ 104Indicator lamp ................................ 109Information about using auto-matic climate control ..................... 107Maximum cooling .......................... 111Notes on using the air-condition-ing system ..................................... 105

6 Index

Page 9: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Overview of systems ...................... 104Problem with the rear windowdefroster ........................................ 112Problems with cooling with airdehumidification ............................ 109Refrigerant ..................................... 294Refrigerant filling capacity ............. 295Setting the air distribution ............. 110Setting the air vents ...................... 113Setting the airflow ......................... 110Setting the temperature ................ 109Switching air-recirculation modeon/off ............................................ 112Switching on/off ........................... 108Switching residual heat on/off ...... 112Switching the rear windowdefroster on/off ............................ 111Switching the ZONE functionon/off ............................................ 110

CockpitOverview .......................................... 31see Instrument cluster

Collapsible spare wheelInflating ......................................... 286see Emergency spare wheel

Combination switch ............................ 96Compass

Calibrating ..................................... 232Calling up ....................................... 231Setting ........................................... 231

Connecting a USB devicesee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Consumption statistics (on-boardcomputer) .......................................... 166Controller ........................................... 212Convenience closing feature .............. 76Coolant (engine)

Checking the level ......................... 235Display message ............................ 190Filling capacity ............................... 294Important safety notes .................. 293Temperature (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ................ 175Temperature gauge ........................ 164Warning lamp ................................. 207

Coolingsee Climate control

Copyright ............................................. 30Cornering light function

Display message ............................ 189Function/notes ................................ 97

Cruise controlCruise control lever ....................... 139Deactivating ................................... 140Display message ............................ 195Driving system ............................... 138Function/notes ............................. 138Important safety notes .................. 139Setting a speed .............................. 139Storing and maintaining currentspeed ............................................. 139

Cup holderCenter console .............................. 222Important safety notes .................. 221

Customer Assistance Center(CAC) ..................................................... 27Customer Relations Department ....... 27

DDashboard

see Instrument clusterData

see Technical dataData carrier

Selecting ........................................ 169Daytime running lamps

Display message ............................ 189Function/notes ................................ 95Switching on/off (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 172

Declarations of conformity ................. 26Decorative film

Cleaning instructions ..................... 240Delayed switch-off

Exterior lighting (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 173Interior lighting .............................. 173

Diagnostics connection ...................... 27Digital Operator's Manual

Help ................................................. 22Introduction ..................................... 22

Digital speedometer ......................... 167Display messages

ASSYST PLUS ................................ 237

Index 7

Page 10: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Calling up (on-board computer) ..... 178Driving systems ............................. 193Engine ............................................ 190General notes ................................ 177Hiding (on-board computer) ........... 178KEYLESS-GO .................................. 202Lights ............................................. 189Safety systems .............................. 179SmartKey ....................................... 201Tires ............................................... 196Vehicle ........................................... 198

Distance Pilot DISTRONICActivating ....................................... 142Calling up a speed ......................... 143Cruise control lever ....................... 142Display Message ............................ 195Displays in the instrument cluster .. 145Driving tips .................................... 146Function/notes ............................. 140Important safety notes .................. 141Setting the specified minimumdistance ......................................... 145Stopping ........................................ 144Storing a speed .............................. 143Switching off .................................. 146Warning lamp ................................. 209

Distance recordersee Odometersee Trip odometer

Distance warning (warning lamp) .... 209Distance warning function

Function/notes ................................ 58Doors

Automatic locking (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 173Automatic locking (switch) ............... 71Central locking/unlocking(SmartKey) ....................................... 65Control panel ................................... 37Display message ............................ 200Emergency locking ........................... 72Emergency unlocking ....................... 72Important safety notes .................... 70Opening (from inside) ...................... 71Overview .......................................... 70

Drinking and driving ......................... 134Drive program

Automatic transmission ................. 125

Display ........................................... 122SETUP (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ............... 175

Driver's doorsee Doors

Driving abroadMercedes-Benz Service ................. 238

Driving on flooded roads .................. 138Driving safety system

Active Brake Assist .......................... 58Driving safety systems

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ....... 57ADAPTIVE BRAKE ............................. 63Adaptive Brake Assist ...................... 59Adaptive brake lights ....................... 60BAS (Brake Assist System) .............. 57Distance warning function ............... 58EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution) ............................................. 63ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ............................................... 60Important safety information ........... 56Overview .......................................... 56

Driving systemAMG sports suspension(Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ............... 149

Driving systemsAdaptive Damping System ............. 149ATTENTION ASSIST ........................ 158Blind Spot Assist ............................ 159Cruise control ................................ 138Display message ............................ 193DISTRONIC PLUS ........................... 140HOLD function ............................... 148Lane Keeping Assist ...................... 161Lane Tracking package .................. 159Parking Guidance ........................... 152PARKTRONIC ................................. 149Rear view camera .......................... 154

Driving tipsAutomatic transmission ................. 125Brakes ........................................... 136Break-in period .............................. 115Distance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 146Downhill gradient ........................... 136Drinking and driving ....................... 134Driving in winter ............................. 138Driving on flooded roads ................ 138

8 Index

Page 11: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Driving on wet roads ...................... 138Exhaust check ............................... 134Fuel ................................................ 134General .......................................... 134Hydroplaning ................................. 138Icy road surfaces ........................... 138Limited braking efficiency on sal-ted roads ....................................... 137Snow chains .................................. 262Subjecting brakes to a load ........... 136Wet road surface ........................... 136

DVD videoOperating (on-board computer) ..... 169see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

DYNAMIC SELECT button .................. 121

EEASY-ENTRY feature

Activating/deactivating ................. 174Function/notes ................................ 89

EASY-EXIT featureCrash-responsive ............................. 90Function/notes ................................ 89Switching on/off ........................... 174

EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)

Display message ............................ 181Function/notes ................................ 63

ECO displayFunction/notes ............................. 135On-board computer ....................... 166

ECO start/stop functionAutomatic engine start .................. 119Automatic engine switch-off .......... 119Deactivating/activating ................. 120General information ....................... 119Important safety notes .................. 119Introduction ................................... 118

Electronic Stability Programsee ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

EmergencyAutomaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 53

Emergency releaseDriver's door .................................... 72Trunk ............................................... 74

Vehicle ............................................. 72Emergency spare wheel

General notes ................................ 286Important safety notes .................. 285Removing ....................................... 286Storage location ............................ 286Stowing .......................................... 286Technical data ............................... 286

Emergency Tensioning DevicesActivation ......................................... 50

Emissions controlService and warranty information .... 24

EngineCheck Engine warning lamp ........... 207Display message ............................ 190ECO start/stop function ................ 118Engine number ............................... 290Irregular running ............................ 120Jump-starting ................................. 253Starting problems .......................... 120Starting the engine with theSmartKey ....................................... 118Starting with KEYLESS-GO ............. 118Switching off .................................. 131Tow-starting (vehicle) ..................... 258

Engine electronicsNotes ............................................. 288Problem (malfunction) ................... 120

Engine oilAdding ........................................... 235Additives ........................................ 293Checking the oil level ..................... 234Checking the oil level using thedipstick .......................................... 234Display message ............................ 191Filling capacity ............................... 293General notes ................................ 292Notes about oil grades ................... 292Notes on oil level/consumption .... 234Temperature (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ................ 175

Entering an addresssee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram)

AMG menu (on-board computer) ... 175Characteristics ................................. 61

Index 9

Page 12: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Deactivating/activating (exceptSLC 43 AMG) ................................... 61Deactivating/activating(Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ................. 62Display message ............................ 179Function/notes ................................ 60General notes .................................. 60Important safety information ........... 60Warning lamp ................................. 205

ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction Sys-tem) ...................................................... 60Exhaust check ................................... 134Exhaust pipe (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 243Exterior lighting

Setting options ................................ 95see Lights

Exterior mirrorsAdjusting ......................................... 91Dipping (automatic) ......................... 92Folding in when locking (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 174Folding in/out (automatically) ......... 91Folding in/out (electrically) ............. 91Out of position (troubleshooting) ..... 92Storing settings (memory func-tion) ................................................. 93Storing the parking position ............. 92

Eyeglasses compartment ................. 220

FFavorites

Overview ........................................ 213Filler cap

see RefuelingFilling capacities (Technical data) ... 290First-aid kit ......................................... 244Flat tire

MOExtended tires .......................... 247Preparing the vehicle ..................... 246TIREFIT kit ...................................... 247see Emergency spare wheel

Floormats ........................................... 232Frequencies

Mobile phone ................................. 288Two-way radio ................................ 288

FuelAdditives ........................................ 292Consumption statistics .................. 166Displaying the current consump-tion ................................................ 166Displaying the range ...................... 166Driving tips .................................... 134Fuel gauge ....................................... 32Grade (gasoline) ............................ 291Important safety notes .................. 291Problem (malfunction) ................... 131Refueling ........................................ 129Tank content/reserve fuel ............. 291

Fuel filler flapOpening ......................................... 130

Fuel levelCalling up the range (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 166

Fuel tankCapacity ........................................ 291Problem (malfunction) ................... 131

Fuse allocation chart (vehicle toolkit) ...................................................... 245Fuses

Allocation chart ............................. 258Before changing ............................. 258Fuse box in the engine compart-ment .............................................. 259Fuse box in the trunk ..................... 259Important safety notes .................. 258

GGarage door opener

Clearing the memory ..................... 231General notes ................................ 228Important safety notes .................. 228Opening/closing the garage door .. 230Problems when programming ........ 230Programming (button in the rear-view mirror) ................................... 229Synchronizing the rolling code ....... 229

Gear indicator (on-board com-puter, Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ......... 175Genuine parts ...................................... 23Glove box ........................................... 219

10 Index

Page 13: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Google™ Local Searchsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

HHazard warning lamps

Display message ............................ 201Switching on/off .............................. 97

Head bagsDisplay message ............................ 186Operation ......................................... 45

Head level heating (AIRSCARF) .......... 87Head restraints

Adjusting ......................................... 86see NECK-PRO head restraints

Headlampssee Automatic headlamp mode

Heatingsee Climate control

High beam flasher ............................... 96High-beam headlamps

Display message ............................ 189Replacing bulbs ............................. 100Switching on/off .............................. 96

Hill start assist .................................. 118HOLD function

Activating ....................................... 148Activation conditions ..................... 148Deactivating ................................... 148Display message ............................ 193General notes ................................ 148

Home addresssee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

HoodClosing ........................................... 234Display message ............................ 200Important safety notes .................. 233Opening ......................................... 233

Horn ...................................................... 31Hydroplaning ..................................... 138

IIgnition lock

see Key positionsImmobilizer .......................................... 63

Indicator lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

Indicatorssee Turn signals

Instrument clusterOverview .......................................... 32

Instrument cluster lighting .............. 163Interior lighting

Automatic control ............................ 99Delayed switch-off (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 173Overview .......................................... 99Reading lamp ................................... 99Setting the brightness of theambient lighting (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 172Setting the color of the ambientlighting (on-board computer) ......... 173

iPod®see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

JJack

Storage location ............................ 245Using ............................................. 281

Jump starting (engine) ...................... 253

KKey positions

KEYLESS-GO .................................. 116SmartKey ....................................... 116

KEYLESS-GOActivating ......................................... 65Convenience closing feature ............ 76Deactivation ..................................... 65Display message ............................ 202Locking ............................................ 65Removing the Start/Stop button ... 117Start/Stop button .......................... 116Starting the engine ........................ 118Unlocking ......................................... 65

KickdownDriving tips .................................... 125Manual gearshifting ....................... 128

Knee bag .............................................. 44

Index 11

Page 14: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

LLamps

see Warning and indicator lampsLane Keeping Assist

Activating/deactivating ................. 171Display message ............................ 193Function/information .................... 161

Lap time (RACETIMER) ...................... 175License plate lamp (display mes-sage) ................................................... 189Light function, active

Display message ............................ 189Light sensor (display message) ....... 189Lights

Activating/deactivating the inte-rior lighting delayed switch-off ....... 173Active light function ......................... 97Automatic headlamp mode .............. 95Cornering light function ................... 97Hazard warning lamps ..................... 97High beam flasher ............................ 96High-beam headlamps ..................... 96Light switch ..................................... 95Low-beam headlamps ...................... 96Parking lamps .................................. 96Rear fog lamp .................................. 96Setting the brightness of theambient lighting (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 172Setting the color of the ambientlighting (on-board computer) ......... 173Standing lamps ................................ 96Switching the daytime runninglamps on/off (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 172Switching the exterior lightingdelayed switch-off on/off (on-board computer) ............................ 173Switching the surround lightingon/off (on-board computer) .......... 173Turn signals ..................................... 96see Interior lightingsee Replacing the bulbs

Lockingsee Central locking

Locking (doors)Automatic ........................................ 71

Emergency locking ........................... 72From inside (central locking but-ton) .................................................. 71

Locking centrallysee Central locking

Locking verification signal (on-board computer) ............................... 174Low-beam headlamps

Display message ............................ 189Replacing bulbs ............................. 100Switching on/off .............................. 96

Luggage coversee Trunk partition

Lumbar support ................................... 87

MM+S tires ............................................ 262MAGIC SKY CONTROL ......................... 82Malfunction message

see Display messagesMatte finish (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 240mbrace

Call priority .................................... 227Display message ............................ 184Emergency call .............................. 225General notes ................................ 224MB info call button ........................ 226Remote fault diagnosis .................. 227Roadside assistance button ........... 226Self-test ......................................... 224System .......................................... 224

Mechanical keyFunction/notes ................................ 67General notes .................................. 67Inserting .......................................... 67Locking vehicle ................................ 72Removing ......................................... 67Unlocking the driver's door .............. 72

Media Interfacesee Digital Operator's Manual

Memory card (audio) ......................... 169Memory function ................................. 93Mercedes-Benz Intelligent Drive

Rear view camera .......................... 154Message memory (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 178

12 Index

Page 15: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Messagessee Display messages

Mirrorssee Exterior mirrorssee Rear-view mirror

Mobile phoneConnecting (Bluetooth® inter-face) .............................................. 215Connecting (device manager) ........ 216Frequencies ................................... 288Installation ..................................... 288Menu (on-board computer) ............ 169Transmission output (maximum) .... 288

Modifying the programming(SmartKey) ........................................... 66MOExtended tires .............................. 247Mounting wheels

Lowering the vehicle ...................... 284Mounting a new wheel ................... 283Preparing the vehicle ..................... 281Raising the vehicle ......................... 281Removing a wheel .......................... 283Securing the vehicle against roll-ing away ........................................ 281

MP3Operation ....................................... 169see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Multifunction displayFunction/notes ............................. 165Permanent display ......................... 172

Multifunction steering wheelOperating the on-board computer .. 164Overview .......................................... 33

Multimedia systemSwitching on and off ...................... 212

Music filessee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

NNavigation

Entering a destination .................... 213Menu (on-board computer) ............ 167see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Navigation menuImportant safety notes .................. 167

NECK-PRO head restraintsImportant safety notes .................... 52Operation ......................................... 52Resetting triggered .......................... 53

Notes on breaking-in a new vehi-cle ....................................................... 115

OOccupant Classification System(OCS)

Conditions ....................................... 46Faults ............................................... 49Operation ......................................... 46System self-test ............................... 48

Occupant safetyAir bags ........................................... 43Automaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 53Belt warning ..................................... 42Children in the vehicle ..................... 53Important safety notes .................... 38Introduction to the restraint sys-tem .................................................. 38Occupant Classification System(OCS) ............................................... 45PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ............................................... 39Pets in the vehicle ........................... 56PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occu-pant protection) ............................... 53Restraint system warning lamp ........ 38Seat belt .......................................... 39

OCSConditions ....................................... 46Faults ............................................... 49Operation ......................................... 46System self-test ............................... 48

Odometer ........................................... 166Oil

see Engine oilOn-board computer

AMG menu ..................................... 175Assistance menu ........................... 170Audio menu ................................... 168Convenience submenu .................. 174

Index 13

Page 16: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages .......................... 177Displaying a service message ........ 237Factory settings submenu ............. 175Important safety notes .................. 163Instrument cluster submenu .......... 172Lighting submenu .......................... 172Menu overview .............................. 166Message memory .......................... 178Navigation menu ............................ 167Operation ....................................... 164RACETIMER ................................... 175Service menu ................................. 171Settings menu ............................... 172Standard display ............................ 166Telephone menu ............................ 169Trip menu ...................................... 166Vehicle submenu ........................... 173Video DVD operation ..................... 169

Operating safetyDeclaration of conformity ................ 26Important safety notes .................... 26

Operating systemsee On-board computer

OperationDigital Operator's Manual ................ 22

Operator's ManualVehicle equipment ........................... 24

Outside temperature display ........... 163Overhead control panel ...................... 36

PPaddle shifters

see Steering wheel paddle shiftersPaint code number ............................ 289Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ... 240Panic alarm .......................................... 38Parking

Important safety notes .................. 131Parking brake ................................ 132Position of exterior mirror, front-passenger side ................................. 92Rear view camera .......................... 154see PARKTRONIC

Parking aidParking Guidance ........................... 152see Exterior mirrorssee PARKTRONIC

Parking Assist PARKTRONICDeactivating/activating ................. 151Important safety notes .................. 149Problems (malfunctions) ................ 152Sensor range ................................. 150Warning display ............................. 151

Parking brakeApplying automatically ................... 133Applying or releasing manually ...... 132Display message ............................ 181Electric parking brake .................... 132Emergency braking ........................ 133General notes ................................ 132Releasing automatically ................. 133Warning lamp ................................. 206

Parking GuidanceDisplay message ............................ 194Important safety notes .................. 152

Parking lampsSwitching on/off .............................. 96

PARKTRONICDriving system ............................... 149Function/notes ............................. 149

PASSENGER AIR BAGDisplay message ............................ 187Indicator lamps ................................ 39Problems (malfunction) .................. 187

Pets in the vehicle ............................... 56Phone book

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Pivoting draft stopsee AIRGUIDE

Power washers .................................. 239Power windows

see Side windowsPRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupantprotection)

Display message ............................ 184Operation ......................................... 53

Protection against theftATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ......... 64Immobilizer ...................................... 63

Protection of the environmentGeneral notes .................................. 23

Pulling awayAutomatic transmission ................. 118

14 Index

Page 17: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

General notes ................................ 118

QQR code

Mercedes-Benz Guide App ................. 1Rescue card ..................................... 28

Qualified specialist workshop ........... 27

RRACE TIMER (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG vehicles) .................. 175Radio

Selecting a station ......................... 168see Digital Operator's Manual

Radio modesee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Radio-wave reception/transmis-sion in the vehicle

Declaration of conformity ................ 26Reading lamp ....................................... 99Rear fog lamp

Display message ............................ 189Switching on/off .............................. 96

Rear lampssee Lights

Rear view cameraCleaning instructions ..................... 242Display in the multimedia system .. 155Function/notes ............................. 154Switching on/off ........................... 155

Rear window defrosterGeneral notes ................................ 111Problem (malfunction) ................... 112Switching on/off ........................... 111

Rear-view mirrorAnti-glare (manual) .......................... 90Dipping (automatic) ......................... 92

Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem)

Important safety notes .................. 294Refueling

Fuel gauge ....................................... 32Important safety notes .................. 129Refueling process .......................... 130see Fuel

Remote controlProgramming (garage dooropener) .......................................... 229

Replacing bulbsHigh-beam headlamps ................... 100Important safety notes .................... 99Installing/removing the cover(front wheel arch) .......................... 100Low-beam headlamps .................... 100Overview of bulb types .................. 100

Reporting safety defects .................... 27Rescue card ......................................... 28Reserve (fuel tank)

see FuelReserve fuel

Display message ............................ 192Warning lamp ................................. 207

Residual heat (climate control) ........ 112Restraint system

Display message ............................ 185Introduction ..................................... 38Warning lamp ................................. 206Warning lamp (function) ................... 38

Reverse gearEngaging (automatic transmis-sion) ............................................... 123

Reversible floor panel (trunk) .......... 221Reversing feature

Side windows ................................... 74Reversing lamps (display mes-sage) ................................................... 189Roadside Assistance (breakdown) .... 25Roof

Display message ............................ 200Important safety notes .................... 77Opening/closing (with roofswitch) ............................................. 78Opening/closing (with SmartKey) .... 79Overview .......................................... 77Problem (malfunction) ..................... 83Relocking ......................................... 79

Roof carrier ........................................ 221Roof switch .......................................... 78Route guidance

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Route guidance active ...................... 167

Index 15

Page 18: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

SSafety

Children in the vehicle ..................... 53see Occupant safety

Safety systemsee Driving safety systems

SD cardInserting ........................................ 217Inserting/removing ........................ 217Removing ....................................... 217

SD memory cardsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211Selecting ........................................ 169

Search & Sendsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

SeatCorrect driver's seat position ........... 84

Seat beltsAdjusting the driver's and front-passenger seat belt ......................... 42Correct usage .................................. 41Fastening ......................................... 42Important safety guidelines ............. 40Introduction ..................................... 39Releasing ......................................... 42Switching belt adjustment on/off(on-board computer) ...................... 174Warning lamp ................................. 203Warning lamp (function) ................... 42

SeatsAdjusting (electrically) ..................... 86Adjusting (manually) ........................ 86Adjusting the 4-way lumbar sup-port .................................................. 87Adjusting the head restraint ............ 86Important safety notes .................... 84Overview .......................................... 84Seat heating problem ...................... 87Storing settings (memory func-tion) ................................................. 93Switching AIRSCARF on/off ............ 87Switching seat heating on/off ......... 87

Selector leverPositions ........................................ 122

Sensors (cleaning instructions) ....... 242

Service menu (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 171Service message

see ASSYST PLUSService products

Brake fluid ..................................... 293Coolant (engine) ............................ 293Engine oil ....................................... 292Fuel ................................................ 291Important safety notes .................. 290Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem) ............................................... 294Washer fluid ................................... 294

Setting the air distribution ............... 110Setting the airflow ............................ 110Setting the date/time format

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Setting the languagesee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Setting the timesee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

SettingsFactory (on-board computer) ......... 175On-board computer ....................... 172

SETUP (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG vehicles) .................. 175Side impact air bag ............................. 44Side marker lamp

Changing bulbs (rear) .................... 101Side marker lamp (display mes-sage) ................................................... 189Side windows

Cleaning ......................................... 241Convenience closing feature ............ 76Important safety information ........... 74Opening/closing (all) ....................... 75Opening/closing (front) ................... 75Overview .......................................... 74Problem (malfunction) ..................... 76Resetting ......................................... 76Reversing feature ............................. 74

SIRIUS servicessee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

16 Index

Page 19: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

SmartKeyChanging the battery ....................... 68Changing the programming ............. 66Checking the battery ....................... 68Display message ............................ 201Door central locking/unlocking ....... 65Important safety notes .................... 65Loss ................................................. 69Mechanical key ................................ 67Opening/closing the roof ................ 79Overview .......................................... 65Positions (ignition lock) ................. 116Problem (malfunction) ..................... 69Starting the engine ........................ 118

SMSsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Snow chains ...................................... 262Sockets

Center console .............................. 223General notes ................................ 223

SoundSwitching on/off ........................... 212

Special seat belt retractor .................. 54Specialist workshop ............................ 27Speed, controlling

see Cruise controlSpeedometer

Digital ............................................ 167In the Instrument cluster ................. 32Segments ...................................... 163Selecting the display unit ............... 172

Sport handling modeActivating/deactivating(Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ................. 62Warning lamp ................................. 206

Standing lampsDisplay message ............................ 189Switching on/off .............................. 96

Start/stop functionsee ECO start/stop function

Starting (engine) ................................ 117Steering

Display message ............................ 200Steering wheel

Adjusting (electrically) ..................... 89Adjusting (manually) ........................ 88Button overview ............................... 33

Buttons (on-board computer) ......... 164Important safety notes .................... 88Storing settings (memory func-tion) ................................................. 93

Steering wheel paddle shifters ........ 126Stopwatch (RACETIMER) ................... 175Stowage areas ................................... 219Stowage compartments

Armrest (under) ............................. 219Center console .............................. 220Cup holders ................................... 221Door ............................................... 220Eyeglasses compartment ............... 220Glove box ....................................... 219Important safety information ......... 219Rear wall ........................................ 220Stowage net ................................... 220

Stowage net ....................................... 220Summer tires ..................................... 262Sun visor ............................................ 222Surround lighting (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 173Switching air-recirculation modeon/off ................................................. 112Switching on media mode

Via the device list .......................... 217

TTachometer ........................................ 163Tail lamps

Display message ............................ 189see Lights

Tank contentFuel gauge ....................................... 32

Technical dataCapacities ...................................... 290Emergency spare wheel ................. 286Information .................................... 288Tires/wheels ................................. 284Vehicle data ................................... 295

TELEAIDCall priority .................................... 227Emergency call .............................. 225General notes ................................ 224MB info call button ........................ 226Roadside Assistance button .......... 226Self-test ......................................... 224

Index 17

Page 20: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

System .......................................... 224Vehicle Health Check .................... 227

TelephoneAccepting a call (multifunctionsteering wheel) .............................. 170Authorizing a mobile phone (con-necting) ......................................... 215Authorizing amobile phone via thedevice manager (connecting) ......... 216Connecting a mobile phone(device manager) ........................... 216Connecting a mobile phone (gen-eral information) ............................ 215Display message ............................ 200Menu (on-board computer) ............ 169Number from the phone book ........ 170Redialing ........................................ 170Rejecting/ending a call ................. 170see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

TemperatureCoolant .......................................... 164Coolant (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ................ 175Engine oil (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ................ 175Outside temperature ...................... 163Setting (climate control) ................ 109Transmission oil (on-board com-puter, Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ...... 175

Timing (RACETIMER) ......................... 175Tire pressure

Calling up (on-board computer) ..... 267Checking manually ........................ 266Display message ............................ 196Maximum ....................................... 266Not reached (TIREFIT) .................... 249Notes ............................................. 265Reached (TIREFIT) .......................... 249Recommended ............................... 263

Tire pressure loss warning systemGeneral notes ................................ 266Important safety notes .................. 267Restarting ...................................... 267

Tire pressure monitorChecking the tire pressure elec-tronically ........................................ 269Function/notes ............................. 267

General notes ................................ 267Important safety notes .................. 268Radio type approval for the tirepressure monitor ........................... 270Restarting ...................................... 270Warning lamp ................................. 210Warning message .......................... 269

Tire-change tool kit ........................... 246TIREFIT kit .......................................... 247

Important safety notes .................. 247Storage location ............................ 246Tire pressure not reached .............. 249Tire pressure reached .................... 249

TiresAspect ratio (definition) ................. 279Average weight of the vehicleoccupants (definition) .................... 278Bar (definition) ............................... 278Changing a wheel .......................... 280Characteristics .............................. 278Checking ........................................ 260Curb weight (definition) ................. 279Definition of terms ......................... 278Direction of rotation ...................... 280Display message ............................ 196Distribution of the vehicle occu-pants (definition) ............................ 280DOT (Department of Transporta-tion) (definition) ............................. 278DOT, Tire Identification Number(TIN) ............................................... 277GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)(definition) ..................................... 278GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) (def-inition) ........................................... 279GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) (definition) .............................. 279Important safety notes .................. 260Increased vehicle weight due tooptional equipment (definition) ...... 278Information on driving .................... 260Kilopascal (kPa) (definition) ........... 279Labeling (overview) ........................ 275Load bearing index (definition) ...... 280Load index ..................................... 277Load index (definition) ................... 279M+S tires ....................................... 262

18 Index

Page 21: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Maximum load on a tire (defini-tion) ............................................... 279Maximum loaded vehicle weight(definition) ..................................... 279Maximum permissible tire pres-sure (definition) ............................. 279Maximum tire load ......................... 277Maximum tire load (definition) ....... 279MOExtended tires .......................... 262Optional equipment weight (defi-nition) ............................................ 280Overview ........................................ 260PSI (pounds per square inch) (def-inition) ........................................... 279Replacing ....................................... 280Service life ..................................... 261Sidewall (definition) ....................... 279Speed rating (definition) ................ 279Storing ........................................... 281Structure and characteristics(definition) ..................................... 278Summer tires ................................. 262Temperature .................................. 274TIN (Tire Identification Number)(definition) ..................................... 280Tire bead (definition) ...................... 279Tire pressure (definition) ................ 279Tire pressures (recommended) ...... 278Tire size (data) ............................... 284Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity, speed rating .................... 275Tire tread ....................................... 261Tire tread (definition) ..................... 279Total load limit (definition) ............. 280Traction ......................................... 274Traction (definition) ....................... 280Tread wear ..................................... 274Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards ...................................... 273Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards (definition) .................... 278Wear indicator (definition) ............. 280Wheel and tire combination ........... 284Wheel rim (definition) .................... 278see Flat tire

Tow-startingEmergency engine starting ............ 258Important safety notes .................. 256

Towing awayImportant safety guidelines ........... 256Installing the towing eye ................ 256Removing the towing eye ............... 257Transporting the vehicle ................ 258With both axles on the ground ....... 257With the rear axle raised ................ 257

Traffic reportssee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

TransmissionSelector lever ................................ 122see Automatic transmission

Transmission position display ......... 122Transporting the vehicle .................. 258Trip computer (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 166Trip odometer

Calling up ....................................... 166Resetting (on-board computer) ...... 167

TrunkEmergency release .......................... 73Important safety notes .................... 72Locking separately ........................... 73Opening/closing (manually fromoutside) ............................................ 73Overview .......................................... 72

Trunk lidDisplay message ............................ 200Opening dimensions ...................... 295

Trunk partitionDisplay message ............................ 200General notes .................................. 79Opening/closing .............................. 80

Turn signalsDisplay message ............................ 189Switching on/off .............................. 96

Two-way radioFrequencies ................................... 288Installation ..................................... 288Transmission output (maximum) .... 288

Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate

UUnlocking

Emergency unlocking ....................... 72

Index 19

Page 22: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

From inside the vehicle (centralunlocking button) ............................. 71

Upshift indicator(on-board computer, Mercedes-AMG SLC 43) ................................. 175

USB devicesConnecting to the Media Inter-face ............................................... 218

VVehicle

Correct use ...................................... 27Data acquisition ............................... 28Display message ............................ 198Electronics ..................................... 288Equipment ....................................... 24Individual settings .......................... 172Limited Warranty ............................. 28Loading .......................................... 271Locking (in an emergency) ............... 72Locking (SmartKey) .......................... 65Lowering ........................................ 284Maintenance .................................... 25Parking for a long period ................ 133Pulling away ................................... 118Raising ........................................... 281Reporting problems ......................... 27Securing from rolling away ............ 281Tow-starting ................................... 256Towing away .................................. 256Transporting .................................. 258Unlocking (in an emergency) ........... 72Unlocking (SmartKey) ...................... 65Vehicle data ................................... 295

Vehicle batterysee Battery (vehicle)

Vehicle data ....................................... 295Vehicle dimensions ........................... 295Vehicle emergency locking ................ 72Vehicle identification number

see VINVehicle identification plate .............. 289Vehicle tool kit .................................. 245Video

Operating the DVD ......................... 169see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

VINSeat ............................................... 290Type plate ...................................... 289

WWarning and indicator lamps

ABS ................................................ 204Active Brake Assist ........................ 209Brake Assist ................................... 209Brakes ........................................... 204Check Engine ................................. 207Coolant .......................................... 207Distance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 209Distance warning ........................... 209ESP® .............................................. 205ESP® OFF ....................................... 206Fuel tank ........................................ 207General notes ................................ 202Parking brake ................................ 206PASSENGER AIR BAG ...................... 39Reserve fuel ................................... 207Restraint system ............................ 206Seat belt ........................................ 203SPORT handling mode ................... 206Tire pressure monitor .................... 210

Warning triangle ................................ 244Warranty .............................................. 24Washer fluid

Display message ............................ 201Weather display (COMAND)

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 211

Wheel and tire combinationsTires ............................................... 284

Wheel bolt tightening torque ........... 284Wheel chock ...................................... 281Wheels

Changing a wheel .......................... 280Checking ........................................ 260Cleaning ......................................... 241Emergency spare wheel ................. 285Important safety notes .................. 260Information on driving .................... 260Interchanging/changing ................ 280Mounting a new wheel ................... 283Mounting a wheel .......................... 281Overview ........................................ 260

20 Index

Page 23: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Removing a wheel .......................... 283Storing ........................................... 281Tightening torque ........................... 284Wheel size/tire size ....................... 284

Wind screenInserting and removing .................... 80Preparing for installation .................. 80see AIRGUIDE

Windowssee Side windows

WindshieldDefrosting ...................................... 110

Windshield washer fluidsee Windshield washer system

Windshield washer systemAdding washer fluid ....................... 236Important safety notes .................. 294

Windshield wipersDisplay message ............................ 201Problem (malfunction) ................... 103Replacing the wiper blades ............ 101Switching on/off ........................... 101

Winter drivingImportant safety notes .................. 262Slippery road surfaces ................... 138Snow chains .................................. 262

Winter operationOverview ........................................ 262

Winter tiresM+S tires ....................................... 262

Wiper bladesCleaning ......................................... 241Important safety notes .................. 101Replacing ....................................... 101

Workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

ZZONE function

Switching on/off ........................... 110

Index 21

Page 24: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Introduction

The printed Operator's Manual provides infor-mation about the safe operation of your vehicle.The Digital Operator's Manual provides compre-hensive and specifically adapted information onyour vehicle's equipment and multimedia sys-tem. You can call up the Digital Operator's Man-ual via the multimedia system.

i You will not incur any costs when calling upthe Digital Operator's Manual. The DigitalOperator's Manual works without connectingto the Internet.

There are three ways to access the topics of theDigital Operator's Manual:RVisual searchThe visual search allows you to explore yourvehicle "virtually". Starting from either thevehicle exterior view or interior view, you canaccess many of the different topics coveredby the Digital Operator's Manual. To accessthe vehicle interior section, select the "Vehi-cle interior" view.RKeyword searchThe keyword search allows you to search for akeyword by entering characters.RContentsYou can select individual sections in the con-tents.

i The Digital Operator's Manual is deactiva-ted for safety reasons while driving.

Operation

Calling up the Digital Operator's Man-ualX Press theØ button in the center console.The overview relating to the vehicle appears.

X Select the "Operator's Manual" menu item byturning3 or pressing7 the controller.

X Confirm7 the message about the warningand safety notes.The basic menu for the Digital Operator'sManual appears.

Operating the Digital Operator's Man-ual

General notesPlease observe the information about the oper-ation of the controller (Y page 212).

Content pagesThe content pages can be accessed bymeans ofa visual search, a keyword search or using thecontents.

X To scroll forwards/backwards: turn3the controller.

X To display in full-screen or animation: slide8 the controller to the left:.

X To select information texts or save book-marks: slide9 the controller to theright;.

X To select a link: slide6 the controllerdownwards=.

X To exit a content page: select% sym-bol?.

X To call up the basic menu of the DigitalOperator's Manual: selectÞ symbolA.

X To switch functions to the multimediasystem using the buttons on the centerconsole: press the$,%,Õ orØbutton.The selected menu appears. The Digital Oper-ator's Manual remains open in the back-ground.

22 Digital Operator's Manual

Page 25: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Protecting the environment

General notes

H Environmental noteDaimler's declared policy is one of compre-hensive environmental protection.The objectives are for the natural resourcesthat form the basis of our existence on thisplanet to be used sparingly and in a mannerthat takes the requirements of both natureand humanity into account.You too can help to protect the environmentby operating your vehicle in an environmen-tally responsible manner.Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tire wear are affectedby these factors:Roperating conditions of your vehicleRyour personal driving styleYou can influence both factors. You shouldbear the following in mind:Operating conditions:Ravoid short trips as these increase fuel con-sumption.Ralways make sure that the tire pressuresare correct.Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.Rremove roof racks once you no longer needthem.Ra regularly serviced vehicle will contributeto environmental protection. You shouldtherefore adhere to the service intervals.Ralways have service work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Personal driving style:Rdo not depress the accelerator pedal whenstarting the engine.Rdo notwarmup the enginewhen the vehicleis stationary.Rdrive carefully and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front.Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration andbraking.

Rchange gear in good time and use each gearonly up toÔ of its maximum engine speed.Rswitch off the engine in stationary traffic.Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel consump-tion.

Environmental concerns and recom-mendationsWherever the operating instructions require youto dispose of materials, first try to regenerate orre-use them. Observe the relevant environmen-tal rules and regulations when disposing ofmaterials. In this way you will help to protect theenvironment.

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts

H Environmental noteDaimler AG also supplies reconditionedmajorassemblies and parts which are of the samequality as new parts. They are covered by thesame Limited Warranty entitlements as newparts.

! Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi-ces, as well as control units and sensors forthese restraint systems, may be installed inthe following areas of your vehicle:RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRcockpitRinstrument clusterRcenter consoleDo not install accessories such as audio sys-tems in these areas. Do not carry out repairsor welding. You could impair the operatingefficiency of the restraint systems.Have aftermarket accessories installed at aqualified specialist workshop.

You could jeopardize the operating safety ofyour vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheels aswell as accessories relevant to safety whichhave not been approved byMercedes-Benz. Thiscould lead to malfunctions in safety-relevant

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts 23

Introductio

n

Z

Page 26: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

systems, e.g. the brake system. Use only genu-ine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts of equal qual-ity. Only use tires, wheels and accessories thathave been specifically approved for your vehi-cle.Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts are subject tostrict quality control. Every part has been spe-cifically developed, manufactured or selectedfor and adapted to Mercedes-Benz vehicles.Therefore, only genuine Mercedes-Benz partsshould be used.More than 300,000 different genuineMercedes-Benz parts are available forMercedes-Benz models.All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintaina supply of genuine Mercedes-Benz parts fornecessary service and repair work. In addition,strategically located parts delivery centers pro-vide quick and reliable parts service.Always specify the vehicle identification number(VIN) when ordering genuine Mercedes-Benzparts (Y page 289).

Operator's Manual

Vehicle equipmenti ThisOperator'sManual describes allmodelsand all standard and optional equipment ofyour vehicle available at the time of going toprint. Country-specific differences are possi-ble. Bear in mind that your vehicle may notfeature all functions described here. This alsoapplies to safety-relevant systems and func-tions. The equipment in your vehicle maytherefore differ from that shown in thedescriptions and illustrations.

The original purchase agreement lists all sys-tems installed in your vehicle.Should you have any questions concerningequipment and operation, please consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.The Operator's Manual and Maintenance Book-let are important documents and should be keptin the vehicle.

Service and vehicle operation

WarrantyThe implied warranty for your vehicle applies inaccordance with the warranty terms and condi-

tions in the Service and Warranty Informationbooklet.Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center willreplace and repair all factory-installed parts inaccordance with the following warranty termsand conditions:RNew Vehicle Limited WarrantyREmission System WarrantyREmission Performance WarrantyRCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine, Massachu-setts, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Islandand Vermont Emission Control System War-rantyRState warranty enforcement laws (lemonlaws)

Replacement parts and accessories are coveredby the Mercedes-Benz Parts and Accessorieswarranties. These are available at any author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center.

i Should you lose your Service and WarrantyInformation booklet, have an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center arrange for a replace-ment. The new Service and Warranty Infor-mation booklet will be posted to you.

Information for customers in Califor-niaUnder California law you may be entitled to areplacement of your vehicle or a refund of thepurchase price or lease price, if after a reason-able number of repair attempts Mercedes-BenzUSA, LLC and/or its authorized repair or servicefacilities fail to fix one or more substantialdefects or malfunctions in the vehicle that arecovered by its express warranty.During the period of 18 months from originaldelivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of18,000 miles (approximately 29,000 km) on theodometer of the vehicle, whichever occurs first,a reasonable number of repair attempts is pre-sumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or moreof the following occurs:(1) the same substantial defect or malfunction

results in a condition that is likely to causedeath or serious bodily injury if the vehicle isdriven, that defect or malfunction has beensubject to repair two ormore times, and you

24 Service and vehicle operationIntroductio

n

Page 27: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

have directly notified Mercedes-Benz USA,LLC in writing of the need for its repair.

(2) the same substantial defect or malfunctionof a less serious nature than category (1)has been subject to repair four or moretimes and you have directly notifiedMercedes-Benz in writing of the need for itsrepair.

(3) the vehicle is out of service by reason ofrepair of the same or different substantialdefects or malfunctions for a cumulativetotal of more than 30 calendar days.

Please send your written notice to:Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCCustomer Assistance Center3 Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350

MaintenanceThe Service and Warranty Booklet describes allthe necessary maintenance work which shouldbe done at regular intervals.Always have the Service and Warranty Bookletwith you when you bring the vehicle to anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The serviceadvisor will record every service for you in theService and Warranty Booklet.

Roadside AssistanceThe Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Pro-gram offers technical help in the event of abreakdown. Calls to the toll-free Roadside Assis-tance Hotline are answered by our agents 24hours a day, 365 days a year.1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372)(USA)1-800-387-0100 (Canada)For additional information, refer to theMercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Programbrochure (USA) or the "Roadside Assistance"section in the Service and Warranty booklet(Canada). You will find both in your vehicle lit-erature portfolio.

Change of address or change of own-ershipIn the event of a change of address, please sendus the "Notification of Address Change" in theService andGuarantee booklet or simply call theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center(USA) at the hotline number1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) orCustomer Service Center (Canada) at1-800-387-0100. This will assist us in contact-ing you in a timelymanner should the need arise.If you sell yourMercedes, please leave the entireliterature in the vehicle so that it is available tothe next owner.If you have purchased a used car, please send usthe "Notification of Used Car Purchase" in theService andGuarantee booklet or simply call theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center(USA) at the hotline number1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) orCustomer Service (Canada) at 1-800-387-0100.

Vehicle operation outside the USAand CanadaIf you plan to operate your vehicle in foreigncountries, please be aware that:Rservice facilities or replacement parts maynot be readily available.Runleaded fuel for vehicles with a catalyticconverter may not be available. Leaded fuelmay cause damage to the catalytic converter.Rthe fuelmay have a considerably lower octanerating. Unsuitable fuel can cause engine dam-age.

Some Mercedes-Benz models are available fordelivery in Europe through our European Deliv-ery Program. For details, consult an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center or write to one of thefollowing addresses.In the USAMercedes-Benz USA, LLCEuropean Delivery DepartmentOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In CanadaMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.European Delivery Department98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Service and vehicle operation 25

Introductio

n

Z

Page 28: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Operating safety

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or any required repairscarried out, this can result in malfunctions orsystem failures. There is a risk of an accident.Always have the prescribed service/mainte-nance work as well as any required repairscarried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGFlammable material such as leaves, grass ortwigsmay ignite if they come into contactwithhot parts of the exhaust system. There is a riskof fire.When driving off road or on unpaved roads,check the vehicle's underside regularly. Inparticular, remove parts of plants or otherflammable materials which have becometrapped. In the case of damage, contact aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGModifications to electronic components, theirsoftware as well as wiring can impair theirfunction and/or the function of other net-worked components. In particular, systemsrelevant to safety could also be affected. As aresult, these may no longer function as inten-ded and/or jeopardize the operating safety ofthe vehicle. There is an increased risk of anaccident and injury.Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec-tronic components or their software. Youshould have all work to electrical and elec-tronic equipment carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if:Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a highcurb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g. acurb, a speed bump or a pothole in the roadRa heavy object strikes the underbody orparts of the chassis

In situations like this, the body, the under-body, chassis parts, wheels or tires could bedamaged without the damage being visible.Components damaged in this way can unex-pectedly fail or, in the case of an accident, nolonger withstand the loads they are designedto.If the underbody paneling is damaged, com-bustible materials such as leaves, grass ortwigs can gather between the underbody andthe underbody paneling. If these materialscome in contact with hot parts of the exhaustsystem, they can catch fire.In such situations, have the vehicle checkedand repaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. If on continuing your jour-ney you notice that driving safety is impaired,pull over and stop the vehicle immediately,paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions. In such cases, consult a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Declarations of conformity

Vehicle components which receiveand/or transmit radio wavesUSA: "The wireless devices of this vehicle com-ply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation issubject to the two following two conditions: 1)These devices may not cause harmful interfer-ence, and 2) These devices must accept anyinterference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation. Changesor modifications not expressly approved by theparty responsible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equipment."Canada: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Industry Canada license-exemptRSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) These devices maynot cause interference, and (2) These devicesmust accept any interference, including inter-ference that may cause undesired operation ofthe device."

26 Operating safetyIntroductio

n

Page 29: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Diagnostics connectionThe diagnostics connection is only intended forthe connection of diagnostic equipment at aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it may affect theoperation of vehicle systems. As a result, theoperating safety of the vehicle could be affec-ted. There is a risk of an accident.Only connect equipment to a diagnostics con-nection in the vehicle, which is approved foryour vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell may restrictthe clearance around the pedals or block adepressed pedal. This jeopardizes the oper-ating and road safety of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.Stow all objects securely in the vehicle so thatthey do not get into the driver's footwell.When using floormats or carpets, make surethat they are properly secured so that they donot slip or obstruct the pedals. Do not placeseveral floormats or carpets on top of oneanother.

! If the engine is switched off and equipmenton the diagnostics connection is used, thestarter battery may discharge.

Connecting equipment to the diagnostics con-nection can lead to emissions monitoring infor-mation being reset, for example. This may leadto the vehicle failing tomeet the requirements ofthe next emissions test during the main inspec-tion.

Qualified specialist workshopAn authorized Mercedes-Benz Center is a quali-fied specialist workshop. It has the necessaryspecialist knowledge, tools and qualifications tocorrectly carry out the work required on yourvehicle. This is especially the case for work rel-evant to safety.Observe the notes in the Maintenance Booklet.

Always have the following work carried out at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center:Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance workRrepair workRalterations, installation work and modifica-tionsRwork on electronic components

Correct useIf you remove any warning stickers, you or oth-ers could fail to recognize certain dangers.Leave warning stickers in position.Observe the following information when drivingyour vehicle:Rthe safety notes in this manualRtechnical data for the vehicleRtraffic rules and regulationsRlaws and safety standards pertaining tomotorvehicles

Problems with your vehicleIf you should experience a problem with yourvehicle, particularly one that you believe mayaffect its safe operation, we urge you to contactan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immedi-ately to have the problem diagnosed and recti-fied. If the problem is not resolved to your sat-isfaction, please discuss the problem again withan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or, if nec-essary, contact us at one of the followingaddresses.In the USACustomer Assistance CenterMercedes-Benz USA, LLC3 Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In CanadaCustomer Relations DepartmentMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Reporting safety defectsUSA only:

Operating safety 27

Introductio

n

Z

Page 30: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The following text is published as required ofmanufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S. Fed-eral Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the"National Traffic andMotor Vehicle Safety Act of1966".If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could cause injuryor death, you should immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mercedes-BenzUSA, LLC.If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles, it may ordera recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, or Mercedes-BenzUSA, LLC.To contact NHTSA, you may call the VehicleSafety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Admin-istrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov

Limited Warranty! Observe the notes in this Operator'sManualregarding the correct operation of your vehi-cle and possible damage to the vehicle. Dam-age to the vehicle which is caused by violationof these notes is not covered by theMercedes-Benz implied warranty or the newor used-vehicle warranty.

QR codes for the rescue card

The QR codes are secured in the fuel filler flapand on the opposite side on the B-pillar. In theevent of an accident, rescue services can usethe QR code to quickly find the appropriate res-cue card for your vehicle. The current rescuecard contains the most important informationabout your vehicle in a compact form, e.g. therouting of the electric cables.You can find more information under http://portal.aftersales.i.daimler.com/public/

content/asportal/en/communication/informationen_fuer/QRCode.html.

Data stored in the vehicle

Data storageA wide range of electronic components in yourvehicle contain data memories.These data memories temporarily or perma-nently store technical information about:Rvehicle's operating stateRincidentsRmalfunctionsIn general, this technical information docu-ments the state of a component, a module, asystem or the surroundings.These include, for example:Roperating conditions of system components,e.g. fluid levelsRthe vehicle's statusmessages and those of itsindividual components, e.g. number of wheelrevolutions/speed, deceleration in move-ment, lateral acceleration, accelerator pedalpositionRmalfunctions and defects in important systemcomponents, e.g. lights, brakesRvehicle reactions and operating conditions inspecial driving situations, e.g. air bag deploy-ment, intervention of stability control sys-temsRambient conditions, e.g. outside temperatureThis data is of an exclusively technical natureand can be used to:Rassist in recognizing and rectifying malfunc-tions and defectsRanalyze vehicle functions, e.g. after an acci-dentRoptimize vehicle functionThe data cannot be used to trace the vehicle'smovements.When your vehicle is serviced, technical infor-mation can be read from the event datamemoryand malfunction data memory.Services include, for example:Rrepair servicesRservice processesRwarrantiesRquality assurance

28 Data stored in the vehicleIntroductio

n

Page 31: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The vehicle is read out by employees of the ser-vice network (including the manufacturer) usingspecial diagnostic testers. More detailed infor-mation is obtained from it, if required.After a malfunction has been rectified, the infor-mation is deleted from the malfunction memoryor is continually overwritten.When operating the vehicle, situations are con-ceivable in which this technical data, in connec-tion with other information (if necessary, underconsultation with an authorized expert), couldbe traced to a person.Examples include:Raccident reportsRdamage to the vehicleRwitness statementsFurther additional functions that have been con-tractually agreed upon with the customer allowcertain vehicle data to be conveyed by the vehi-cle as well. The additional functions include, forexample, vehicle location in case of an emer-gency.

COMAND/mbrace (Canada: TELEAID)If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND ormbrace, additional data about the vehicle'soperation, the use of the vehicle in certain sit-uations, and the location of the vehicle may becompiled through COMAND or the mbrace sys-tem.For additional information please refer to theCOMAND User Manual or the Digital Operator'sManual and/or the mbrace Terms and Condi-tions.

Event data recordersThis vehicle is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR). This vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). The main purpose ofan EDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bag deploy-ment or hitting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how a vehicle's systemsperformed. The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30 secondsor less.

The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:RHow various systems in your vehicle wereoperatingRWhether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastenedRHow far (if at all) the driver was depressing theaccelerator and/or brake pedal andRHow fast the vehicle was traveling.These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in which acci-dents and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data arerecorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivialcrash situation occurs; no data is recorded bythe EDR under normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age and acci-dent location) are recorded. However, other par-ties, such as law enforcement could combineEDR data with the type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during a crash investi-gation.Access to the vehicle and/or the EDR is neededto read data that is recorded by the EDR, andspecial equipment is required. In addition to thevehicle manufacturer, other parties that havethe special equipment, such as law enforce-ment, can read the information by accessing thevehicle or the EDR.EDR data may be used in civil and criminal mat-ters as a tool in accident reconstruction, acci-dent claims and vehicle safety. Since the CrashData Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extractdata from the EDR is commercially available,Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC ("MBUSA") expresslydisclaims any and all liability arising from theextraction of this information by unauthorizedMercedes-Benz personnel.MBUSA will not share EDR data with otherswithout the consent of the vehicle owners or, ifthe vehicle is leased, without the consent of thelessee. Exceptions to this representationinclude responses to subpoenas by law enforce-ment; by federal, state or local government; inconnectionwith or arising out of litigation involv-ing MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates; or,as required by law.Warning: The EDR is a component of theRestraint SystemModule. Tamperingwith, alter-ing, modifying or removing the EDR componentmay result in a malfunction of the Restraint Sys-tem Module and other systems.State laws or regulations regarding EDRs thatconflict with federal regulation are pre-empted.

Data stored in the vehicle 29

Introductio

n

Z

Page 32: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Thismeans that in the event of such conflict, thefederal regulation governs. As of February 2013,13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs.

Information on copyright

General informationInformation on license for free and open-sourcesoftware used in your vehicle and its electroniccomponents is available on the following web-site:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

30 Information on copyrightIntroductio

n

Page 33: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Cockpit

Function Page

: Steering wheel paddle shift-ers 126

; Combination switch 96

= Instrument cluster 32

? Horn

A Parking Assist PARKTRONICwarning display 149

B Overhead control panel 36

C Climate control systems 104

D Ignition lock 116Start/Stop button 116

Function Page

E Adjusts the steering wheelmanually 88

F Adjusts the steering wheelelectrically 88

G Cruise control lever 139

H Electric parking brake 132

I Diagnostics connection 27

J Opens the hood 233

K Light switch 95

Cockpit 31

Ataglance

Page 34: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Instrument cluster

Function Page

: Speedometer with segments 163Warning and indicator lamps:Electric parking brake (red) 206F USA only! Canada only! Electric parking brake(yellow) 206· Distance warning 209å ESP® OFF 205! ABS 204Brakes (red) 204$ USA onlyJ Canada onlyL Low-beam headlamps 96T Parking lamps 96K High-beam headlamps 96÷ ESP® 205

; #! Turn signals 96

= Multifunction display 165

? Tachometer 163

Function PageWarning and indicator lamps:M SPORT handling modein the Mercedes-AMGSLC 43 206R Rear fog lamp 96N This indicator lamp hasno function; Check Engine 207h Tire pressure monitor 2106 Restraint system 38ü Seat belts 203

A Coolant temperature gauge 164Warning and indicator lamps:? Coolant 207

B Fuel level indicatorWarning and indicator lamps:8 Reserve fuel level withfuel filler flap location indica-tor (right) 207

C Instrument cluster lighting 163

Information on displaying the outside tempera-ture in the multifunction display can be found

under "Outside temperature display"(Y page 163).

32 Instrument clusterAt

aglance

Page 35: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Multifunction display 165

; Multimedia system display

= ?

Switches on voice-operatednavigation or the Voice Con-trol System8

MuteWX

Adjusts the volume~

Rejects or ends a call 169Exits the telephone book/redial memory6

Makes or accepts a callSwitches to the redial mem-ory

Function Page

? =;

Selects a menu 1649:

Selects a submenu or scrollsthrough lists 164a

Confirms a selection 164Hides display messages 178%

Back 164Switches off voice-operatednavigation or the Voice Con-trol System

i In vehicles with multimedia systemCOMAND you can find further information:Ron the multimedia system in the DigitalOperator's ManualRon the Voice Control System in the sepa-rate operating instructions

i In vehicleswithmultimedia systemAudio 20you can find further information:Ron the multimedia system in the DigitalOperator's ManualRon the voice-operated control of the navi-gation in the manufacturer's operatinginstructions

Multifunction steering wheel 33

Ataglance

Page 36: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Center console

Center console, upper section

Function Page

: Multimedia system 212

; c Seat heating 87

= Ò AIRSCARF 87

? c Parking AssistPARKTRONIC 149

A è ECO start/stop func-tion 118

Function Page

B £ Hazard warning lamps 97

C a PASSENGER AIRBAGOFF indicator lamp 46

D å ESP® 60

E à DYNAMIC SELECT but-ton 121

i In vehicles with multimedia systemCOMAND you can find further information:Ron the multimedia system in the DigitalOperator's ManualRon the Voice Control System in the sepa-rate operating instructions

i In vehicleswithmultimedia systemAudio 20you can find further information:Ron the multimedia system in the DigitalOperator's ManualRon voice-controlled navigation in the man-ufacturer's operating instructions

34 Center consoleAt

aglance

Page 37: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Center console, lower section

Function Page

F Stowage compartment 220Ashtray 223Cigarette lighter 223Socket 223

G Selector lever 122

H Stowage compartmentCup holder 221

Function Page

I Stowage compartment withMedia Interface 219

J Roof switch cover 78

K Multimedia system control-ler

L pManual drive program forthe automatic transmission 126

Center console 35

Ataglance

Page 38: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: p Switches the left-handreading lamp on/off 99

; c Switches the interiorlighting on/off 99

= µ Operates MAGIC SKYCONTROL 82

? p Switches the right-hand reading lamp on/off 99

A |Switches the automaticinterior lighting controlon/off 99

Function Page

B Eyeglasses compartment 220

C ï MB Info call button(mbrace system) 226

D Rear-view mirror 90

E Buttons for the garage dooropener 230

F F Roadside Assistancecall button (mbrace system) 226

G G SOS button (mbracesystem) 225

36 Overhead control panelAt

aglance

Page 39: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Door control panel

Function Page

: Opens the door 71

; %& Unlocks/locksthe vehicle 71

= Adjusts the seats electrically 86

? r45=Stores seat, exterior mirrorand steering column adjust-ment settings 93

A ö Folds the exterior mir-rors in/out 91

Function Page

B \ Selects the right exte-rior mirror 91

C WOpens/closes the rightside window 74

D W Opens/closes the leftside window 74

E 7 Adjusts the exteriormirrors 91

F Z Selects the left exteriormirror 91

Door control panel 37

Ataglance

Page 40: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Panic alarm

X To activate: press! button: for atleast one second.A visual and audible alarm is triggered if thealarm system is armed.

X To deactivate: press! button: again.orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.orX Press the KEYLESS-GO Start/Stop button.The KEYLESS-GO key must be in the vehicle.

Occupant safety

Introduction to the restraint systemThe restraint system can reduce the risk of vehi-cle occupants coming into contact with parts ofthe vehicle's interior in the event of an accident.The restraint system can also reduce the forcestowhich vehicle occupants are subjected duringan accident.The restraint system comprises:RSeat belt systemRAir bagsThe components of the restraint system work inconjunction with each other. They can onlydeploy their protective function if, at all times, allvehicle occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly(Y page 41)Rhave the seat and head restraint adjustedproperly (Y page 84)

As the driver, you also have to make sure thatthe steering wheel is adjusted correctly.Observe the information relating to the correctdriver's seat position (Y page 84).

You also have to make sure that an air bag caninflate properly if deployed (Y page 43).An air bag supplements a correctly worn seatbelt. As an additional safety device, the air bagincreases the level of protection for vehicleoccupants in the event of an accident. For exam-ple, if, in the event of an accident, the protectionoffered by the seat belt is sufficient, the air bagsare not deployed.When an accident occurs, onlythe air bags that increase protection in that par-ticular accident situation are deployed. How-ever, seat belts and air bags generally do notprotect against objects penetrating the vehiclefrom the outside.Information on restraint system operation canbe found under "Triggering of the EmergencyTensioning Devices and air bags" (Y page 50).See "Children in the vehicle" for information onchildren traveling with you in the vehicle as wellas on child restraint systems (Y page 53).

Important safety notes

G WARNINGModifications to the restraint system maycause it to no longer work as intended. Therestraint system may then not perform itsintended protective function andmay fail in anaccident or trigger unexpectedly, for example.This poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.Never modify parts of the restraint system.Never tamper with the wiring, the electroniccomponents or their software.

If it is necessary to modify components of therestraint system to accommodate a person withdisabilities, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for details. USA only: for furtherinformation contact our Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800 FOR-MERCEDES(1‑800‑367‑6372).Mercedes-Benz recommends that you only usedriving aids which have been approved specifi-cally for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

Restraint system warning lampThe functions of the restraint system arechecked after the ignition is switched on and at

38 Occupant safetySafety

Page 41: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

regular intervals while the engine is running.Therefore, malfunctions can be detected ingood time.The 6 restraint system warning lamp on theinstrument cluster lights up when the ignition isswitched on. It goes out no later than a few sec-onds after the vehicle is started. The compo-nents of the restraint system are in operationalreadiness.Amalfunction has occurred if the 6 restraintsystem warning lamp:Rdoes not light up after the ignition is switchedonRdoes not go out after a few seconds with theengine runningRlights up again while the engine is running

G WARNINGIf the restraint system is malfunctioning,restraint system components may be trig-gered unintentionally or may not deploy asintended during an accident. This can affectfor example the Emergency TensioningDevice or the air bag. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.Have the restraint system checked andrepaired in a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp

PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp: andPASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp; arepart of the Occupant Classification System(OCS).

The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front air bag.RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for 60 sec-onds, subsequently both indicator lamps areoff (PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF): thefront-passenger front air bag is able to deployin the event of an accident.RPASSENGER AIR BAGOFF lights up: the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated. It willthen not be deployed in the event of an acci-dent.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp isoff, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp shows the status of the front-passengerfront air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off.Depending on the person in the front-passengerseat, the front-passenger front air bag musteither be deactivated or enabled; see the fol-lowing points. You must make sure of this bothbefore and during a journey.RChildren in a child restraint system:whether the front-passenger front air bag isenabled or deactivated depends on the instal-led child restraint system, and the age andsize of the child. Therefore, be sure to observethe notes on the "Occupant ClassificationSystem (OCS)" (Y page 45) and on "Chil-dren in the vehicle" (Y page 53). There youwill also find instructions on rearward andforward-facing child restraint systems on thefront-passenger seat.RAll other persons: depending on the classi-fication of the person in the front-passengerseat, the front-passenger front air bag is ena-bled or deactivated (Y page 45). Be sure toobserve the notes on "Seatbelts“ (Y page 39) and "Air bags"(Y page 43). There you can also find infor-mation on the correct seat position.

Seat belts

IntroductionSeat belts are the most effective means ofrestricting the movement of vehicle occupantsin the event of an accident or the vehicle rollingover. This reduces the risk of vehicle occupantscoming into contact with parts of the vehicleinterior or being ejected from the vehicle. Fur-thermore, the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle

Occupant safety 39

Safety

Z

Page 42: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

occupant in the best position in relation to theair bag.The seat belt system comprises:RSeat beltsREmergency Tensioning Devices and seat beltforce limiters

If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply by theseat belt guide, the inertia reel locks. The beltstrap cannot be extracted any further.The Emergency Tensioning Device tightens theseat belt in an accident, pulling the belt closeagainst the body. However it does not pull thevehicle occupant back in the direction of thebackrest.The Emergency Tensioning Device does not cor-rect an incorrect seat position or the routing ofan incorrectly fastened seat belt.When triggered, a seat belt force limiter helps toreduce the force exerted by the seat belt on thevehicle occupant.The seat belt force limiters are synchronizedwith the front air bags which absorb part of thedeceleration force. This can reduce the forceexerted on the vehicle occupants during an acci-dent.

! If the front-passenger seat is not occupied,do not engage the seat belt tongue in thebuckle on the front-passenger seat. Other-wise, in the event of an accident the Emer-gency Tensioning Device and the side impactair bag, in addition to other systems, may betriggered and have to be replaced.

Important safety notesThe use of seat belts and child restraint systemsis required by law in:Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provincesEvenwhere this is not required by law, all vehicleoccupants should correctly fasten their seatbelts before starting the journey.

G WARNINGIf the seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannotperform its intended protective function. Anincorrectly fastened seat belt can also causeinjuries, for example, in the event of an acci-

dent or when braking or changing directionabruptly. This poses an increased risk of injuryor even fatal injury.Always ensure that all vehicle occupants havetheir seat belts fastened correctly and are sit-ting properly.

The components of the restraint system work inconjunction with each other. They can onlydeploy their protective function if, at all times, allvehicle occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly(Y page 41)Rhave the seat and head restraint adjustedproperly (Y page 84)

G WARNINGThe seat belt does not offer the intended levelof protection if you have not moved the back-rest to an almost vertical position. When brak-ing or in the event of an accident, you couldslide underneath the seat belt and sustainabdomen or neck injuries, for example. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the backrestis in an almost vertical position and that theshoulder section of your seat belt is routedacross the center of your shoulder.

G WARNINGPersons less than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall cannotwear the seat belt correctly without an addi-tional and suitable restraint system. If theseat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot per-form its intended protective function. Anincorrectly fastened seat belt can also causeinjuries, for example, in the event of an acci-dent or when braking or changing directionabruptly. This poses an increased risk of injuryor even fatal injury.For this reason, always secure persons under5 ft (1.50m) tall in suitable additional restraintsystems.

40 Occupant safetySafety

Page 43: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

If a child younger than twelve years old andunder 5 ft (1.50 m) in height is traveling in thevehicle:Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for this Mercedes-Benz vehi-cle. The child restraint systemmust be appro-priate to the age, weight and size of the child.Ralways observe the instructions and safetynotes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 53) in addition to the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation and oper-ating instructionsRalways observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant classification system(OCS)" (Y page 45)

G WARNINGThe seat belts may not perform their intendedprotective function if:Rthey are damaged, modified, extremelydirty, bleached or dyedRthe seat belt buckle is damaged orextremely dirtyRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices, beltanchorages or inertia reels have beenmodi-fied.

Seat belts may be damaged in an accident,although the damage may not be visible, e.g.due to splinters of glass.Modified or damagedseat belts may tear or fail, e.g. in an accident.Modified Emergency Tensioning Devicescould accidentally trigger or fail to deploywhen necessary. This poses an increased riskof injury or even fatal injury.Never modify the seat belts, Emergency Ten-sioning Devices, belt anchorages and inertiareels. Make sure that the seat belts areundamaged, not worn out and clean. Follow-ing an accident, have the seat belts checkedimmediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Only use seat belts that have been approved foryour vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

Proper use of the seat beltsObserve the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 40).All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seatbelt correctly before beginning the journey. Alsomake sure that all vehicle occupants are alwayswearing the seat belt correctly while the vehicleis in motion.When fastening the seat belt, always make surethat:Rthe seat belt buckle tongue is inserted onlyinto the belt buckle belonging to that seatRthe seat belt is pulled tight across your bodyAvoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a wintercoat.Rthe seat belt is not twistedOnly then can the forces which occur be dis-tributed over the area of the belt.Rthe shoulder section of the belt is routedacross the center of your shoulderThe shoulder section of the seat belt shouldnot touch your neck or be routed under yourarm or behind your back.Rthe lap belt is taut and passes across your lapas low down as possibleThe lap belt must always be routed acrossyour hip joints and not across your abdomen.This applies particularly to pregnant women.If necessary, push the lap belt down to yourhip joint and pull it tight using the shouldersection of the belt.Rthe seat belt is not routed across sharp, poin-ted or fragile objectsIf you have such items located on or in yourclothing, e.g. pens, keys or eyeglasses, storethese in a suitable place.Ronly one person is using a seat beltInfants and children must never travel sittingon the lap of a vehicle occupant. In the eventof an accident, they could be crushedbetween the vehicle occupant and seat belt.Robjects are never secured with a seat belt ifthe seat belt is also being used by one of thevehicle's occupantsAlso ensure that there are never objectsbetween a person and the seat, e.g. cushions.

Seat belts are only intended to secure andrestrain vehicle occupants. Always observe thenotes in the "Stowage options/compartments"section for securing objects, luggage or loads(Y page 219).

Occupant safety 41

Safety

Z

Page 44: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Fastening seat beltsObserve the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 40) and the notes on correct use of seatbelts (Y page 41).

Basic illustrationX Adjust the seat (Y page 84).The seat backrest must be in an almostupright position.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly out of seat beltguide= and engage belt tongue; into beltbuckle:.The seat belt on the driver’s seat and thefront-passenger seat may be tightened auto-matically, see "Belt adjustment"(Y page 42).

X If necessary, pull up on the shoulder sectionof the seat belt to tighten the belt across yourbody.

In order to attach the child restraint systemsecurely in the vehicle, the seat belt on the front-passenger seat is equipped with a special seatbelt retractor. Further information on the "Spe-cial seat belt retractor" (Y page 54).

Releasing seat belts! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up.Otherwise, the seat belt or belt tongue will betrapped in the door or in the seat mechanism.This could damage the door, the door trimpanel and the seat belt. Damaged seat beltscan no longer fulfill their protective functionand must be replaced. Visit a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

X Press the release button in the belt buckle,hold the belt tongue firmly and guide the beltback.

Seat belt adjustmentMercedes-AMG vehicles: the "belt adjust-ment" function is not available.The belt adjustment is a convenience functionintegrated into PRE-SAFE®. With this function,the driver's and front-passenger seat belts areadjusted to the upper body of the vehicle occu-pant.The seat belt strap will slightly tighten if:Rthe belt tongue is inserted into the buckle andRthe ignition is switched onThe seat belt adjustment will apply a certaintightening force if any slack is detected betweenthe vehicle occupant and the seat belt. Do notgrab hold of the seat belt.The belt adjustment can be switched on and offusing the on-board computer (Y page 174).

Belt warning for the driver and frontpassengerThe 7 seat belt warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster is a reminder that all vehicle occu-pants must wear their seat belts. It may light upcontinuously or flash. In addition, there may bea warning tone.Regardless of whether the driver's seat belt hasalready been fastened, the 7 seat belt warn-ing lamp lights up for six seconds each time theengine is started. If the doors are closed and thedriver's or front-passenger seat belt has notbeen fastened, the 7 seat belt warning lamplights up again after the six seconds. As soon asthe driver's and front-passenger seat belts arefastened or a front door is opened again, the7 seat belt warning lamp goes out.If the driver's seat belt is not fastened after theengine is started, an additional warning tone willsound. The warning tone switches off after sixseconds or once the driver's seat belt is fas-tened.If the vehicle's speed exceeds 15 mph(25 km/h) once and the driver's and front-passenger seat belts are not fastened, awarningtone sounds. A warning tone also sounds withincreasing intensity for 60 seconds or until thedriver or front passenger have fastened theirseat belts.

42 Occupant safetySafety

Page 45: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

If the driver or front passenger unfasten theirseat belts during the journey, the seat belt warn-ing is activated again.

Air bags

IntroductionThe installation point of an air bag can be rec-ognized by the AIRBAG marking.An air bag complements the correctly fastenedseat belt. It is no substitute for the seat belt. Theair bag provides additional protection in appli-cable accident situations.Not all air bags are deployed in an accident. Thedifferent air bag systems function independ-ently from one another (Y page 50).However, no system available today can com-pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities.It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injurycaused by an air bag due to the high speed atwhich the air bag must be deployed.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you do not sit in the correct seat position,the air bag cannot protect as intended andcould even cause additional injury whendeployed. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.To avoid hazardous situations, always makesure that all of the vehicle's occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly,including pregnant womenRare sitting correctly andmaintain the great-est possible distance to the air bagsRfollow the following instructionsAlways make sure that there are no objectsbetween the air bag and the vehicle's occu-pants.

RAdjust the seats properly before beginningyour journey. Always make sure that the seatis in an almost upright position. The center of

the head restraint must support the head atabout eye level.RMove the driver's and front-passenger seatsas far back as possible. The driver's seat posi-tionmust allow the vehicle to be driven safely.ROnly hold the steering wheel on the outside.This allows the air bag to be fully deployed.RAlways lean against the backrest while driv-ing. Do not lean forward or lean against thedoor or side window. Youmay otherwise be inthe deployment area of the air bags.RAlways keep your feet in the footwell in frontof the seat. Do not put your feet on the dash-board, for example. Your feet may otherwisebe in the deployment area of the air bag.RFor this reason, always secure persons lessthan 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitable restraint sys-tems. Up to this height, the seat belt cannotbe worn correctly.

If a child is traveling in your vehicle, alsoobserve the following notes:RAlways secure children under twelve years ofage and less than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitablechild restraint systems.ROnly secure a child in a rearward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seatwhen the front-passenger front air bag isdeactivated. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is permanently lit, the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated(Y page 39).RAlways observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant Classification System(OCS)" (Y page 45) and on "Children in thevehicle" (Y page 53) in addition to the childrestraint system manufacturer's installationand operating instructions.

Objects in the vehicle interior may preventan air bag from functioning correctly. Beforestarting your journey and to avoid risks resultingfrom the speed of the air bag as it deploys, makesure that:Rthere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and an air bagRthere are no objects between the seat, doorand B-pillarRno accessories, such as cup holders, areattached to the vehicle within the deployment

Occupant safety 43

Safety

Z

Page 46: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

area of an air bag, e.g. to doors or side win-dowsRno heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objects are inthe pockets of your clothing. Store suchobjects in a suitable place

G WARNINGIf you modify the air bag cover or affix objectssuch as stickers to it, the air bag can no longerfunction correctly. There is an increased riskof injury.Never modify an air bag cover or affix objectsto it.

G WARNINGSensors to control the air bags are located inthe doors. Modifications or work not per-formed correctly to the doors or door panel-ing, as well as damaged doors, can lead to thefunction of the sensors being impaired. The airbags might therefore not function properlyanymore. Consequently, the air bags cannotprotect vehicle occupants as they aredesigned to do. There is an increased risk ofinjury.Never modify the doors or parts of the doors.Always have work on the doors or door pan-eling carried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Front air bags! Do not place heavy objects on the front-passenger seat. This could cause the systemto identify the seat as being occupied. In theevent of an accident, the restraint systems onthe front-passenger side may be triggeredand have to be replaced.

Driver's air bag: deploys in front of the steer-ing wheel. Front-passenger front air bag;deploys in front of and above the glove box.When deployed, the front air bags offer addi-tional head and thorax protection for the occu-pants in the driver's and front-passenger seats.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampinforms you about the status of the front-passenger front air bag (Y page 39).The front-passenger front air bag will onlydeploy if:Rthe system, based on the OCS weight sensorreadings, detects that the front-passengerseat is occupied (Y page 45). ThePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp isnot lit (Y page 46)Rthe restraint system control unit predicts ahigh accident severity

Knee bags

Driver's knee bag: deploys under the steeringcolumn and front-passenger knee bag; underthe glove box. The driver's and front-passengerknee bags are triggered together with the frontair bags.The driver's and front-passenger knee bagsoffer additional thigh, knee and lower leg pro-tection.

Side impact air bags

G WARNINGUnsuitable seat covers can obstruct or pre-vent deployment of the air bags integratedinto the seats. Consequently, the air bagscannot protect vehicle occupants as they aredesigned to do. In addition, the operation ofthe occupant classification system (OCS)

44 Occupant safetySafety

Page 47: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

could be adversely affected. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.You should only use seat covers that havebeen approved for the respective seat byMercedes-Benz.

Side impact air bags: deploy next to the outerbolster of the seat backrest.When deployed, the side impact air bag offersadditional thorax protection. However, it doesnot protect the:RHeadRNeckRArmsIf the restraint system control unit detects a sideimpact, the side impact air bag is deployed onthe side on which the impact occurs.The side impact air bag on the front-passengerside deploys under the following conditions:Rthe OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied orRthe seat belt buckle tongue is engaged in thebelt buckle of the front-passenger seat

If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle,the side impact air bag on the front-passengerside deploys if an appropriate accident situationoccurs. In this case, deployment is independentof whether the front-passenger seat is occupiedor not.

Head air bags

Head bags: deploy in the area of the side win-dows at the front.When deployed, the head bag enhances thelevel of protection for the head. However, it doesnot protect the:RchestRarmsIf the restraint system control unit detects a sideimpact, the head bag is deployed on the side onwhich the impact occurs.If the system determines that they can offeradditional protection to that provided by theseat belt, a head bag may be deployed in otheraccident situations (Y page 50).The head bag on the front-passenger sidedeploys under the following conditions:Rthe OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied orRthe seat belt buckle tongue is engaged in thebelt buckle of the front-passenger seat

If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle,the head bag on the front-passenger sidedeploys if an appropriate accident situationoccurs. In this case, deployment is independentof whether the front-passenger seat is occupiedor not.

Occupant Classification System(OCS)

IntroductionThe Occupant Classification System (OCS) cat-egorizes the person in the front-passenger seat.Depending on that result, the front-passengerfront air bag and front-passenger knee bag areeither enabled or deactivated.

Occupant safety 45

Safety

Z

Page 48: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The system does not deactivate:Rthe side impact air bagRthe headbagRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices

RequirementsTo be classified correctly, the front passengermust sit:Rwith the seat belt fastened correctlyRin an almost upright position with their backagainst the seat backrestRwith their feet resting on the floor, if possibleIf the front passenger does not observe theseconditions, OCS may produce a false classifica-tion, e.g. because the front passenger:Rtransfers their weight by supporting them-selves on a vehicle armrestRsits in such a way that their weight is raisedfrom the seat cushion

If you install a child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, be sure to observe thecorrect positioning of the child restraint system.Never place objects under or behind the childrestraint system, e.g. a cushion. The entire baseof the child restraint systemmust always rest onthe seat cushion of the front-passenger seat.The backrest of the forward-facing childrestraint system must lie as flat as possibleagainst the backrest of the front-passengerseat.The child restraint system must not touch theroof or be subjected to a load by the headrestraint. Adjust the angle of the seat backrestand the head restraint position accordingly.Only then can OCS be guaranteed to functioncorrectly. Always observe the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation and operatinginstructions.

Occupant Classification System opera-tion (OCS)

: PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp; PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampThe indicator lamps inform you whether thefront-passenger front air bag is deactivated orenabled.X Press the Start/Stop button once or twice, orturn the SmartKey to position1 or2 in theignition lock.The system carries out self-diagnostics.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGERAIR BAGON indicator lampsmust light up simul-taneously for approximately six seconds.The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front air bag.RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for 60 sec-onds, subsequently both indicator lamps areoff (PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF): thefront-passenger front air bag is able to deployin the event of an accident.RPASSENGER AIR BAGOFF lights up: the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated. It willthen not be deployed in the event of an acci-dent.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp isoff, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp shows the status of the front-passengerfront air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off.If the status of the front-passenger front air bagchangeswhile the vehicle is inmotion, an air bagdisplaymessage appears in the instrument clus-ter (Y page 187). When the front-passengerseat is occupied, always pay attention to thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp. Beaware of the status of the front-passenger frontair bag both before and during the journey.

46 Occupant safetySafety

Page 49: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

G WARNINGIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front air bag isdisabled. It will not be deployed in the event ofan accident and cannot perform its intendedprotective function. A person in the front-passenger seat could then, for example, comeinto contact with the vehicle's interior, espe-cially if the person is sitting too close to thedashboard. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:Rthe classification of the person in the front-passenger seat is correct and the front-passenger front air bag is enabled or disa-bled in accordance with the person in thefront-passenger seatRthe front-passenger seat has been movedback as far back as possible.Rthe person is seated correctly.Make sure, both before and during the jour-ney, that the status of the front-passengerfront air bag is correct.

G WARNINGIf you secure a child in a rearward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seatand the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is off, the front-passenger front air bagcan deploy in the event of an accident. Thechild could be struck by the air bag. This posesan increased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Make sure that the front-passenger front airbag has been deactivated. The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.NEVER use a rearward-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an ACTIVE FRONT AIR-BAG in front of it; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURYto the child can occur.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampstays off, do not install a rearward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seat.You can find more information on OCS under"Problemswith theOccupant Classification Sys-tem" (Y page 49).

G WARNINGIf you secure a child in a forward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seatand you position the front-passenger seat tooclose to the dashboard, in the event of anaccident, the child could:Rcome into contact with the vehicle's inte-rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi-cator lamp is lit, for exampleRbe struck by the air bag if the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off

This poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.Move the front-passenger seat as far back aspossible. Always make sure that the shoulderbelt strap is correctly routed from the vehiclebelt guide to the shoulder belt guide on thechild restraint system. The shoulder belt strapmust be routed forwards and downwardsfrom the vehicle belt guide. Always observethe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions.

If OCS determines that:RThe front-passenger seat is unoccupied, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamplights up after the system self-test andremains lit. This indicates that the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated.RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by achild of up to twelvemonths old, in a standardchild restraint system, the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after thesystem self-test and remains lit. This indi-cates that the front-passenger front air bag isdeactivated.But even in the case of a twelve-month-oldchild, in a standard child restraint system, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp cango out after the system self-test. This indi-cates that the front-passenger front air bag isactivated. The result of the classification isdependent on, among other factors, the childrestraint systemand the child's stature.Makesure that the conditions for a correct classi-fication are met. If the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp remains off, do not installa child restraint system on the front-passenger seat.

Occupant safety 47

Safety

Z

Page 50: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by aperson of smaller stature (e.g. a teenager orsmall adult), the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp lights up and remains lit afterthe system self-test depending on the resultof the classification or, alternatively, goes out.- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is off, move the front-passenger seatas far back as possible.

- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, a person of smaller statureshould not use the front-passenger seat.

RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by anadult or a person of adult stature, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampgoes out after the system self-test. This indi-cates that the front-passenger front air bag isactivated.

If children are traveling in the vehicle, be sure toobserve the notes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 53).When the Occupant Classification System(OCS) is malfunctioning, the red 6 restraintsystem warning lamp on the instrument clusterand the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp light up simultaneously. The front-passenger front air bag is deactivated in thiscase and does not deploy during an accident.Have the Occupant Classification System (OCS)checked and repaired immediately at a qualifiedspecialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for this purpose.If the front-passenger seat, the seat cover or theseat cushion are damaged, have the necessaryrepair work carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop. Mercedes-Benz recommends thatyou use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor this purpose.For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use seat accessories thathave been approved by Mercedes-Benz.If the driver's air bag deploys, this does notmean that the front-passenger front air bag willalso deploy. The Occupant Classification Sys-tem (OCS) categorizes the occupant on thefront-passenger seat. Depending on that result,the front-passenger front air bag is either ena-bled or deactivated.

System self-test

G DANGERIf both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps donot light up during the system self-test, thesystem is malfunctioning. The front-passenger front air bag might be triggeredunintentionally or might not be triggered at allin the event of an accident with high deceler-ation. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.In this case the front-passenger seat may notbe used. Do not install a child restraint systemon the front-passenger seat. Have the Occu-pant Classification System (OCS) checkedand repaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit after the system self-test, thefront-passenger front air bag is disabled. It willnot be deployed in the event of an accident. Inthis case, the front-passenger front air bagcannot perform its intended protective func-tion, e.g. when a person is seated in the front-passenger seat.That person could, for example, come intocontact with the vehicle's interior, especiallyif the person is sitting too close to the dash-board. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:Rthe classification of the person in the front-passenger seat is correct and the front-passenger front air bag is enabled or disa-bled in accordance with the person in thefront-passenger seatRthe person is seated properly with a cor-rectly fastened seatbeltRthe front-passenger seat has been movedas far back as possible

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit when it should not, the front-

48 Occupant safetySafety

Page 51: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

passenger seat may not be used. Do notinstall a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat. Have the Occupant Classifi-cation System (OCS) checked and repairedimmediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

G WARNINGObjects between the seat surface and thechild restraint system could affect OCS oper-ation. This could result in the front-passengerair bag not functioning as intended during anaccident. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.Do not place any objects between the seatsurface and the child restraint system. Theentire base of the child restraint system mustalways rest on the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the forward-

facing child restraint system must, as far aspossible, be resting on the backrest of thefront-passenger seat. Always comply with thechild restraint system manufacturer's instal-lation instructions.

After the system self-test, the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicatorlamp displays the status of the front-passengerfront air bag (Y page 46). If the front-passengerfront air bag is enabled, the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lamp lights up for 60 secondsand then goes out.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp isoff, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp shows the status of the front-passengerfront air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off.For more information about the OCS, see "Prob-lems with the Occupant Classification System"(Y page 49).

Problems with the Occupant Classification System (OCS)Be sure to observe the notes on "System self-test" (Y page 48).

Occupant safety 49

Safety

Z

Page 52: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamplights up and remains lit,even though the front-passenger seat is occu-pied by an adult or a per-son of a stature corre-sponding to that of anadult.

The classification of the person on the front-passenger seat is incor-rect.X Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the personon the front-passenger seat are met (Y page 46).

X If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF indicator lamp remains lit, the front-passenger seat may not be used.

X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lampdoes not light up and/ordoes not stay on.The front-passenger seatis:RunoccupiedRoccupied by theweight of a child up totwelve months old in achild restraint system

OCS is malfunctioning.X Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the childseat.

X Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests onthe seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of theforward-facing child restraint system must lie as flat as possibleagainst the backrest of the front-passenger seat. If necessary,adjust the position of the front-passenger seat.

X When installing the child restraint system, make sure that the seatbelt is tight. Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front-passengerseat adjustment. This could result in the seat belt and the childrestraint system being pulled too tightly.

X Check for correct installation of the child restraint system.Make sure that the head restraint does not apply a load to the childrestraint system. If necessary, adjust the head restraint accord-ingly.

X Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto theseat.

X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and/orthe PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up, do not installa child restraint system on the front-passenger seat.

X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Deployment of Emergency TensioningDevices and air bags

Important safety notes

G WARNINGThe air bag parts are hot after an air bag hasbeen deployed. There is a risk of injury.Do not touch the air bag parts. Have adeployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe-cialist workshop as soon as possible.

G WARNINGA deployed air bag no longer offers any pro-tection and cannot provide the intended pro-tection in an accident. There is an increasedrisk of injury.Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special-ist workshop in order to have a deployed airbag replaced.

For your own safety and that of your frontpassenger, it is important that you havedeployed air bags replaced and faulty air bagsrepaired. This will help to make sure the air bags

50 Occupant safetySafety

Page 53: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

continue to perform their protective function forthe vehicle occupants in the event of a crash.

G WARNINGEmergency Tensioning Devices that havedeployed pyrotechnically are no longer opera-tional and are unable to perform their inten-ded protective function. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Have pyrotechnically triggered EmergencyTensioning Devices replaced immediately at aqualified specialist workshop.

An electric motor is used by PRE-SAFE® to trig-ger the tightening of the seat belt in hazardoussituations. This procedure is reversible.If Emergency Tensioning Devices are triggeredor air bags are deployed, you will hear a bang,and some powder may also be released. The6 restraint system warning lamp lights up.Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hear-ing. The powder that is released generally doesnot constitute a health hazard, but it may causeshort-term breathing difficulties in people withasthma or other respiratory problems. Providedit is safe to do so, you should leave the vehicleimmediately or open the window in order to pre-vent breathing difficulties.Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency TensioningDevices (ETDs) contain perchlorate material,which may require special handling and regardfor the environment. National guidelines mustbe observed during disposal. In California, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.

Method of operationDuring the first stage of a collision, the restraintsystem control unit evaluates important physi-cal data relating to vehicle deceleration or accel-eration, such as:RdurationRdirectionRintensityBased on the evaluation of this data, therestraint system control unit triggers the Emer-gency Tensioning Devices during a frontal orrear collision.

An Emergency Tensioning Device can only betriggered, if:Rthe ignition is switched onRthe components of the restraint system areoperational. You can find further informationunder "Restraint system warning lamp"(Y page 38)Rthe seat belt buckle tongue has engaged inthe belt buckle of the respective seat

If the restraint system control unit detects amore severe accident, further components ofthe restraint system are activated independ-ently of each other in certain frontal collisionsituations:RFront air bags as well as driver's and front-passenger knee bags

The front-passenger front air bag is activated ordeactivated depending on the person on thefront-passenger seat. The front-passenger frontair bag can only deploy in an accident if thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off.Observe the information on the PASSENGERAIRBAG indicator lamps (Y page 39).Your vehicle has two-stage front air bags. In thefirst deployment stage, the front air bag is filledwith propellant gas. The front air bag is fullydeployed with the maximum amount of propel-lant gas if a second deployment threshold isreached within a few milliseconds.The activation threshold of the Emergency Ten-sioning Devices and the air bags is determinedby evaluating the rate of vehicle deceleration oracceleration which occurs at various points inthe vehicle. This process is pre-emptive innature. Deployment should take place in goodtime at the start of the collision.The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelerationand the direction of the force are essentiallydetermined by:Rthe distribution of forces during the collisionRthe collision angleRthe deformation characteristics of the vehicleRthe characteristics of the object with whichthe vehicle has collided

Factors which can only be seen and measuredafter a collision has occurred do not play a deci-sive role in the deployment of an air bag. Nor dothey provide an indication of air bag deploy-ment.The vehicle can be deformed considerably, with-out an air bag being deployed. This is the case ifonly parts which are relatively easily deformed

Occupant safety 51

Safety

Z

Page 54: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

are affected and the rate of deceleration is nothigh. Conversely, air bagsmay be deployed eventhough the vehicle suffers only minor deforma-tion. This is the case if, for example, very rigidvehicle parts such as longitudinal body mem-bers are hit, and sufficient deceleration occursas a result.If the restraint systemcontrol unit detects a sideimpact or if the vehicle rolls over, the applicablecomponents of the restraint system aredeployed independently of each other depend-ing on the apparent type of accident.RSide impact air bag on the side of impact,independently of the Emergency TensioningDevice and the use of the seat belt on thedriver's seatThe side impact air bag on the front-passenger side deploys under the followingconditions:- the OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied or

- the seat belt buckle tongue is engaged inthe belt buckle of the front-passenger seat

RHead bag on the side of impact, independ-ently of the use of the seat belt and inde-pendently of whether the front-passengerseat is occupiedREmergency Tensioning Devices, if the systemdetermines that deployment can offer addi-tional protection in this situationRHead bags on the driver's and front-passenger side in certain situations when thevehicle rolls over, if the system determinesthat deployment can offer additional protec-tion to that provided by the seat belt

i Not all air bags are deployed in an accident.The different air bag systems work independ-ently of each other.How the air bag system works is determinedby the severity of the accident detected,especially the vehicle deceleration or accel-eration and the apparent type of accident:RFrontal collisionRSide impactRRollover

NECK-PRO head restraints

Important safety notes

G WARNINGThe function of the head restraint may beimpaired if you:Rattach objects such as coat hangers to thehead restraints, for exampleRuse head restraint coversIf you do so, the head restraints cannot fulfilltheir intended protective function in the eventof an accident. In addition, objects attachedto the head restraints could endanger othervehicle occupants. There is an increased riskof injury.Do not attach any objects to the headrestraints and do not use head restraint cov-ers.

Method of operationNECK-PRO head restraints reduce the likelihoodof head and chest injuries. The NECK-PRO headrestraints on the driver's and front-passengerseats are moved forwards and upwards in theevent of a rear-end collision of a certain severity.This provides better head support.If the NECK-PRO head restraints have been trig-gered in an accident, you must reset the NECK-PRO head restraints on the driver’s and front-passenger seat (Y page 53). Otherwise, theadditional protection will not be available in theevent of another rear-end collision. You can rec-ognize when NECK-PRO head restraints havebeen triggered by the fact that they have movedforwards and can no longer be adjusted.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have theNECK-PRO head restraints checked for func-tionality at a qualified specialist workshop aftera rear-end collision.

52 Occupant safetySafety

Page 55: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Resetting triggered NECK-PRO headrestraints

Donot insert your finger between the upholsteryof the head restraint and the seat. Pay particularattention while resetting the NECK-PRO headrestraints.X Tilt the top of the NECK-PRO head restraintcushion forwards in the direction of arrow:.

X Push the NECK-PRO head restraint cushiondown as far as it will go in the direction ofarrow;.

X Firmly push the NECK-PRO head restraintcushion back in the direction of arrow= untilthe cushion engages.

X Repeat this procedure for the second NECK-PRO head restraint.

i Resetting the NECK-PRO head restraintsrequires a lot of strength. If you have difficultyresetting theNECK-PRO head restraints, havethis work carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop.

PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupantprotection system)PRE-SAFE® informs you of certain critical drivingsituations and takes pre-emptive measures toprotect the vehicle occupants.PRE-SAFE® can take the following measuresindependently of each other:Rpre-tensioning the driver's and front-passenger seatbelt.Rclosing the side windows.Rvehicles with a memory function: setting amore favorable seat position for the front-passenger seat.

! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell or behind the seats. There is a dangerthat the seats and/or objects could be dam-aged when PRE-SAFE® is activated.

Should an accident not occur, the preventativemeasures taken are reversed. Certain settingsmust be made yourself.X If the seat belt pre-tensioning is not reduced,move the seat backrest back slightly.Seat belt pre-tensioning is released.

Automatic measures after an acci-dentImmediately after an accident, the followingmeasures are implemented, depending on thetype and severity of the impact:Rthe hazard warning lamps are switched onRthe emergency lighting is activatedRthe vehicle doors are unlockedRthe front side windows are loweredRvehicles with a memory function: the electri-cally adjustable steering wheel is raised whenthe driver's door is openedRthe engine is switched off and the fuel supplyis switched offRvehicles with mbrace: automatic emergencycall

Children in the vehicle

Important safety notesIf a child younger than twelve years old andunder 5 ft (1.50 m) in height is traveling in thevehicle:Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for Mercedes-Benz vehicles.The child restraint system must be appropri-ate to the age, weight and size of the child.Rbe sure to observe the instructions and safetynotes in this section in addition to the childrestraint system manufacturer's installationinstructions.Ralways observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant classification system(OCS)". (Y page 45)

Children in the vehicle 53

Safety

Z

Page 56: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the automatic transmission out of theparking position P.Rstart the engine.In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

G WARNINGIf persons, particularly children are subjectedto prolonged exposure to extreme heat orcold, there is a risk of injury, possibly evenfatal. Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is subjected todirect sunlight, parts may get very hot. Chil-dren may burn themselves on these parts,particularly on the metal parts of the childrestraint system. There is a risk of injury.If you leave the vehicle, taking the child withyou, always ensure that the child restraintsystem is not exposed to direct sunlight. Pro-tect it with a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed to directsunlight, let it cool down before securing thechild in it. Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

Always ensure that all vehicle occupants havetheir seat belts fastened correctly and are sittingproperly. Particular attention must be paid tochildren.Observe the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 40) and the notes on correct use of seatbelts (Y page 41).A booster seat may be necessary to achieveproper seat belt positioning for children over40 lbs (18 kg) until they reach a height where a

three-point seat belt can be properly fastenedwithout a booster seat.

Special seatbelt retractor

G WARNINGIf the seat belt is released while driving, thechild restraint system will no longer besecured properly. The special seat belt retrac-tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in aportion of the seat belt. The seat belt cannotbe immediately refastened. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.Stop the vehicle immediately, paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions. Reactivatethe special seat belt retractor and secure thechild restraint system properly.

The seat belt on the front-passenger's side isequipped with a special seat belt retractor.When activated, the special seat belt retractorensures that the seat belt cannot slacken oncethe child seat is secured.Installing a child restraint system:X Make sure you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly out of the beltloop.

X Engage seat belt tongue in belt buckle.Activating the special seat belt retractor:X Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertiareel retract it again.While the seat belt is retracting, you shouldhear a ratcheting sound. The special seat beltretractor is enabled.

X Push the child restraint system down so thatthe seat belt is tight and does not loosen.

Removing the child restraint system and deac-tivating the special seat belt retractor:X Make sure you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Press the release button of the seat beltbuckle, hold the belt tongue and guide it backtowards the belt loop.The special seat belt retractor is deactivated.

54 Children in the vehicleSafety

Page 57: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Child restraint systemThe use of seat belts and child restraint systemsis required by law in:Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provincesYou can obtain further information about thecorrect child restraint system from any author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is installed incor-rectly on a suitable seat, it cannot protect asintended. The child cannot then be restrainedin the event of an accident, heavy braking orsudden changes of direction. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.Make sure that you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions and the notes on use. Please ensure,that the base of the child restraint system isalways resting completely on the seat cush-ion. Never place objects, e.g. cushions, underor behind the child restraint system. Only usechild restraint systems with the original coverdesigned for them. Only replace damagedcovers with genuine covers.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is installed incor-rectly or is not secured, it can come loose inthe event of an accident, heavy braking or asudden change in direction. The childrestraint system could be thrown about, strik-ing vehicle occupants. There is an increasedrisk of injury, possibly even fatal.Always install child restraint systems prop-erly, even if they are not being used. Makesure that you observe the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instructions.

Further information on stowing objects, luggageand loads securely can be found under “Stowingoptions/stowage compartments”(Y page 219).

G WARNINGChild restraint systems or their securing sys-tems which have been damaged or subjectedto a load in an accident can no longer protectas intended. The child cannot then berestrained in the event of an accident, heavybraking or sudden changes of direction. Thereis an increased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.Replace child restraint systems which havebeen damaged or subjected to a load in anaccident as soon as possible. Have the secur-ing systems on the child restraint systemchecked at a qualified specialist workshop,before you install a child restraint systemagain.

The securing systemof child restraint systems isthe seat belt system.

i If you install a child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, be sure to observe theinstructions and safety notes on the "Occu-pant Classification System (OCS)"(Y page 45). There you will also find informa-tion on deactivating the front-passenger frontair bag.

All child restraint systems must meet the fol-lowing standards:RU.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213 and 225RCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213 and 210.2

Confirmation that the child restraint system cor-responds to the standards can be found on aninstruction label on the child restraint system.This confirmation can also be found in the instal-lation instructions that are included with thechild restraint system.Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte-rior and on the child restraint system.

Child restraint system on the front-passenger seat

General notesIf you install a child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, always observe the

Children in the vehicle 55

Safety

Z

Page 58: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

instructions and safety notes on the "OccupantClassification System (OCS)" (Y page 45).You can thus avoid the risks that could arise asa result of:Ran incorrectly categorized person in the front-passenger seatRthe unintentional deactivation of the front-passenger front air bagRthe unsuitable positioning of the childrestraint system, e.g. too close to the dash-board

Rearward-facing child restraint systemIf it is absolutely necessary to install a rearward-facing child restraint system on the front-passenger seat, always make sure that thefront-passenger front air bag is deactivated.Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is permanently lit (Y page 39) is the front-passenger front air bag deactivated.Always observe the child restraint system man-ufacturer's installation and operating instruc-tions.

Forward-facing child restraint systemIf you secure a child in a forward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seat,always move the front-passenger seat as farback as possible. The entire base of the childrestraint system must always rest on the seatcushion of the front-passenger seat. The back-rest of the child restraint system must lie as flatas possible against the backrest of the front-passenger seat. The child restraint systemmustnot touch the roof or be subjected to a load bythe head restraint. Adjust the angle of the seatbackrest and the head restraint position accord-ingly. Always make sure that the shoulder beltstrap is correctly routed from the front-passenger seat belt guide to the shoulder beltguide on the child restraint system. The shoul-der belt strap must be routed forward and downfrom the front-passenger seat belt guide.Always observe the child restraint system man-ufacturer's installation and operating instruc-tions.

Pets in the vehicle

G WARNINGIf you leave animals unattended or unsecuredin the vehicle, they could press buttons orswitches, for example.As a result, they could:Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for exampleRactivate or deactivate systems, therebyendangering other road users

Unsecured animals could also be flung aroundthe vehicle in the event of an accident or sud-den steering or braking, thereby injuring vehi-cle occupants. There is a risk of an accidentand injury.Never leave animals unattended in the vehi-cle. Always secure animals properly duringthe journey, e.g. use a suitable animal trans-port box.

Driving safety systems

Overview of driving safety systemsIn this section, you will find information aboutthe following driving safety systems:RABS (Anti-lock Braking System)(Y page 57)RBAS (Brake Assist System) (Y page 57)RActive Brake Assist (Y page 58)RAdaptive brake lights (Y page 60)RESP® (Electronic Stability Program)(Y page 60)REBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)(Y page 63)RADAPTIVE BRAKE (Y page 63)

Important safety notesIf you fail to adapt your driving style or if you areinattentive, the driving safety systems can nei-ther reduce the risk of an accident nor overridethe laws of physics. Driving safety systems aremerely aids designed to assist driving.

56 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 59: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

You are responsible formaintaining the distanceto the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, forbraking in good time, and for staying in lane.Always adapt your driving style to suit the pre-vailing road and weather conditions and main-tain a safe distance from the vehicle in front.Drive carefully.The driving safety systems described only workas effectively as possible when there is ade-quate contact between the tires and the roadsurface. Pay particular attention to the informa-tion regarding tires, recommended minimumtire tread depths etc. in the "Wheels and tires"section (Y page 260).In wintry driving conditions, always use wintertires (M+S tires) and if necessary, snow chains.Only in this way will the driving safety systemsdescribed in this section work as effectively aspossible.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

General informationABS regulates brake pressure in such a way thatthe wheels do not lock when you brake. Thisallows you to continue steering the vehiclewhenbraking.The ! ABS warning lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when the ignition is switchedon. It goes out when the engine is running.ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph(8 km/h), regardless of road-surface conditions.ABS works on slippery surfaces, even when youonly brake gently.

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

G WARNINGIf ABS is malfunctioning, the wheels couldlock when braking. The steerability and brak-ing characteristics would be severely affec-ted. There is an increased danger of skiddingand accidents.Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked imme-diately at a qualified specialist workshop.

When ABS is malfunctioning, other systems,including driving safety systems, will also

become inoperative. Observe the informationon the ABS warning lamp (Y page 204) and dis-play messages which may be shown in theinstrument cluster (Y page 179).

BrakesX If ABS intervenes: continue to depress thebrake pedal vigorously until the braking sit-uation is over.

X To make a full brake application: depressthe brake pedal with full force.

If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel apulsing in the brake pedal.The pulsating brake pedal can be an indicationof hazardous road conditions, and functions as areminder to take extra care while driving.

BAS (Brake Assist System)

General informationBAS operates in emergency braking situations.If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BASautomatically boosts the braking force, thusshortening the stopping distance.

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

G WARNINGIf BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distancein an emergency braking situation isincreased. There is a risk of an accident.In an emergency braking situation, depressthe brake pedal with full force. ABS preventsthe wheels from locking.

BrakingX Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed untilthe emergency braking situation is over.ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The brakes will function as usual once yourelease the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.

Driving safety systems 57

Safety

Z

Page 60: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Active Brake Assist

General informationi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

Active Brake Assist consists of a distance warn-ing function with an autonomous braking func-tion and Adaptive Brake Assist.Active Brake Assist can help you tominimize therisk of a collision with the vehicle in front orreduce the effects of such a collision.If Active Brake Assist detects that there is a riskof collision, you will be warned visually andacoustically. If you do not react to the visual andaudible collision warning, autonomous brakingcan be initiated in critical situations. If you applythe brake yourself in a critical situation, Adap-tive Brake Assist of the Active Brake Assist sys-tem supports you.

Important safety notesIn particular, the detection of obstacles can beimpaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is snow or heavy rainRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, for exam-ple in parking garagesRa narrow vehicle is traveling in front, e.g. amotorbikeRa vehicle is traveling in front on a different lineRyou are driving a new vehicle or servicing onthe Active Brake Assist system has just beencarried outObserve the important safety notes in the"Breaking-in notes" section (Y page 115).

Following damage to the front end of the vehicle,have the configuration and operation of theradar sensor checked at a qualified specialistworkshop. This also applies to collisions at slowspeeds where there is no visible damage to thefront of the vehicle.

Activating/deactivatingActive Brake Assist is automatically active afterswitching on the ignition.You can activate or deactivate Active BrakeAssist using the on-board computer

(Y page 171). When deactivated, the distancewarning function and the autonomous brakingfunction are also deactivated.If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, theæsymbol appears in the assistance graphic dis-play.

Distance warning function

General informationThe distance warning function can help you tominimize the risk of a front-end collision with avehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such acollision. If the distance warning functiondetects that there is a risk of a collision, you willbe warned visually and acoustically.

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 56).

G WARNINGThe distance warning function does not react:Rto people or animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRto crossing trafficRwhen corneringThe distance warning function may not givewarnings in all critical situations. There is arisk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.Always adapt your speed to suit the prevailingroad and traffic conditions.

G WARNINGThe distance warning function cannot alwaysclearly identify objects and complex trafficsituations.In such cases, the distance warning functionmay:Rgive an unnecessary warningRnot give a warningThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and do not rely solely on the distancewarning function.

58 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 61: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

FunctionStarting at a speed of approximately 4 mph(7 km/h), the distance warning function warnsyou if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front. Anintermittent warning tone will then sound, andthe· distance warning lamp will light up inthe instrument cluster.X Brake immediately in order to increase thedistance from the vehicle in front.

orX Take evasive action, provided it is safe to doso.

Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving conditionsmay also cause the system to display a warning.With the help of the radar sensor system, thedistance warning function can detect obstaclesthat are in the path of your vehicle for an exten-ded period of time.Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph(70 km/h), the distance warning function canalso react to stationary obstacles, such as stop-ped or parked vehicles.

Autonomous braking functionIf the driver does not react to the distance warn-ing signal in a critical situation, Active BrakeAssist can assist with the autonomous brakingfunction.If the autonomous braking function requires aparticularly high braking force, preventativepassenger protection measures (PRE-SAFE®)are activated simultaneously.Vehicles without Distance AssistDISTRONIC: the autonomous braking functionis available in the following speed ranges:R4 - 65 mph (7 - 105 km/h) for moving objectsR4 - 31 mph (7 - 50 km/h) for stationaryobjects

Vehicles with Distance Assist DISTRONIC:the autonomous braking function is available inthe following speed ranges:R4 - 124 mph (7 - 200 km/h) for movingobjectsR4 - 31 mph (7 - 50 km/h) for stationaryobjects

Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving conditionsmay also cause the Autonomous Braking Func-tion to intervene.

If the autonomous braking function requires aparticularly high braking force, preventativepassenger protection measures (PRE-SAFE®)are activated simultaneously (Y page 53).

Adaptive Brake Assist

General informationi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

With the help of adaptive Brake Assist, the dis-tance warning signal can detect obstacles thatare in the path of your vehicle for an extendedperiod of time.If adaptive Brake Assist detects a risk of colli-sion with the vehicle in front, it calculates thebraking force necessary to avoid a collision. Ifyou apply the brakes forcefully, adaptive BrakeAssist will automatically increase the brakingforce to a level suitable for the traffic conditions.Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis-tance in hazardous situations at speeds above4mph (7 km/h). It uses radar sensor technologyto assess the traffic situation.Up to a speed of approximately 155 mph(250 km/h), adaptive Brake Assist is capable ofreacting to moving objects that have alreadybeen detected as such at least once over theperiod of observation.Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph(70 km/h), adaptive Brake Assist reacts to sta-tionary obstacles.If adaptive Brake Assist demands particularlyhigh braking force, preventative passenger pro-tection measures (PRE-SAFE®) are activatedsimultaneously (Y page 53).X Keep the brake pedal depressed until theemergency braking situation is over.ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The brakes will work normally again if:Ryou release the brake pedal.Rthere is no longer any danger of a collision.Rno obstacle is detected in front of your vehi-cle.

Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated.

Driving safety systems 59

Safety

Z

Page 62: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Important safety notesG WARNINGAdaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearlyidentify objects and complex traffic situa-tions.In such cases, Adaptive Brake Assist can:Rintervene unnecessarilyRnot interveneThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake. Terminate theintervention in a non-critical driving situation.

G WARNINGAdaptive Brake Assist does not react:Rto people or animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRto crossing trafficRwhen corneringAs a result, the Adaptive Brake Assist may notintervene in all critical conditions. There is arisk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.Always adapt your speed to suit the prevailingroad and traffic conditions.

Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving conditionsmay also cause Brake Assist to intervene.If adaptive Brake Assist is not available due to amalfunction in the radar sensor system, thebrake system remains available with full brakeboosting effect and BAS.

Adaptive brake lightsi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

If you brake sharply from a speed of more than50 km/h or if braking is assisted by BAS orBrake Assist with Cross-Traffic Assist, the brakelamps flash rapidly. In this way, traffic travelingbehind you iswarned in an evenmore noticeablemanner.

If you brake sharply from a speed of more than70 km/h to a standstill, the hazard warninglamps are activated automatically. If the brakesare applied again, the brake lamps light up con-tinuously. The hazard warning lamps switch offautomatically if you travel faster than 10 km/h.You can also switch off the hazard warninglamps using the hazard warning button(Y page 97).

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

General notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

ESP® monitors driving stability and traction, i.e.power transmission between the tires and theroad surface.If ESP® detects that the vehicle is deviating fromthe direction desired by the driver, one or morewheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle. Theengine output is also modified to keep the vehi-cle on the desired course within physical limits.ESP® assists the driver when pulling away onwet or slippery roads. ESP® can also stabilizethe vehicle during braking.

ETS (Electronic Traction System)i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

ETS traction control is part of ESP®.ETS brakes the drive wheels individually if theyspin. This enables you to pull away and acceler-ate on slippery surfaces, for example if the roadsurface is slippery on one side. In addition, moredrive torque is transferred to the wheel orwheels with traction.ETS remains active when you deactivate ESP®.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf ESP® is malfunctioning it will not provideany vehicle stabilization. There is an increasedrisk of skidding or of an accident.Exercise caution when continuing to drive.Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

60 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 63: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

When towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised, observe the notes on ESP®(Y page 257).If the å ESP® OFF warning lamp lights upcontinuously, then ESP® is deactivated.If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp and the åESP® OFF warning lamp are lit continuously,ESP® is not available due to a malfunction.Observe the information on warning lamps(Y page 205) and display messages which maybe shown in the instrument cluster(Y page 179).

i Only use wheels with the recommended tiresizes. Only then will ESP® function properly.

Characteristics of ESP®

General informationIf the ÷ ESP® warning lamp goes out beforebeginning the journey, ESP® is automaticallyactive.If ESP® intervenes, the÷ ESP®warning lampflashes in the instrument cluster.If ESP® intervenes:X Do not deactivate ESP® under any circum-stances.

X Only depress the accelerator pedal as far asnecessary when pulling away.

X Adapt your driving style to suit the prevailingroad and weather conditions.

ECO start/stop functionThe ECO start/stop function switches theengine off automatically when the vehicle stopsmoving. The engine starts automatically whenthe driver wants to pull away again. ESP®remains in its previously selected status, e.g. ifESP® was deactivated before the engine wasautomatically switched off.

Activating/deactivating ESP® (exceptMercedes-AMG SLC 43)

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

You can select between the following states ofESP®:RESP® is activatedRESP® is deactivated

G WARNINGIf you deactivate ESP®, ESP® no longer sta-bilizes the vehicle. There is an increased riskof skidding and an accident.Only deactivate ESP® in the situations descri-bed in the following.

It may be best to deactivate ESP® in the follow-ing situations:Rwhen using snow chainsRin deep snowRon sand or gravelSpinning the wheels results in a cutting actionwhich provides better grip.

i Activate ESP® as soon as the situationsdescribed above no longer apply. ESP® willotherwise not be able to stabilize the vehicle ifthe vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts tospin.

! Avoid spinning the driven wheels for anextended period with ESP® deactivated. Youcould otherwise damage the drivetrain.

Deactivating/activating ESP®

X To deactivate: press button:.The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up.

X To activate: press button:.The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster goes out.

Driving safety systems 61

Safety

Z

Page 64: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Characteristics when ESP® is deactivatedIf ESP® is deactivated and one or more wheelsstart to spin, the ÷ ESP® warning lamp in theinstrument cluster flashes. In such situations,ESP® will not stabilize the vehicle.If you deactivate ESP®:RESP® no longer improves driving stabilityRengine torque is no longer limited and thedrive wheels are able to spinRtraction control is still activatedRActive Brake Assist is no longer available; noris it activated if you brake firmly with assis-tance from ESP®RPRE-SAFE® is no longer available, nor is itactivated if you brake firmly and ESP® inter-venesRESP® still provides support when you brakefirmly

Activating/deactivating ESP® (exceptMercedes-AMG SLC 43)

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

You can select between the following states ofESP®:RESP® is activatedRSPORT handling mode is activatedRESP® is deactivated.

G WARNINGWhen SPORT handling mode is activated,there is a greater risk of skidding and acci-dents.Only activate SPORT handling mode in the sit-uations described in the following.

G WARNINGIf you deactivate ESP®, ESP® no longer sta-bilizes the vehicle. There is an increased riskof skidding and an accident.Only deactivate ESP® in the situations descri-bed in the following.

In the following situations, it may be better toactivate SPORT handling mode or deactivateESP®:Rwhen using snow chainsRin deep snowRon sand or gravelRon specially designated roads when the vehi-cle's own oversteering and understeeringcharacteristics are desired

Spinning the wheels results in a cutting actionwhich provides better grip.Driving in SPORT handling mode or withoutESP® requires an extremely qualified and expe-rienced driver.

i Activate ESP® as soon as the situationsdescribed above no longer apply. ESP® willotherwise not be able to stabilize the vehicle ifthe vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts tospin.

! Avoid spinning the driven wheels for anextended period with ESP® deactivated. Youcould otherwise damage the drivetrain.

Deactivating/activating ESP®

X To activate SPORT handling mode: brieflypress button:.TheM SPORT handling mode warninglamp in the instrument cluster lights up. TheSPORT Handling Mode message appears inthe multifunction display.

X To deactivate SPORT handling mode:briefly press button:.TheM SPORT handling mode warninglamp in the instrument cluster goes out.

62 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 65: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X To deactivate ESP®: press button: untilthe å ESP® OFF warning lamp lights up inthe instrument cluster.The ÷ OFF message appears in the multi-function display.

X To activate ESP®: briefly press button:.The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster goes out. The ÷ ESP®ON message appears in the multifunction dis-play.

Characteristics of activated SPORT han-dling modeIf SPORT handling mode is activated and one ormore wheels start to spin, the ÷ ESP® warn-ing lamp in the instrument cluster flashes. ESP®only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree.When SPORT handling mode is activated:RESP® only improves driving stability to a limi-ted degreeRtraction control is still activatedRengine torque is no longer limited and thedrive wheels are able to spinRESP® still provides support when you brakefirmly

Characteristics when ESP® is deactivatedIf ESP® is deactivated and one or more wheelsstart to spin, the ÷ ESP®warning lamp in theinstrument cluster flashes. In such situations,ESP® will not stabilize the vehicle.If you deactivate ESP®:RESP® no longer improves driving stabilityRengine torque is no longer limited and thedrive wheels are able to spinRtraction control is still activatedRActive Brake Assist is no longer available; noris it activated if you brake firmly with assis-tance from ESP®RPRE-SAFE® is no longer available, nor is itactivated if you brake firmly and ESP® inter-venesRESP® still provides support when you brakefirmly

EBD (electronic brake force distribu-tion)

General informationEBD monitors and controls the brake pressureon the rear wheels to improve driving stabilitywhile braking.

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 56).

G WARNINGIf EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheels canlock, e.g. under full braking. This increases therisk of skidding and an accident.You should therefore adapt your driving styleto the different handling characteristics. Havethe brake system checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Observe information regarding indicator andwarning lamps (Y page 204) as well as displaymessages (Y page 181).

ADAPTIVE BRAKEi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 56).

ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety andoffers increased braking comfort. In addition tothe braking function, ADAPTIVE BRAKE also hasthe HOLD function (Y page 148) and hill startassist (Y page 118).

Protection against theft

ImmobilizerX To activate with the SmartKey: remove theSmartKey from the ignition lock.

X To activate with KEYLESS-GO: switch theignition off and open the driver's door.

X To deactivate: switch on the ignition.The immobilizer prevents your vehicle frombeing started without the correct SmartKey.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. The

Protection against theft 63

Safety

Z

Page 66: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

engine can be started by anyone with a validSmartKey that is left inside the vehicle.

i The immobilizer is always deactivated whenyou start the engine.In the event that the engine cannot be started(yet the vehicle's battery is charged), the sys-tem is not operational. Contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center or call1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

ATA (anti-theft alarm system)

X To arm: lock the vehicle with the SmartKey orKEYLESS-GO.Indicator lamp: flashes. The alarm systemis armed after approximately 15 seconds.

X To switch off: unlock the vehicle with theSmartKey or KEYLESS-GO.

A visual and audible alarm is triggered if thealarm system is armed and you open:Ra doorRthe vehicle with the mechanical keyRthe trunk lidRthe hoodRthe glove boxRthe stowage space under the armrestX To turn the alarm off with the SmartKey:press the% or& button on the Smart-Key.The alarm is stopped.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.The alarm is stopped.

X To stop the alarm using KEYLESS-GO:grasp the outside door handle. The SmartKeymust be outside the vehicle.The alarm is stopped.

orX Press the Start/Stop button on the dash-board. The SmartKey must be inside the vehi-cle.The alarm is stopped.

The alarm is not switched off, even if you closethe open door that triggered it, for example.If the alarm continues for more than30 seconds, the mbrace emergency call sys-tem automatically notifies the CustomerAssistance Center.

This is done either by text message or dataconnection. The emergency call systemsends the message or data provided that:Ryou have subscribed to thembrace service.Rthe mbrace service has been activatedproperly.Rthe necessary mobile phone network isavailable.

64 Protection against theftSafety

Page 67: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

SmartKey

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brakeRshift the automatic transmission out of parkposition PRstart the engineThere is a risk of an accident and injury.Never leave children or animals unattended inthe vehicle.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Thisalso applies to mobile phones if the "DigitalCar Key in smartphone" function is activatedvia the Mercedes me connect web app.

G WARNINGIf you attach heavy or large objects to theSmartKey, the SmartKey could be uninten-tionally turned in the ignition lock. This couldcause the engine to be switched off. There is arisk of an accident.Do not attach any heavy or large objects to theSmartKey. Remove any bulky key rings beforeinserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock.

! Keep the SmartKey away from strong mag-netic fields. Otherwise, the remote controlfunction could be affected.Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicin-ity of powerful electrical installations.

Do not keep the SmartKey:Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobile phoneor another SmartKeyRwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal foilRinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal caseThis can affect the functionality of the Smart-Key.

SmartKey functions

: & Locks the vehicle; F Unlocks the trunk lid= % Unlocks the vehicleX To unlock centrally: press the% button.If you do not open the vehicle within approx-imately 40 seconds of unlocking:Rthe vehicle is locked again.Ranti-theft protection is reactivated.

X To lock centrally: press the& button.The SmartKey centrally locks/unlocks:Rthe doorsRthe trunk lidRthe stowage compartment in the center con-soleRthe fuel filler flapThe turn signals flash once when unlocking andthree times when locking.You can also set an audible signal to confirmthat the vehicle has been locked. The audiblesignal can be activated and deactivated usingthe on-board computer (Y page 174).When it is dark, the surround lighting also comeson if it is activated in the on-board computer(Y page 173).

KEYLESS-GO

General notesBear in mind that the engine can be started byany of the vehicle occupants if there is a KEY-LESS-GO key in the vehicle (Y page 118).

SmartKey 65

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 68: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Locking/unlocking centrallyYou can start, lock or unlock the vehicle usingKEYLESS-GO. To do this, you only need carry theSmartKey with you. You can combine the func-tions of KEYLESS-GO with those of a conven-tional SmartKey. Unlock the vehicle by usingKEYLESS-GO, for instance, and lock it using the& button on the SmartKey.The driver's door and the door at which the han-dle is used, must both be closed. The SmartKeymust be outside the vehicle. When locking orunlocking with KEYLESS-GO, the distancebetween the key and the corresponding doorhandle must not be greater than 3 ft (1 m).A check which periodically establishes a radioconnection between the vehicle and the Smart-Key determines whether a valid SmartKey is inthe vehicle. This occurs, for example:Rwhen starting the engineRwhile drivingRwhen the external door handles are touched

X To unlock the vehicle: touch the inner sur-face of the door handle.

X To lock the vehicle: touch sensor surface:or;.Make sure that you do not touch the innersurface of the door handle.

X Convenience closing feature: touchrecessed sensor surface; for an extendedperiod.Further information on the convenience clos-ing feature (Y page 76).

Deactivating and activatingIf you do not intend to use a SmartKey for anextended period of time, you can deactivate theKEYLESS-GO function of the key. The SmartKeywill then use very little power, thereby conserv-

ing battery power. For the purposes of activa-tion/deactivation, the vehicle must not benearby.X To deactivate: press the& button on theSmartKey twice in rapid succession.The battery check lamp (Y page 68) of theSmartKey flashes twice briefly and lights uponce, then KEYLESS-GO is deactivated.

X To activate: press any button on the Smart-Key.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.KEYLESS-GO and all of its associated featuresare available again.

Changing the settings of the lockingsystemYou can change the settings of the locking sys-tem. This means only the driver's door, the lock-able stowage compartments in the vehicle inte-rior and the fuel filler flap are unlocked when thevehicle is unlocked. This is useful if you fre-quently travel alone.X To change the setting: press and hold downthe% and& buttons simultaneouslyfor about six seconds until the battery indica-tor lamp (Y page 68) flashes twice.

If the setting of the locking system is changedwithin the signal range of the vehicle, pressingthe& or% button:Rlocks orRunlocks the vehicleThe SmartKey now functions as follows:X To unlock: press the% button once.X To unlock centrally: press the% buttontwice.

X To lock centrally: press the& button.

The KEYLESS-GO function is changed as fol-lows:X To unlock the driver's door: touch the innersurface of the door handle on the driver'sdoor.

X To unlock centrally: touch the inner surfaceof the driver or front-passenger door handle.

X To lock centrally: touch the outer sensorsurface on one of the door handles.

66 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

Page 69: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X To restore the factory settings: press andhold down the% and& buttons simul-taneously for approximately six seconds untilthe battery check lamp (Y page 68) flashestwice.

Mechanical key

General notesIf the vehicle can no longer be locked orunlocked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO, use the mechanical key.If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the driver's door or the trunk lid, the anti-theft alarm system will be triggered. Switch offthe alarm (Y page 64).

Removing the mechanical key

X Push release catch: in the direction of thearrow and at the same time remove mechan-ical key; from the SmartKey.

For further information about:Runlocking the driver's door (Y page 72)Runlocking the trunk (Y page 73)Rlocking the vehicle (Y page 72)

Inserting the mechanical keyX Push mechanical key; completely into theSmartKey until it engages and releasecatch: is back in its basic position.

SmartKey battery

Important safety notes

G WARNINGBatteries contain toxic and corrosive substan-ces. If batteries are swallowed, it can result insevere health problems. There is a risk of fatalinjury.Keep batteries out of the reach of children. Ifa battery is swallowed, seekmedical attentionimmediately.

H Environmental noteBatteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to disposeof them with the householdrubbish. They must be col-lected separately and dis-posed of in an environmen-tally responsible recyclingsystem.Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally responsi-ble manner. Take dis-charged batteries to a quali-fied specialist workshop orto a collection point forused batteries.

The SmartKey batteries contain perchloratematerial, which may require special handlingand regard for the environment. National guide-lines must be observed during disposal. In Cal-ifornia, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have thebatteries replaced at a qualified specialist work-shop.

SmartKey 67

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 70: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Checking the battery

X Press the& or% button.The battery is working properly if batterycheck lamp: lights up briefly.The battery is discharged if battery checklamp: does not light up briefly.

X Change the battery (Y page 68).If the SmartKey battery is checked within thesignal reception range of the vehicle, pressingthe& or% button:Rlocks orRunlocks the vehicle

i You can get a battery at any qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Replacing the batteryYou require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery.X Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey(Y page 67).

X Press mechanical key; into the SmartKeyopening in the direction of the arrow until bat-tery compartment cover: opens. Do nothold battery compartment cover: closedwhile doing so.

X Remove battery compartment cover:.

X Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against yourpalm until battery= falls out.

X Insert the new battery with the positive ter-minal facing upwards. Use a lint-free cloth todo so.

X Make sure that the surface of the battery isfree of lint, grease and other contaminants.

X Insert the front tabs of battery compartmentcover: into the housing and then press toclose it.

X Insert mechanical key; into the SmartKey(Y page 67).

X Check the function of all SmartKey buttons onthe vehicle.

68 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

Page 71: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problems with the SmartKey

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

You can no longer lock orunlock the vehicle usingthe SmartKey.

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary(Y page 68).

If this does not work:X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

The SmartKey is faulty.X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

X Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

You can no longer lock orunlock the vehicle usingKEYLESS-GO.

KEYLESS-GO was deactivated.X Reactivate KEYLESS-GO (Y page 65).

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary(Y page 68).

If this does not work:X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

KEYLESS-GO is malfunctioning.X Lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of theSmartKey.

X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

If the vehicle can also not be locked/unlocked using the remote con-trol function:X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

SmartKey 69

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 72: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The engine cannot bestarted using the Smart-Key.

The on-board voltage is too low.X Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. seat heating or interiorlighting, and try to start the engine again.

If this does not work:X Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary (Y page 253).orX Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 253).orX Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine cannot bestarted using KEYLESS-GO. The SmartKey is inthe vehicle.

The vehicle is locked.X Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again.

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary(Y page 68).

If this does not work:X Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock.

You have lost a Smart-Key.

X Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist workshop.X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

You have lost themechanical key.

X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

The sidewindows cannotbe opened or closedusing the convenienceopening/closing fea-ture.

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary(Y page 68).

Doors

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Roperate the vehicle's equipment.

Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brakeRshift the automatic transmission out of parkposition PRstart the engineThere is a risk of an accident and injury.Never leave children or animals unattended inthe vehicle.

70 DoorsOp

eningandclosing

Page 73: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Thisalso applies to mobile phones if the "DigitalCar Key in smartphone" function is activatedvia the Mercedes me connect web app.

Unlocking and opening doors fromthe inside! The side windows will not open/close if thebattery is discharged or if the side windowshave iced up. It will then not be possible toclose the door. Do not attempt to force thedoor closed. You could otherwise damage thedoor or the side window.

You can open a door from inside the vehicleeven if it has been locked.If the vehicle has previously been locked fromthe outside, opening a door from the inside willtrigger the anti-theft alarm system. Switch offthe alarm (Y page 64).

X Pull door handle;.If the door is locked, locking knob: pops up.The door is unlocked and can be opened.

When a door is opened, the side window on thatside opens slightly. When the door is closed, theside window closes again.

Centrally locking and unlocking thevehicle from the insideYou can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle fromthe inside. For example, you can unlock thefront-passenger door from the inside or lock thevehicle before you pull away.

X To unlock: press button:.X To lock: press button;.If the front-passenger door is closed, the vehi-cle locks.

The central locking button does not lock orunlock the fuel filler flap or the stowage com-partment in the center console.You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from theinside if the vehicle has been locked with theSmartKey or KEYLESS-GO.You can open a door from inside the vehicleeven if it has been locked.If a locked door is opened from the inside, theprevious unlock status of the vehicle will betaken into consideration if:Rthe vehicle was locked using the locking but-ton for the central locking, orRif the vehicle was locked automaticallyThe vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had previ-ously been fully unlocked. If only the driver'sdoor had been previously unlocked, only thedoor which has been opened from the inside isunlocked.

Automatic locking feature

Doors 71

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 74: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X To deactivate: press and hold button: forabout five seconds until a tone sounds.

X To activate: press and hold button; forabout five seconds until a tone sounds.

If you press one of the two buttons and do nothear a tone, the relevant setting has alreadybeen selected.The vehicle is locked automatically when theignition is switched on and the wheels are turn-ing.You could therefore lock yourself out if:Rthe vehicle is being pushed.Rthe vehicle is being towed.Rthe vehicle is on a roller dynamometer.You can also switch the automatic locking func-tion on and off using the on-board computer(Y page 173).

Unlocking/locking the driver's doorusing the mechanical keyi If youwant to centrally lock the vehicle usingthe mechanical key, begin by pressing thelocking button for the interior locking mech-anism while the driver's door is open. Thenlock the driver's door using the mechanicalkey.

X To unlock: turn the mechanical key counter-clockwise as far as it will go to position1.

X To lock: turn themechanical key clockwise asfar as it will go to position1.

If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the driver's door, the anti-theft alarm sys-tem will be triggered. Switch off the alarm(Y page 64).

Trunk

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf objects, luggage or loads are not secured ornot secured sufficiently, they could slip, tipover or be flung around and thereby hit vehicleoccupants. There is a risk of injury, particu-larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud-den change in direction.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping before thejourney.

! The trunk lid swings upwards when opened.Therefore, make sure that there is sufficientclearance above the trunk lid.

! Only close the trunk once the roof is loweredcompletely. Otherwise, you could damage theroof.If you close the trunk lid before the roof islowered completely, the loading aid switchlights up and a warning tone sounds.

The opening dimensions of the trunk lid can befound in the "Vehicle data" section(Y page 295).Do not leave the SmartKey in the trunk. Youcould otherwise lock yourself out.The trunk lid can be:Ropened/closed from outsideRopened automatically from outsideRlocked separatelyRopened with the emergency release buttonRunlocked with the mechanical keyYou should preferably place luggage or loads inthe trunk.

72 TrunkOp

eningandclosing

Page 75: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Opening/closing from outside

Opening

X Press the% button on the SmartKey.X Pull handle:.X Raise the trunk lid.

Closing

X Pull the trunk lid down using recess:.X Lock the vehicle if necessary using the&button on the key or with KEYLESS-GO.

If KEYLESS-GO detects a SmartKey in the trunk,it does not lock.

Locking the trunk separatelyYou can lock the trunk separately. If you thenunlock the vehicle centrally, the trunk remainslocked and cannot be opened.X Close the trunk lid.X Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey(Y page 67).

X Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lidlock as far as it will go.

X Turn themechanical key clockwise from posi-tion1 to position2.

X Remove the mechanical key.X Insert the mechanical key into the SmartKey.

Unlocking the trunk (mechanical key)! The trunk lid swings upwards when opened.Therefore, make sure that there is sufficientclearance above the trunk lid.

If the trunk cannot be unlocked with the Smart-Key or KEYLESS-GO, use the mechanical key.If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the trunk lid, the anti-theft alarm systemwill be triggered. Switch off the alarm(Y page 64).X Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey(Y page 67).

X Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lidlock as far as it will go.

X Turn the mechanical key from position1counter-clockwise as far as it will go to posi-

Trunk 73

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 76: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

tion2. Simultaneously pull the trunk lid han-dle.The trunk is unlocked.

X Turn the mechanical key back to position1and remove it.

X Insert the mechanical key into the SmartKey.

Emergency release for the trunkYou can unlock the trunk lid from the inside withthe emergency release button.

X Press emergency release button: briefly.The trunk lid unlocks and opens.

The trunk lid can be unlocked and opened withthe trunk lid emergency release when the vehi-cle is stationary or while driving.The trunk lid emergency release does not unlockthe trunk lid if the battery is disconnected ordischarged.Trunk lid emergency release light:REmergency release button: flashes for30 minutes after the trunk lid is openedREmergency release button: flashes for60 minutes after the trunk lid is closed

Side windows

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhile opening the side windows, body partscould become trapped between the side win-dow and the door frame as the side windowmoves. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that nobody touches the side win-dow during the opening procedure. If some-

body becomes trapped, release the switch orpull the switch to close the sidewindow again.

G WARNINGWhile closing the side windows, body parts inthe closing area could become trapped. Thereis a risk of injury.When closing make sure that no parts of thebody are in the closing area. If somebodybecomes trapped, release the switch or pressthe switch to open the side window again.

G WARNINGIf children operate the side windows theycould become trapped, particularly if they areleft unsupervised. There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

Side window reversing featureThe front side windows are equipped with anautomatic reversing feature. If a solid objectblocks or restricts the upward movement of oneof the front side windows during the closingprocess, the side window opens again automat-ically. During the manual closing process, theside window only opens again automaticallyafter the corresponding switch is released. How-ever, the automatic reversing feature is only anaid and does not relieve you of the responsibilityof paying attention when closing a side window.

G WARNINGThe reversing feature does not react:Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small fin-gersRover the last 1/6 in(4 mm) of the closingmovementRduring resettingRwhen closing the side window again man-ually immediately after automatic reversing

This means that the reversing feature cannotprevent someone being trapped in these sit-uations. There is a risk of injury.

74 Side windowsOp

eningandclosing

Page 77: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the closing procedure. Ifsomeone becomes trapped, press the switchto open the side window again.

Opening and closing the side win-dows in the frontThe switches for the front side windows arelocated on the driver's door. There is also aswitch for the front-passenger side window onthe front-passenger door.The switches on the driver's door take prece-dence.

: Left; RightX Turn the SmartKey to position1 or2 in theignition lock.

X To open manually: press and hold the cor-responding switch.

X To open fully: press the switch beyond thepressure point and release it.Automatic operation is started.

X To close manually: pull the correspondingswitch and hold it.

X To close fully: pull the switch beyond thepressure point and release it.Automatic operation is started.

X To interrupt automatic operation: press orpull the corresponding switch again.

You can continue to operate the side windowsafter you switch off the engine. This function isavailable for up to five minutes or until the driv-er's or front-passenger door is opened.

Opening and closing all side windows

Using the switch on the center console

G WARNINGWhile opening the sidewindows, body parts inthe closing area could become trapped. Thereis a risk of injury.Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the closing procedure. Ifsomebody becomes trapped, release theswitch or press the switch down to open theside window again.

You can use the switch on the center console toclose all side windows simultaneously.X Open the cover in the lower center console.The switch for all side windows is under thecover.

X To open all side windows: press button:to the point of resistance.

X To open all side windows fully: pressswitch: beyond the point of resistance.

X To close all side windows: pull switch:.All side windows begin the closing proceduresimultaneously. The rear side windows closeafter the front side windows.

If, after opening thewindows, you close one sidewindow using the switch in the door controlpanel:Rthe front side window closes first andRthen the corresponding rear side windowcloses.

Side windows 75

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 78: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Convenience closing with KEYLESS-GO

G WARNINGWhen using the convenience closing feature,parts of the body could be trapped in the clos-ing area when a side window is being closed.There is a risk of injury.Observe the complete closing procedurewhen the convenience closing feature is oper-ating. Make sure that no body parts are inclose proximity during the closing procedure.

Proceed as follows if someone is trapped:X Release the recessed sensor surface on thedoor handle.

X Immediately pull and hold the door handleand keep the door handle pulled.The side windows open.

With KEYLESS-GO you can close all side win-dows simultaneously. The KEYLESS-GO keymust be outside the vehicle. All the doors mustbe closed.

X Touch recessed sensor surface: on thedoor handle until the side windows are fullyclosed.i Make sure you only touch recessed sensorsurface:.

X To interrupt convenience closing: releaserecessed sensor surface: on the door han-dle.

Resetting the side windowsIf a side window can no longer be closed fully,you must reset it.X Close all the doors.X Turn the SmartKey to position1 or2 in theignition lock.

X Pull the corresponding switch on the doorcontrol panel until the side window is com-pletely closed (Y page 75).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.If the side window opens again slightly:X Immediately pull the corresponding switch onthe door control panel until the side window iscompletely closed (Y page 75).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.If the respective side window remains closedafter the button is released, then it has beenset correctly. If this is not the case, repeat thesteps above.

Problems with the side windows

G WARNINGIf you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the side windowcloses with increased or maximum force. The reversing feature is then not active. Parts of thebody could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area. To stop the closing process, releasethe switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window.

76 Side windowsOp

eningandclosing

Page 79: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

A side window cannot beclosed because it isblocked by objects, e.g.leaves in the windowguide.

X Remove the objects.X Close the side window.

A side window cannot beclosed and you cannotsee the cause.

If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens againslightly:X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the corresponding switchagain until the side window has closed.The side window is closed with increased force.

If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens againslightly:X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the corresponding switchagain until the side window has closed.The side window is closed without the automatic reversing feature.

The sidewindows cannotbe opened or closedusing the convenienceopening/closing fea-ture.

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary(Y page 68).

Roof

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you do not fully open/close the soft top, thesoft-top hydraulics depressurize after a shorttime. This causes the soft top to lower unex-pectedly and may cause you or others to betrapped. There is a risk of injury.Always open or close the soft top completely.

G WARNINGClosing the roof manually is a complicatedand technically demanding procedure, whichrequires a lot of strength. You or others canbecome trapped. There is a risk of injury.Only have the soft top closed manually at aqualified specialist workshop.

! Never sit on the rear shelf or store heavyobjects there. You will otherwise damage theroof and the rear shelf of your vehicle.

! Do not forget that the weather can changeabruptly. Make certain that the roof is closedwhen you leave the vehicle. The vehicle elec-tronics can be damaged if water enters thevehicle interior.

! When opening and closing the roof, makesure that:Rthere is sufficient clearance, as the roofswings upwards.Rthere is sufficient clearance behind thevehicle, as the trunk lid swings backwardsbeyond the bumper.Rthe trunk is only loaded to below the trunkpartition.Rthe trunk partition is not pushed up by theload.Rthe trunk partition is closed.Rthe trunk lid is closed.Rthe outside temperature is above 5 ‡(Ò15 †).

You could otherwise damage the roof, trunkand other parts of the vehicle.

The vehicle dimensions for opening/closing theroof can be found in the "Vehicle data" section(Y page 295).

Roof 77

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 80: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Make sure that the roof and rear window areclean and dry before opening the roof. Other-wise, water or dirt could enter the vehicle inte-rior or trunk.

Opening and closing using the roofswitch

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen opening or closing the roof, body partscould be trapped by, for example, the roofmechanism, trunk lid or side windows. Thereis a risk of injury.When raising or lowering the roof, make surethat no body parts are in the vicinity of movingcomponents. If someone becomes trapped,release the button.

For safety reasons, you can only open or closethe roof when the vehicle is stationary.

! Operating the roof while pulling away:RObserve the following traffic carefully.RDo not drive faster than 25mph (40 km/h).RAvoid abrupt braking and swerving maneu-vers.

Do not operate the roof when cornering, driv-ing on uneven surfaces or during strongwinds. The vehicle may otherwise be dam-aged.

i If the traffic conditions mean that you haveto drive off while opening/closing the roof,the procedure which was started while sta-tionary can be continued at speeds of up toapproximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

Opening and closing

X Vehicles without semi-automatic trunkpartition: close the trunk partition(Y page 79).

X Close the trunk lid (Y page 72).X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Open the cover in the lower center console.Roof switch: is located under the cover.

X To open: pull roof switch: until the entireroof is stowed away in the trunk.The Vario-Roof in Operation messageappears in themultifunction display. Once theopening procedure is complete, the messagedisappears and a tone sounds.All of the side windows open.If you operate the roof switch and the TrunkPartition Open message appears in themultifunction display, the trunk partition isnot closed correctly.

X Close the trunk partition.X To close: press and hold soft-top switch:until the soft top is fully closed.The Vario-Roof in Operation messageappears in themultifunction display. Once theopening procedure is complete, the messagedisappears and a tone sounds.All of the side windows open.

X To close all side windows, pull the switchunder the cover of the center console(Y page 75).

78 RoofOp

eningandclosing

Page 81: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Opening/closing using the SmartKey

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen opening or closing the roof, body partscould be trapped by, for example, the roofmechanism, trunk lid or side windows. Thereis a risk of injury.When raising or lowering the roof, make surethat no body parts are in the vicinity of movingcomponents. If someone becomes trapped,release the button.

Opening and closingThis function is only available on vehicles withKEYLESS-GO or with roof comfort operation.X Close the trunk lid (Y page 72).X Vehicles with comfort operation: point thetip of the SmartKey at the driver's door han-dle.

X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: the SmartKeymust be within 6 ft (2 m) of the vehicle.

X To open: press and hold the% button onthe SmartKey until the roof is fully opened.The roof and the rear side windows open. Thefront side windows close.

X To interrupt the opening procedure:release the% button.

X To open the front side windows: press the% button on the SmartKey again.

X To close: press and hold the& button onthe SmartKey until the roof is fully closed.The roof and the side windows close.

X To interrupt the closing procedure: releasethe& button.

Locking the roof again

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you do not fully open/close the soft top, thesoft-top hydraulics depressurize after a shorttime. This causes the soft top to lower unex-pectedly and may cause you or others to betrapped. There is a risk of injury.

Always open or close the soft top completely.

The roof is not locked if:RtheK symbol and the Vario-Roof inOperationmessage appear in the multifunc-tion displayRtheK symbol and the Open/CloseVario-Roof Completelymessage appear inthemultifunction display and you hear awarn-ing toneRyou hear a warning tone for up to ten secondswhen pulling away or while driving

LockingYou can lock the roof again if it is not lockedfully.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soonas possible, paying attention to road and traf-fic conditions.

X Ensure that the SmartKey is in position2 inthe ignition lock.

X Press the roof switch (Y page 78).

Trunk partition

General notes! To avoid damaging the roof or luggage whenfolding back the roof, you should:Ronly load the trunk to below the trunk par-titionRnot place any objects on or in front of thetrunk partitionRnot place any objects on the cover behindthe roll barsRnot allow the cargo to push the trunk par-tition upwards

The trunk partition can be used to cover luggageand loads in the trunk.

Roof 79

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 82: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Opening and closing

X To open: grip the handle of trunk partition:.X Press the release button in the handle of trunkpartition:.Trunk partition: is unlocked.

X Pull trunk partition: up out of the eyelets onthe edge of the trunk.

X Push trunk partition: forwards against thedirection of the arrow by handle.

X To close: pull back trunk partition: by thehandle in the direction of the arrow andengage into the eyelets on the edge of thetrunk on both sides.

Wind screen

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you use the wind screen in darkness or inother conditions offering poor visibility, yourview to the rear is further impaired. There is arisk of an accident.Only use the wind screen when visibility con-ditions are good.

G WARNINGIf the wind screen is incorrectly installed, itcould detach itself during a journey andendanger other road users. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.Install the wind screen as described.

! Install or remove the wind screen only whenthe roof is open. You could otherwise damagethe wind screen or the vehicle interior.

The wind screen offers protection from the windwhen driving with the roof down.The wind screen can be installed or removedfrom the driver's side or passenger side.For operations involving the wind screen, it ispreferable to be positioned on the side of thevehicle facing away from the traffic, after stop-ping the vehicle in accordance with the trafficconditions.

Installing and removing thewind screen

Preparing for installation

: Wind screen; Unlocked latch= Locked latchX The following conditions must be fulfilled forinstallation:Runlocking buttons R and L point in thedirection of travel.Rlatch; facing you is unlocked.Rlatch= facing away from you is locked.

X To unlock the latch: press unlocking buttonR or L on the locked latch.

X To lock the latch: push the unlocked latchupward by hand until it engages.

80 RoofOp

eningandclosing

Page 83: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Installing

X Take the wind screen out of the trunk.X Prepare for installing (Y page 80).X Hold wind screen: at an angle and slide itwith locked latch= in the direction ofarrow? into the bracket of the opposite rollbar.

X Press wind screen: down in the direction ofarrowA until it engages.Make sure that studsB and latch; fit intothe respective brackets.

X Check whether wind screen: is fully inser-ted into all four brackets and is sittingsecurely.

X If this is not the case, remove wind screen:again and repeat the steps above.

Removing

X Press unlocking button L:. At the sametime, pull wind screen; up and tilt it.

X Pull wind screen; out of the bracket of theopposite roll bar in the direction of the arrow.

X Secure wind screen; to the trunk floor bythe rubber strips (Y page 221).

AIRGUIDE

Important safety notes

G WARNINGYou could lose control of the vehicle if you foldAIRGUIDE in/out while the vehicle is inmotion. There is a risk of an accident.Only fold AIRGUIDE in/out while the vehicle isstationary.

! AIRGUIDE can only be positioned correctlyby folding it in or out. AIRGUIDE cannot bedismantled. Do not try to remove AIRGUIDEfrom its anchorage. Otherwise, you coulddamage AIRGUIDE or the vehicle.

AIRGUIDE can be folded out or back in from thedriver's side or passenger side.When operating AIRGUIDE, preferably stand onthe side of the vehicle away from the traffic,after you have stopped the vehicle in accord-ance with road and traffic conditions.

Roof 81

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 84: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Operating AIRGUIDE

X To fold out AIRGUIDE: turn disc: in thedirection of the arrow towards the middle ofthe vehicle to the stop.

X Repeat with disc;.X To fold in AIRGUIDE: turn discs: and;back behind the roll bar to the stop.

Discs: and; can also be used independentlyof each other, e.g. when you are driving withouta passenger.

MAGIC SKY CONTROL

General notesMAGIC SKY CONTROL is a panorama roof, thetransparency of which can be changed by apply-ing electrical voltage.MAGIC SKYCONTROL can be switched betweendarkened and transparent states.MAGIC SKY CONTROL darkens automaticallyafter a short period when you turn the SmartKeyto positionu in the ignition lock or remove theSmartKey.

Risk of electric shock

G DANGERMAGIC SKY CONTROL operates using highvoltage. If the trim behind the overhead con-trol panel is damaged or removed, electrical

components will be exposed. If you touchthese components, you could get an electricshock. There is a risk of fatal injury.RNever remove the trim behind the overheadcontrol panel.RIf the trim is damaged, never touch theelectrical components behind it.RAlways have work on the MAGIC SKY CON-TROL carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop.

The electrical components of MAGIC SKY CON-TROL are protected by a paneling behind theoverhead control panel.The MAGIC SKY CONTROL control unit ismarked with a yellowwarning sticker that warnsyou of high voltage. The electric cables of thehigh-voltage section are color orange.

Operating MAGIC SKY CONTROL

X Turn the SmartKey to position1 or2 in theignition lock.MAGIC SKY CONTROL switches to the statusit was set to before the engine was switchedoff.

X To change the degree of transparency:press button:.

At temperatures below freezing, the change isslower and uneven. The entire processmay takesome time.

82 RoofOp

eningandclosing

Page 85: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problems with the roof

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The roof will not open orclose.

The trunk partition is not closed and not properly engaged.X Close the trunk partition (Y page 79).

The trunk lid is open.X Close the trunk lid (Y page 73).

The on-board voltage is too low.X Leave the engine running.

The roof has been opened and closed several times in a row. The roofdrive has switched off automatically.You can open and close the roof again after approximately tenminutes.X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Repeat the opening or closing procedure.

The automatic roof system is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Roof 83

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 86: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Correct driver's seat position

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel andmirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

X Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjust-ment (Y page 84).

X Make sure that seat= is adjusted properly.Manual seat adjustment. (Y page 86)Electrical seat adjustment. (Y page 86)

When adjusting the seat, make sure that:Ryou are as far away from the driver's air bag aspossibleRyou are sitting in a normal upright positionRyou can fasten the seat belt properlyRyou have moved the backrest to an almostvertical positionRyou have set the seat cushion angle so thatyour thighs are gently supportedRyou can depress the pedals properlyX Check whether the head restraint is adjustedproperly.

When doing so, make sure that you haveadjusted the head restraint so that the back ofyour head is supported at eye level by thecenter of the head restraint.

X Observe the safety notes on steering columnadjustment (Y page 88).

X Make sure that steering wheel: is adjustedproperly.Adjusting the steering wheel man-ually(Y page 88)Adjusting the steering wheel electrically(Y page 89)

When adjusting the steering wheel column,make sure that:Ryou can hold the steering wheel with yourarms slightly bentRyou can move your legs freelyRyou can see all the displays in the instrumentcluster clearly

X Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts(Y page 40).

X Check whether you have fastened seatbelt; properly (Y page 42).

The seat belt should:Rfit snugly across your bodyRbe routed across the middle of your shoulderRbe routed in your pelvic area across the hipjoints

X Before starting off, adjust the rear-viewmirrorand the exterior mirrors (Y page 91) in sucha way that you have a good view of road andtraffic conditions.

X Vehicles with a memory function: save theseat, steering wheel and exterior mirror set-tings (Y page 93).

Seats

Important safety notes

G WARNINGChildren could become trapped if they adjustthe seats, particularly when unattended.There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

84 SeatsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Page 87: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The seats can still be adjusted when there is noSmartKey in the ignition lock.

G WARNINGWhen you adjust a seat, you or other vehicleoccupants could become trapped, e.g. on theseat guide rail. There is a risk of injury.Make sure when adjusting a seat that no onehas any body parts in the sweep of the seat.

G WARNINGIf the driver's seat is not engaged, it couldmove forwards as far as the next catch duringmovement such as braking or abrupt changesof direction. As a result, you would be pushedagainst your seat belt by the unsecured driv-er's seat.This could cause you to lose control of thevehicle. The seat belt cannot protect as inten-ded and could result in additional injury.There is a risk of an accident and injury.Before every journey, make sure that the driv-er's seat is fully engaged.

Observe the safety notes on "Air bags"(Y page 43) and "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 53).

G WARNINGIf the driver's seat is not engaged, it couldmove unexpectedly while the vehicle is inmotion. This could cause you to lose control ofthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.Always make sure that the driver's seat isengaged before starting the vehicle.

G WARNINGIf you adjust the seat height carelessly, you orother vehicle occupants could be trapped andthereby injured. Children in particular couldaccidentally press the electrical seat adjust-ment buttons and become trapped. There is arisk of injury.While moving the seats, make sure that yourhands or other body parts do not get under thelever assembly of the seat adjustment sys-tem.

G WARNINGIf the head restraints are not installed or notadjusted correctly, they cannot provide pro-tection as intended. There is an increased riskof injury in the head and neck area, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when braking.Always drive with the head restraints instal-led. Before driving off, make sure for everyvehicle occupant that the center of the headrestraint supports the back of the head atabout eye level.

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel andmirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

! To prevent damage to the seats and the seatheating, observe the following notes:RDo not spill liquids onto the seats. Dry theseats as soon as possible if liquid does getspilled on the seats.RIf the seat covers are damp or wet, do notswitch on the seat heating. Also, do not usethe seat heating to dry the seats.RClean the seat covers as recommended;see the "Interior care" section.RDo not transport heavy loads on the seats.Do not place pointed objects on the seatcushions such as knives, nails or tools.Where possible, use the seats only for car-rying passengers.RWhen operating the seat heating, do notcover the seats with insulating materials,e.g. blankets, coats, bags, protective cov-ers, child seats or booster seats.RWhen the seat heating is switched on, theseat surface can be damaged as a result ofobjects being placed on the seats; forexample, seat cushions, child seats andprotective covers not approved byMercedes-Benz.

Seats 85

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Page 88: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell under or behind the seats whenmov-ing the seats back. There is a risk that theseats and/or the objects could be damaged.

i The head restraints are equipped with theNECK-PRO system (Y page 52). For this rea-son, it is not possible to remove the headrestraints from the seats.For more information, contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Adjusting the seats manually

X Seat fore-and-aft adjustment: lift lever:and slide the seat forwards or backwards.

X Release lever: again.Make sure that you hear the seat engage inposition.

X To adjust the backrest angle: relieve thepressure on the backrest.

X Pull handle; and move backrest to thedesired angle.

X Release handle; again.The backrest must audibly engage.

X To adjust the seat height: pull handle=upwards or push it down repeatedly until theseat has reached the desired height.

Adjusting the seats electrically

: Backrest angle; Seat fore-and-aft adjustment= Seat cushion angle? Seat height

i You can store the seat settings using thememory function (Y page 93).

Adjusting the head restraints

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel andmirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

X To raise/lower: push the head restraintupwards or pull it down into the desired posi-tion.

86 SeatsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Page 89: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Adjusting the 4-way lumbar support

: Raises the backrest contour; Softens the backrest contour= Lowers the backrest contour? Hardens the backrest contourYou can adjust the contour of the seat backrestsindividually to provide optimum support for yourback.

Switching the seat heating on/off

Switching on/off

G WARNINGRepeatedly switching on the seat heating cancause the seat cushion and backrest pads tobecome very hot. The health of persons withlimited temperature sensitivity or a limitedability to react to high temperatures may beaffected or they may even suffer burn-likeinjuries. There is a risk of injury.Therefore, do not switch the seat heating onrepeatedly.

! When the seat heating is switched on, theseat surface can be damaged as a result ofobjects being placed on the seats; for exam-ple, seat cushions, child seats and protectivecovers not approved by Mercedes-Benz.When the seat heating is switched on, ensurethat there are no objects on the seats.

Driver's and front-passenger seatThe three red indicator lamps in the button indi-cate the heating level you have selected.The system automatically switches down fromlevel 3 to level 2 after approximately eightminutes.The system automatically switches down fromlevel 2 to level 1 after approximately tenminutes.The system automatically switches off approx-imately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1.X Make sure that the SmartKey is in position1or2 in the ignition lock.

X To switch on: press button: repeatedlyuntil the desired heating level is set.

X To switch off: press button: repeatedlyuntil all the indicator lamps go out.

Problems with the seat heatingThe seat heating has switched off prematurelyor cannot be switched on. The vehicle's electri-cal system voltage is too low because too manyelectrical consumers are switched on.X Switch off electrical consumers that you donot need, such as the rear window defrosteror interior lighting.

X Once the battery is sufficiently charged,switch on the seat heating again.

AIRSCARF

Setting head level heating (AIRSCARF)

G WARNINGWhen AIRSCARF is switched on, very hot aircan flow from the vents in the head restraints.

Seats 87

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Page 90: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

This could result in burns in the immediatevicinity of the air vents. There is a risk of injury.Reduce the heater output before it becomestoo hot.

The AIRSCARF function warms the head andneck area of vehicle occupants with warm air.The warm air flows out of the holes in the headrestraints.The three red indicator lamps in the button indi-cate the heating level you have selected.X Ensure that the SmartKey is in position2 inthe ignition lock.

X To switch on: press button:.Three red indicator lamps in the button lightup. The blower starts up after a preheatingphase of seven seconds.

X Press button: repeatedly until the desiredheating level is set.

X To switch off: press button: repeatedlyuntil all the indicator lamps go out.

i The blower continues running for seven sec-onds to cool down the heating elements.

i If the battery voltage is too low, AIRSCARFmay switch off.

Problems with AIRSCARFAIRSCARF has switched off prematurely or willnot switch on. The vehicle's electrical systemvoltage is too low because too many electricalconsumers are switched on.X Switch off electrical consumers that you donot need, such as the rear window defrosteror interior lighting.

X Switch on AIRSCARF again.

Steering wheel

Important safety notes

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel andmirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

G WARNINGChildren could injure themselves if theyadjust the steering wheel. There is a risk ofinjury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Thisalso applies to mobile phones if the "DigitalCar Key in smartphone" function is activatedvia the Mercedes me connect web app. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The electrically adjustable steering wheel canstill be adjusted when there is no SmartKey inthe ignition lock.

Adjusting the steering wheel man-ually

G WARNINGIf the steering wheel is unlocked while thevehicle is in motion, it could change positionunexpectedly. This could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.Before starting off, make sure the steeringwheel is locked. Never unlock the steeringwheel while the vehicle is in motion.

88 Steering wheelSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Page 91: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

: Release lever; Adjusts the steering wheel height= Adjusts the steering wheel position (fore-

and-aft adjustment)X Push release lever: down completely in thedirection of the arrow.The steering column is unlocked.

X Adjust the steering wheel to the desired posi-tion.

X Push release lever: up completely.The steering column is locked.

X Check if the steering column is locked. Whendoing so, try to push the steering wheel up ordown or try to move it in the fore-and-aftdirection.

Adjusting the steering wheel electri-cally

: Adjusts the steering wheel height; Adjusts the steering wheel position (fore-

and-aft adjustment)

i Further related subjects:REASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature (Y page 89)RStoring settings (Y page 93)

EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you drive off while the EASY-ENTRY/EXITfeature is making adjustments, you could losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.Always wait until the adjustment process iscomplete before driving off.

G WARNINGWhen the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature adjuststhe steering wheel, you and other vehicleoccupants – particularly children – couldbecome trapped. There is a risk of injury.While the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is mak-ing adjustments, make sure that no one hasany body parts in the sweep of the steeringwheel.If somebody becomes trapped:Rpress one of the memory function positionbuttons, orRmove the switch for steering wheel adjust-ment in the opposite direction to that inwhich the steering wheel is moving.

The adjustment process is stopped.

G WARNINGWhen the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature adjuststhe steering wheel and the driver's seat, youand other vehicle occupants – particularlychildren – could become trapped. There is arisk of injury.While the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is mak-ing adjustments, make sure that no one hasany body parts in the sweep of the seat andthe steering wheel.

Steering wheel 89

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Page 92: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

If somebody becomes trapped:Rpress one of the memory function positionbuttons, orRpress one of the memory function memorybuttons, orRmove the switch for steering wheel adjust-ment in the opposite direction to that inwhich the steering wheel is moving

The adjustment process is stopped.

G WARNINGIf you use openings in the bodywork ordetachable parts as steps, you could:Rslip and/or fallRdamage the vehicle and cause yourself tofall.

There is a risk of injury.Always use secure climbing aids, e.g. a suita-ble ladder.

The EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature makes getting inand out of your vehicle easier.You can activate and deactivate the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature in the on-board computer(Y page 174).

Position of the steering wheel when theEASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is activeThe steering wheel swings up when you:Rremove the SmartKey from the ignition lockRopen the driver's door with KEYLESS-GO inposition 1Ropen the driver's door and the SmartKey is inpositionu or1

i The steering wheel moves upwards only if ithas not already reached the upper steeringlimiter.

Position of the steering wheel for driv-ingThe steering wheel is moved to the last selectedposition when:Rthe driver's door is closedRyou insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock

orRyou press the Start/Stop button once on vehi-cles with KEYLESS-GO

When you close the driver's door with the igni-tion switched on, the steering wheel is alsoautomatically moved to the previously set posi-tion.The last position of the steering column is storedwhen you switch off the ignition or when youstore the setting with the memory function(Y page 93).

Crash-responsive EASY-EXIT featureIf the crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature is trig-gered in an accident, the steering column willmove upwardswhen the driver's door is opened.This occurs irrespective of the position of theSmartKey in the ignition lock. This makes it eas-ier to exit the vehicle and rescue the occupants.The crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature is onlyoperational if the EASY-EXIT/ENTRY feature isactivated in the on-board computer(Y page 174).

Mirrors

Rear-view mirror

X Anti-glaremode: flick anti-glare lever: for-wards or back.

90 MirrorsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Page 93: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Exterior mirrors

Adjusting the exterior mirrors

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel andmirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

G WARNINGThe exterior mirror on the front-passengerside reduces the size of the image. Visibleobjects are actually closer than they appear.This means that you could misjudge the dis-tance from road users traveling behind, e.g.when changing lane. There is a risk of an acci-dent.For this reason, always make sure of theactual distance from the road users travelingbehind by glancing over your shoulder.

X Make sure that the SmartKey is in position1or2 in the ignition lock.

X Press button: for the left exterior mirror orbutton; for the right exterior mirror.The indicator lamp in the corresponding but-ton lights up in red.The indicator lamp goes out again after sometime. You can adjust the selected exterior

mirror using button= as long as the indicatorlamp is lit.

X Press button= up, down, to the right or tothe left.The exterior mirror must be set to a positionthat provides you with a good overview oftraffic conditions.

The convex exteriormirrors provide a larger fieldof vision.The exterior mirrors are automatically heatedafter starting the vehicle if the rear windowdefroster is switched on and the outside tem-perature is low. Mirror heating lasts up to 10minutes.

i You can also heat up the exterior mirrorsmanually by switching on the rear windowdefroster.

Folding the exterior mirrors in or outelectrically

X Make sure that the SmartKey is in position1or2 in the ignition lock.

X Briefly press button:.Both exterior mirrors fold in or out.

i Make sure that the exterior mirrors arealways folded out fully while driving. Theycould otherwise vibrate.

Folding the exterior mirrors in or outautomaticallyIf the "Fold in mirrors when locking" function isactivated in the on-board computer(Y page 174):Rthe exterior mirrors fold in automatically assoon as you lock the vehicle from the outside.Rthe exterior mirrors fold out again automati-cally as soon as you unlock the vehicle and

Mirrors 91

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Page 94: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

then open the driver's or front-passengerdoor.

i The exterior mirrors do not fold out if theyhave been folded in manually.

Exterior mirror pushed out of positionIf an exterior mirror has been pushed out ofposition, proceed as follows:X Vehicles without electrically folding exte-rior mirrors: move the exterior mirror intothe correct position manually.

X Vehicles with electrically folding exteriormirrors: press and hold mirror-folding buttonuntil you hear the mirror click into place(Y page 91).The mirror housing is engaged again and youcan adjust the exterior mirrors as usual(Y page 91).

Automatic anti-glare mirrors

G WARNINGElectrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto-matic anti-glaremirror breaks. The electrolyteis harmful and causes irritation. It must notcome into contact with your skin, eyes, res-piratory organs or clothing or be swallowed.There is a risk of injury.If you come into contact with the electrolyte,observe the following:RRinse off the electrolyte from your skinimmediately with water.RImmediately rinse the electrolyte out ofyour eyes thoroughly with clean water.RIf the electrolyte is swallowed, immediatelyrinse your mouth out thoroughly. Do notinduce vomiting.RIf electrolyte comes into contact with yourskin or hair or is swallowed, seek medicalattention immediately.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with electrolyte.RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek medicalattention immediately.

The rear-view mirror and the exterior mirror onthe driver's side automatically go into anti-glaremode if the following conditions are met simul-taneously:Rthe ignition is switched on andRincident light from headlamps strikes the sen-sor in the rear-view mirror

The mirrors do not go into anti-glare mode ifreverse gear is engaged or if the interior lightingis switched on.

Parking position for the exterior mir-ror on the front-passenger side

Setting and storing the parking position

Using reverse gear

You can store the parking position of the front-passenger-side exterior mirror using memorybutton M?. The reverse gear must not beengaged during the process.X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary andthat the SmartKey is in position2 in theignition lock.

X Press button; for the exterior mirror on thefront-passenger side.

X Engage reverse gear.The exterior mirror on the front-passengerside moves to the preset parking position.

X Use button= to adjust the exterior mirror toa position that allows you to see the rearwheel and the curb.The parking position is stored.i If you shift the transmission to another posi-tion, the exterior mirror on the front-passenger side returns to the driving position.

92 MirrorsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Page 95: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Using the memory button

You can set the front-passenger side exteriormirror such that you can see the rear wheel onthat side as soon as you engage reverse gear.This setting can be stored using memory buttonM?.X Ensure that the SmartKey is in position2 inthe ignition lock.

X With the exterior mirror on the front-passenger side activated, use button= toadjust the exterior mirror. In the exterior mir-ror, the rear wheel and the curb should bevisible.

X Press memory button M? and one of thearrows on button= within three seconds.The parking position is stored if the exteriormirror does not move.

X If the mirror moves out of position, repeat thesteps.

Calling up a stored parking position set-ting

X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Select the front-passenger-side exterior mir-ror using button;.

X Engage reverse gear.The exterior mirror on the front-passengerside moves to the stored parking position.

The exterior mirror on the front-passenger sidemoves back to its original position:Ras soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph(15 km/h)Rif you press button: for the exterior mirroron the driver's side

Memory function

Storing settings

G WARNINGIf you use thememory function on the driver'sside while driving, you could lose control ofthe vehicle as a result of the adjustmentsbeing made. There is a risk of an accident.Only use the memory function on the driver'sside when the vehicle is stationary.

G WARNINGWhen thememory function adjusts the seat orsteering wheel, you and other vehicle occu-pants – particularly children – could becometrapped. There is a risk of injury.While the memory function is making adjust-ments, make sure that no one has any bodyparts in the sweep of the seat or steeringwheel. If somebody becomes trapped, imme-diately release the memory function positionbutton. The adjustment process is stopped.

G WARNINGChildren could become trapped if they acti-vate the memory function, particularly whenunattended. There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Thisalso applies to mobile phones if the "DigitalCar Key in smartphone" function is activated

Memory function 93

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Page 96: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

via the Mercedes me connect web app. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The memory function can be activated at anytime, e.g. even when the SmartKey is not in theignition lock.With the memory function, you can store up tothree different settings, e.g. for three differentpeople.The following settings are stored as a singlememory preset:Rposition of the seat, backrest and headrestraintRdriver's side: steering wheel positionRdriver's side: position of the exterior mirrorson the driver's and front-passenger sides

X Adjust the seat electrically (Y page 86).X On the driver's side, adjust the steering wheel(Y page 89) and the exterior mirrors(Y page 91).

X Press memory button M and one of the stor-age position buttons 1, 2 or 3 within threeseconds.The settings are stored in the selected presetposition. A tone sounds when the settingshave been completed.

Calling up a stored setting

X Press and hold the relevant storage positionbutton 1, 2 or 3 until the seat, steering wheeland exteriormirrors are in the stored position.i The setting procedure is interrupted as soonas you release the storage position button.

94 Memory functionSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Page 97: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Exterior lighting

General notesFor reasons of safety, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you drive with the lights switched oneven during the daytime. In some countries,operation of the headlamps varies due to legalrequirements and self-imposed obligations.

Setting the exterior lighting

Setting optionsExterior lighting can be set using:Rthe light switchRthe combination switch (Y page 96)Rthe on-board computer (Y page 172)

Light switch

Operation

1 W Left-hand standing lamps2 X Right-hand standing lamps3 T Parking lamps, license plate and

instrument cluster lighting4d Automatic headlampmode, controlled

by the light sensor5 L Low-beam/high-beam headlampsB R Rear fog lampIf you hear a warning tone when you leave thevehicle, the lights may still be switched on.X Turn the light switch toÃ.The exterior lighting (except the parking/stand-ing lamps) switches off automatically if you:Rremove the SmartKey from the ignition lockRopen the driver's door while the SmartKey isin positionu in the ignition lock

Automatic headlamp modeG WARNINGWhen the light switch is set toÃ, the low-beam headlamps may not be switched onautomatically if there is fog, snow or othercauses of poor visibility due to the weatherconditions such as spray. There is a risk of anaccident.In such situations, turn the light switch toL.

The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid.The driver is responsible for the vehicle's light-ing at all times.Ã is the preferred light switch position:RThe light setting is automatically selectedaccording to the brightness of the ambientlight (exception: poor visibility due to weatherconditions such as fog, snow or spray).RWith the SmartKey in position1 in the igni-tion lock: the parking lamps are switched onor off automatically depending on the bright-ness of the ambient light.RWith the engine running: if you have activatedthe daytime running lamps function via theon-board computer, the daytime runninglamps or the parking lamps and the low-beamheadlamps are switched on or off automati-cally depending on the brightness of the ambi-ent light.

X To switch on automatic headlamp mode:turn the light switch toÃ.

Canada only:The daytime running lamps improve the visibilityof your vehicle during the day. The daytime run-ning lamps function is required by law in Can-ada. It cannot therefore be deactivated.When the engine is running and the vehicle isstationary: if you shift the automatic transmis-sion from a driving position to positionj thedaytime running lamps or low-beam headlampsgo out after 3 minutes.When the engine is running, the vehicle is sta-tionary and in bright ambient light: if you turn thelight switch to the T position, the daytimerunning lamps and parking lamps switch on.If the engine is running and you turn the lightswitch to L, the manual settings take prec-edence over the daytime running lamps.USA only:

Exterior lighting 95

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Z

Page 98: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The daytime running lamps improve the visibilityof your vehicle during the day. To do this, thedaytime running lamps function must beswitched on using the on-board computer(Y page 172).If the engine is running and you turn the lightswitch to T or L, the manual settingstake precedence over the daytime runninglamps.

Low-beam headlampsG WARNINGWhen the light switch is set toÃ, the low-beam headlamps may not be switched onautomatically if there is fog, snow or othercauses of poor visibility due to the weatherconditions such as spray. There is a risk of anaccident.In such situations, turn the light switch toL.

Even if the light sensor does not detect that it isdark, the parking lamps and low-beam head-lamps switch onwhen the ignition is switched onand the light switch is set to the L position.This is a particularly useful function in the eventof rain and fog.X To switch on the low-beam headlamps:turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock or start the engine.

X Turn the light switch to L.The green L indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

Rear fog lampThe rear fog lamp improves visibility of yourvehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thickfog. Please take note of the country-specificregulations for the use of rear fog lamps.X To switch on the rear fog lamp: turn theSmartKey to position2 in the ignition lock orstart the engine.

X Turn the light switch to L orÃ.X Press the R button.The yellow R indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

X To switch off the rear fog lamp: press theR button.The yellow R indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

Parking lamps! If the battery charge is very low, the parkinglamps or standing lamps are automaticallyswitched off to enable the next engine start.Always park your vehicle safely and in awell litarea, in accordance with the relevant legalstipulations. Avoid using the T parkinglamps over a period of several hours. If pos-sible, switch on the right-hand X or left-hand W standing lamps.

X To switch on: turn the light switch to T.The green T indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

Standing lampsSwitching on the standing lamps ensures thecorresponding side of the vehicle is illuminated.X To switch on the standing lamps: theSmartKey is not in the ignition lock or it is inpositionu in the ignition lock.

X Turn the light switch toW (left-hand side ofthe vehicle) or X (right-hand side of thevehicle).

Combination switch

: High-beam headlamps; Turn signal, right= High-beam flasher? Turn signal, leftX To indicate briefly: press the combinationswitch briefly to the pressure point in thedirection of arrow; or?.The corresponding turn signal flashes threetimes.

X To indicate: press the combination switchbeyond the pressure point in the direction ofarrow; or?.

96 Exterior lightingLightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 99: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X To switch on the high-beam headlamps:turn the light switch to L orÃ.

X Press the combination switch beyond thepressure point in the direction of arrow:.In theà position, the high-beam head-lamps are only switched onwhen it is dark andthe engine is running.The blue K indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up when the high-beamheadlamps are switched on.

X To switch off the high-beam headlamps:move the combination switch back to its nor-mal position.The blue K indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

Hazard warning lamps

X To switch on the hazard warning lamps:press button:.All turn signals flash. If you now switch on aturn signal using the combination switch, onlythe turn signal lamp on the correspondingside of the vehicle will flash.

X To switch off the hazard warning lamps:press button:.

The hazard warning lamps automatically switchon if:Ran air bag is deployed orRthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from a speedof above 45 mph (70 km/h) and comes to astandstill

The hazard warning lamps switch off automati-cally if the vehicle reaches a speed of above6 mph (10 km/h) again after a full brake appli-cation.

i The hazard warning lamps still operate if theignition is switched off.

Cornering light functionThe cornering light function improves the illu-mination of the road over a wide angle in thedirection you are turning, enabling better visi-bility in tight bends, for example. The corneringlight function can only be activated when thelow-beam headlamps are switched on.Active:Rif you are driving at speeds below 25 mph(40 km/h) and switch on the turn signal orturn the steering wheelRif you are driving at speeds between 25 mph(40 km/h) and 45 mph (70 km/h) and turnthe steering wheel

The cornering lamp may remain lit for a shorttime, but is automatically switched off after nomore than three minutes.Cornering light function with traffic circlefunction:The cornering light function is activated on bothsides before entering a traffic circle through anevaluation of the current GPS position of thevehicle. It remains active until after the vehiclehas left the traffic circle. In this way, pedestrianscrossing the road, for example, are illuminatedby your vehicle in good time.

Active light functionThe active light function is a system that movesthe headlamps according to the steering move-ments of the front wheels. In this way, relevantareas remain illuminated while driving. Thisallows you to recognize pedestrians, cyclistsand animals sooner.Active: when the lights are switched on.Vehicles with Lane Keeping Assist: the activelight function evaluates the course of the lane inwhich you are driving and pre-emptively con-trols the active light function.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist

General notesYou can use this function to set the headlampsto change between low beam and high beamautomatically. The system recognizes vehicleswith their lights on, either approaching from theopposite direction or traveling in front of your

Exterior lighting 97

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Z

Page 100: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

vehicle, and consequently switches the head-lamps from high beam to low beam.The system automatically adapts the low-beamheadlamp range depending on the distance tothe other vehicle. Once the system no longerdetects any other vehicles, it reactivates thehigh-beam headlamps.The system's optical sensor is located behindthe windshield near the overhead control panel.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGAdaptive HighbeamAssist does not recognizeroad users:Rwho have no lights, e.g. pedestriansRwho have poor lighting, e.g. cyclistsRwhose lighting is blocked, e.g. by a barrierOn very rare occasions, Adaptive HighbeamAssist may fail to recognize other road usersthat have lights, or may recognize them toolate. In this, or in similar situations, the auto-matic high-beam headlamps will not be deac-tivated orwill be activated regardless. There isa risk of an accident.Always carefully observe the traffic conditionsand switch off the high-beam headlamps ingood time.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take intoaccount road, weather or traffic conditions.Adaptive HighbeamAssist is only an aid. You areresponsible for adjusting the vehicle's lightingto the prevailing light, visibility and traffic con-ditions.In particular, the detection of obstacles can berestricted if there is:Rpoor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain orsnowRdirt on the sensors or the sensors areobscured

Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assiston/offX To switch on: turn the light switch toÃ.X Press the combination switch beyond thepressure point in the direction of arrow:.The _ indicator lamp in the multifunctiondisplay lights up when it is dark and the lightsensor activates the low-beam headlamps.If you are driving at speeds above approx-imately 16 mph (25 km/h):The headlamp range is set automaticallydepending on the distance between the vehi-cle and other road users.If you are driving at speeds above approx-imately 19 mph (30 km/h) and no other roadusers have been detected:The high-beam headlamps are switched onautomatically. The K indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster also lights up.If you are driving at speeds below approx-imately 16mph (25 km/h) or other road usershave been detected or the roads are ade-quately lit:The high-beam headlamps are switched offautomatically. The K indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster goes out. The _ indi-cator lamp in the multifunction displayremains lit.

X To switch off: move the combination switchback to its normal position or move the lightswitch to another position.The _ indicator lamp in the multifunctiondisplay goes out.

98 Exterior lightingLightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 101: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Interior lighting

Overview of interior lighting

Overhead control panel: p Switches the left-hand reading lamp

on/off; | Switches the automatic interior light-

ing control on/off= p Switches the right-hand reading lamp

on/off? c Switches the interior lighting on/off

Interior lighting control

General notesIn order to prevent the vehicle's battery fromdischarging, the interior lighting functions areautomatically deactivated after some time,unless the SmartKey is in position2 in theignition lock.The color and brightness of the ambient lightingare set via the multimedia system(Y page 172).

Automatic interior lighting controlX To switch on/off: press the | button.When the automatic interior lighting control isactivated, the button is flush with the over-head control panel.

The interior lighting automatically switches on ifyou:Runlock the vehicleRopen a doorRremove the SmartKey from the ignition lockThe interior lighting is switched on for a set timewhen the SmartKey is removed from the ignition

lock. You can activate this delayed switch-offusing the on-board computer (Y page 173).

Replacing bulbs

Important safety notes

G WARNINGBulbs, lamps and connectors can get very hotwhen operating. If you change a bulb, youcould burn yourself on these components.There is a risk of injury.Allow these components to cool down beforechanging a bulb.

Vehicles with halogen lampsDo not use a lamp that has been dropped or if itsglass tube has been scratched.The lamp may explode if:Ryou touch itRit is hotRyou drop itRyou scratch itOnly operate bulbs in enclosed lamps designedfor that purpose. Only install spare bulbs of thesame type and the specified voltage.Marks on the glass tube reduce the service lifeof the bulbs. Do not touch the glass tube withyour bare hands. If necessary, clean the glasstube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub itoff with a lint-free cloth.Protect bulbs from moisture during operation.Do not allow bulbs to come into contact withliquids.Only replace the lamps listed (Y page 100).Have the bulbs that you cannot replace yourselfreplaced at a qualified specialist workshop.If you require assistance replacing lamps, con-sult a qualified specialist workshop.If the new lamp still does not light up, consult aqualified specialist workshop.Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect ofvehicle safety. You must therefore make surethat these function correctly at all times. Havethe headlamp setting checked regularly.Vehicles with LED headlampsThe front and rear light clusters of your vehicleare equipped with LED light bulbs. Do notreplace the bulbs yourself. Contact a qualified

Replacing bulbs 99

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Z

Page 102: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

specialist workshop which has the necessaryspecialist knowledge and tools to carry out thework required.

Overview: changing bulbs/bulb types

Halogen headlamps: Low-beam headlamp: H7 55 W; High-beam headlamp: H7 55 W

Changing the front bulbs

Removing/mounting the cover in thefront wheel housing

X To remove: switch off the lights.X Turn the front wheels inwards.X Slide cover: up and remove it.X To install: reinsert cover: and slide it downuntil it engages.

Low-beam headlamps (halogen head-lamps)

X Remove the cover in the front wheel housing(Y page 100).

X Turn housing cover: counter-clockwise andpull it out.

X Push bar; upwards.X Remove connector= with the bulb.X Pull the bulb out of connector=.X Insert the new bulb into connector= andplace in the bracket of bar;.Make sure that the bulb is positioned cor-rectly.

X Push bar; downwards.X Attach housing cover: and turn it clockwiseuntil it engages.

X Replace the cover in the front wheel housing(Y page 100).

High-beam headlamps (halogen head-lamps)/cornering lamps (Bi-Xenonheadlamps)

X Switch off the lights.X Open the hood.

100 Replacing bulbsLightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 103: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Turn housing cover: counter-clockwise andpull it out.

X At the bulb holder, push the bulb upwards,disconnect it and pull it out of bulb holder;.

X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder; at thetop, push it down and secure it in place.

X Attach housing cover: and turn it clockwiseuntil it engages.

Side marker lamps (halogen head-lamps)Due to their location, have the bulbs in the sidemarker lamp changed at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Windshield wipers

Switching the windshield wiperson/off! Do not operate the windshield wipers whenthe windshield is dry, as this could damagethe wiper blades. Moreover, dust that has col-lected on thewindshield can scratch the glassif wiping takes place when the windshield isdry.If it is necessary to switch on the windshieldwipers in dry weather conditions, always usewasher fluid when operating the windshieldwipers.

! If the windshield wipers leave smears on thewindshield after the vehicle has been washedin an automatic car wash, wax or other resi-dues may be the reason for this. Clean thewindshield using washer fluid after washingthe vehicle in an automatic car wash.

! Intermittent wiping with rain sensor: due tooptical influences and the windshield becom-ing dirty in dry weather conditions, the wind-shield wipers may be activated inadvertently.This could then damage the windshield wiperblades or scratch the windshield.For this reason, you should always switch offthe windshield wipers in dry weather.

Combination switch1 $ Windshield wiper off2 Ä Intermittent wipe, low (rain sensor set

to low sensitivity)3 Å Intermittent wipe, high (rain sensor

set to high sensitivity)4 ° Continuous wipe, slow5 ¯ Continuous wipe, fastB í Single wipe/î Wipes the wind-

shield using washer fluidIf the wiper blades are worn, the windshield willno longer be wiped properly. This could preventyou from observing the traffic conditions.

Replacing the wiper blades

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the windshield wipers begin to move whileyou are changing the wiper blades, you couldbe trapped by the wiper arm. There is a risk ofinjury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andignition before changing the wiper blades.

! To avoid damaging the wiper blades, makesure that you touch only the wiper arm of thewiper.

! Never open the hood if a windshield wiperarm has been folded away from the wind-shield.Never fold a windshield wiper arm without awiper blade back onto the windshield.Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly whenyou change the wiper blade. If you release thewindshield wiper arm without a wiper blade

Windshield wipers 101

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Z

Page 104: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

and it falls onto thewindshield, thewindshieldmay be damaged by the force of the impact.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you havethe wiper blades changed at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

! Always position the windshield wiper armsvertically before folding them away from thewindshield. By doing so, you will avoid dam-age to the hood.

Replacing the wiper blades

Removing the wiper bladesX Turn the SmartKey to position1 or2 in theignition lock (Y page 116).

X Set the windshield wiper to position °.X When the wiper arms are vertical to the hood:turn the SmartKey to positionu in the igni-tion lock and remove the SmartKey(Y page 116).

X Fold the windshield wiper arms away from thewindshield.

X Press both release clips;.X Fold wiper blade: in the direction ofarrow= away from wiper arm?.

X Remove wiper blade: in the direction ofarrowA.

Installing the wiper blades

X Position new wiper blade: with recessBon lugA.

X Fold wiper blade: in the direction ofarrow= onto the wiper arm, until retainingclips; engage in bracket?.

X Make sure that wiper blade: is seated cor-rectly.

X Fold the wiper arm back onto the windshield.

102 Windshield wipersLightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 105: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problems with the windshield wipers

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The windshield wipersare jammed.

Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windshield wipermovement. The wiper motor has been deactivated.X For safety reasons, you should remove the SmartKey from the igni-tion lock.

orX Switch off the engine using the Start/Stop button and open thedriver's door.

X Remove the cause of the obstruction.X Switch the windshield wipers back on.

The windshield wipersfail completely.

The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning.X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.X Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

The windshield washerfluid from the spray noz-zles no longer hits thecenter of the windshield.

The spray nozzles are misaligned.X Have the spray nozzles adjusted at a qualified specialist workshop.

Windshield wipers 103

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Z

Page 106: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Overview of climate control systems

General notesObserve the settings recommended on the fol-lowing pages. The windows could otherwise fogup.To prevent the windows from fogging up:Rswitch off climate control only brieflyRswitch on air-recirculation mode only brieflyRswitch on the cooling with air dehumidifica-tion functionRswitch on the defrost windshield functionbriefly, if required

Climate control regulates the temperature andthe humidity in the vehicle interior and filtersundesirable substances out of the air.Climate control can only be operated when theengine is running. Optimum operation is onlyachievedwith the side windows and roof closed.

i When the weather is warm, ventilate thevehicle for a brief period. This will speed upthe cooling process and the desired vehicleinterior temperature will be reached morequickly.

i The integrated filter filters out most parti-cles of dust and soot and completely filtersout pollen. It also reduces gaseous pollutantsand odors. A clogged filter reduces theamount of air supplied to the vehicle interior.For this reason, you should always observethe interval for replacing the filter, which isspecified in the Maintenance Booklet. As itdepends on environmental conditions, e.g.heavy air pollution, the interval may beshorter than stated in the Maintenance Book-let.

Air-conditioning system control panel

Canada only: Sets the temperature (Y page 109); Switches the residual heat on or off (Y page 112)= Sets the air distribution (Y page 110)? Defrosts the windshield (Y page 110)A Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 108)B Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 112)C Sets the airflow (Y page 110)D Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 111)

104 Overview of climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Page 107: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

USA only: Sets the temperature (Y page 109); Switches the maximum cooling MAX COOL on or off (Y page 111)= Sets the air distribution (Y page 110)? Defrosts the windshield (Y page 110)A Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 108)B Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 112)C Sets the airflow (Y page 110)D Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 111)

Notes on using the air-conditioningsystem

Air-conditioning systemBelow, you can find a number of notes and rec-ommendations to help you use the air-condi-tioning system optimally.RSwitch on cooling with air dehumidificationusing the¿ button. The indicator lamp inthe¿ button lights up.RSet the temperature to 72 ‡ (22 †).R Recommendation for air distribution inwinter: set theO and¯ settings.Recommendation for air distribution insummer: set theP setting.

ROnly use the "Windshield defrosting" functionbriefly until the windshield is clear again.ROnly use air-recirculation mode briefly, e.g. ifthere are unpleasant outside odors or when ina tunnel. Thewindows could otherwise fog up,since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle inair-recirculation mode.

ECO start/stop functionDuring automatic engine switch-off, the climatecontrol system only operates at a reduced capa-city. If you require full climate control capacity,the ECO start/stop function can be deactivatedby pressing the ECO button (Y page 120).

Overview of climate control systems 105

Climatecontrol

Page 108: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate control

Canada only: Sets the temperature, left (Y page 109); Defrosts the windshield (Y page 110)= Switches the ZONE function on/off (Y page 110)? Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 108)

Switches the residual heat on or off (Y page 112)A Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 111)B Sets the temperature, right (Y page 109)C Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 112)D Sets the air distribution (Y page 110)E Increases the airflow (Y page 110)F Reduces the airflow (Y page 110)G Activates/deactivates climate control (Y page 108)H Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 109)

106 Overview of climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Page 109: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

USA only: Sets the temperature, left (Y page 109); Defrosts the windshield (Y page 110)= Switches the maximum cooling MAX COOL on or off (Y page 111)? Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 108)A Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 111)B Sets the temperature, right (Y page 109)C Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 112)D Sets the air distribution (Y page 110)E Increases the airflow (Y page 110)F Reduces the airflow (Y page 110)G Activates/deactivates climate control (Y page 108)H Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 109)

Optimum use of dual-zone automaticclimate control

Climate control systemThe following contains instructions and recom-mendations to enable you to get the most out ofyour 3-zone automatic climate control.RActivate climate control using theà and¿ buttons or theÁ button on the con-trol panel of the climate control. The indicatorlamps in theà and¿ buttons or theÁ button light up.RSet the temperature to 72 ‡ (22 †).ROnly use the "Windshield defrosting" functionbriefly until the windshield is clear again.ROnly use air-recirculation mode briefly, e.g. ifthere are unpleasant outside odors or when ina tunnel. Thewindows could otherwise fog up,

since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle inair-recirculation mode.RUse the ZONE function to adopt the temper-ature settings on the driver's side for thefront-passenger side as well. The indicatorlamp in theá button goes out.RUse the residual heat function if you want toheat or ventilate the vehicle interior when theignition is switched off. The residual heatfunction can only be activated or deactivatedwith the ignition switched off.RVehicles with COMAND: if you change thesettings of the climate control system, theclimate status display appears for three sec-onds at the bottom of the screen in theCOMAND display. You will see the currentsettings of the various climate control func-tions.

Overview of climate control systems 107

Climatecontrol

Page 110: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

ECO start/stop functionDuring automatic engine switch-off, the climatecontrol system only operates at a reduced capa-city. If you require full climate control capacity,the ECO start/stop function can be deactivatedby pressing the ECO button (Y page 120).

Operating the climate control sys-tems

Activating/deactivating climate con-trol

General notesWhen the climate control is switched off, the airsupply and air circulation are also switched off.The windows could fog up. Therefore, switch offclimate control only briefly

i Activate climate control primarily using theà button (Y page 109).

Air-conditioning systemX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X To switch on: turn airflow controlC clock-wise to the desired position (except position0) (Y page 104).

X To switch off: turn airflow controlC coun-ter-clockwise to position 0 (Y page 104).

3-zone automatic climate controlX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X To switch on: press theà button.The indicator lamp in theà button lightsup. Airflow and air distribution are set to auto-matic mode.

orX Press the^ button.The indicator lamp in the^ button goesout. The previously selected settings arerestored.

X To switch off: press the^ button.The indicator lamp in the^ button lightsup.

Switching cooling with air dehumidi-fication on/off

General notesIf you deactivate the "Cooling with air-dehumid-ification" function, the air inside the vehicle willnot be cooled. The air inside the vehicle will alsonot be dehumidified. The windows can fog upmore quickly. Therefore, deactivate the coolingwith air-dehumidification function only briefly.The "Cooling with air dehumidification" functionis only available when the engine is running. Theair inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidifiedaccording to the temperature selected.Condensation may drip from the underside ofthe vehicle when it is in cooling mode. This isnormal and not a sign that there is a malfunc-tion.

Activating/deactivatingX To activate: press the¿ orÁ button.The indicator lamp in the¿ orÁ buttonlights up.

X To deactivate: press the¿ orÁ but-ton.The indicator lamp in the¿ orÁ buttongoes out. The "Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion" function has a delayed switch-off fea-ture.

108 Operating the climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Page 111: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problems with the "Cooling with air dehumidification" function

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The indicator lamp in the¿ orÁ buttonflashes three times orremains off. The "Cool-ing with air dehumidifi-cation" function cannotbe switched on.

Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a mal-function.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Setting climate control to automatic

General notesAutomatic mode is only available with 3-zoneautomatic climate control.In automaticmode, the set temperature ismain-tained automatically at a constant level. Thesystemautomatically regulates the temperatureof the dispensed air, the airflow and the air dis-tribution.The automatic mode functions optimally whenthe "Cooling with air dehumidification" functionis activated. If necessary, cooling with air dehu-midification can be deactivated.If you deactivate the "Cooling with air-dehumid-ification" function, the air inside the vehicle willnot be cooled. The air inside the vehicle will alsonot be dehumidified. The windows can fog upmore quickly. Therefore, deactivate the coolingwith air-dehumidification function only briefly.

Automatic controlX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X Set the desired temperature.X To activate: press theà button.The indicator lamp in theà button lightsup. Automatic air distribution and airflow areactivated.

X To switch to manual mode: press the_button.

orX Press theI orK button.The indicator lamp in theà button goesout.

Setting the temperature

Air-conditioning systemX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X To increase or reduce: turn control:clockwise or counter-clockwise (Y page 104).Only change the temperature setting in smallincrements. Start at 72 ‡ (22 †).i If you turn control: counter-clockwise tothe lowest temperature setting, air-recircula-tion mode may activate automatically,depending on the outside temperature.

3-zone automatic climate controlDifferent temperatures can be set for the driv-er's and front-passenger sides.X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X To increase or decrease: turn control: orB clockwise or counter-clockwise(Y page 106).Only change the temperature setting in smallincrements. Start at 72 ‡ (22 †).i If you turn controls: andB counter-clockwise to the lowest temperature setting,air-recirculation mode may activate automat-ically, depending on the outside temperature.

Operating the climate control systems 109

Climatecontrol

Page 112: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Setting the air distribution

Air-conditioning systemX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X Press one or more of theP,O,¯buttons.The corresponding indicator lamp lights upbriefly.

The following air distribution settings can beselected:¯ Directs air through the defroster ventsO Directs air through the footwell air ventsP Directs air through the center and side air

vents

i You can also activate several air distributionsettings simultaneously. To do this, pressmultiple air distribution buttons. The air isthen directed through various vents.

3-zone automatic climate controlX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X Press the_ button repeatedly until thedesired symbol appears in the display.

The following air distribution settings can beselected:P Directs air through the center and side air

ventsO Directs air through the footwell air ventsS Directs air through the center, side and

footwell vents¯ Directs air through the defroster ventsb Directs the airflow through the defroster,

center and side air vents (Canada only)a Directs air through the defroster and

footwell vents_ Directs the airflow through the defroster

vents, the center and side air vents aswell as the footwell air vents (Canadaonly)

i Regardless of the air distribution setting,airflow is always directed through the side airvents. You can only close the side air vents, byfully closing the adjuster on the side air vents(Y page 113).

Setting the airflow

Air-conditioning systemX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X To increase or reduce: turn controlCclockwise or counter-clockwise (Y page 104).

3-zone automatic climate controlX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X To increase or reduce: press theK orI button.

Switching the ZONE function on/offThis function is only available with 3-zone auto-matic climate control on vehicles for Canada.X To switch on: press theá button.The indicator lamp in theá button lightsup. The temperature setting for the driver'sside is not adopted for the front-passengerside.

X To switch off: press theá button.The indicator lamp in theá button goesout. The temperature setting for the driver'sside is adopted for the front-passenger side.

Defrosting the windshield

General notesYou can use this function to defrost the wind-shield or to defrost the inside of the windshieldand the side windows.Switch off the "Windshield defrosting" functionas soon as the windshield is clear again.

Switching the "windshield defrosting"function on or offX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X To switch on: press the¬ button.The indicator lamp in the¬ button lightsup.

110 Operating the climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Page 113: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The climate control system switches to thefollowing functions:Rhigh airflowRhigh temperatureRair distribution to the windshield and frontside windowsRair-recirculation mode off

X To switch off: press the¬ button.The indicator lamp in the¬ button goesout. The previously selected settings arerestored. Air-recirculation mode remainsdeactivated.

orX Dual-zone automatic climate control: presstheà button.The indicator lamp in the¬ button goesout. Airflow and air distribution are set toautomatic mode.

MAX COOL maximum coolingTheMAX COOL function is only available in vehi-cles for the USA.MAX COOL is only operational when the engineis running.X To activate: press theÙ button.The indicator lamp in the button lights up.

X To deactivate: press theÙ button.The indicator lamp in the button goes out. Thepreviously selected settings are restored.

When you activate MAX COOL, climate controlswitches to the following functions:Rmaximum coolingRmaximum airflowRair-recirculation mode on

Defrosting the windows

Windows fogged up on the insideX Activate the¿ orÁ cooling with airdehumidification function.

X Dual-zone automatic air conditioning: acti-vate theà mode button.

X If thewindows continue to fog up, activate the¬ "Windshield defrosting" function.

i You should only select this setting until thewindshield is clear again.

Windows fogged up on the outsideX Activate the windshield wipers.X Air-conditioning system: press theP orO button.

X Dual-zone automatic air conditioning: pressthe_ button until theP orO sym-bol appears in the display.i You should only select this setting until thewindshield is clear again.

Rear window defroster

General notesThe rear window defroster has a high currentdraw. You should therefore switch it off as soonas the rear window is clear. Otherwise, the rearwindow defroster switches off automaticallyafter several minutes.If the battery voltage is too low, the rear windowdefroster may switch off.

Activating/deactivatingX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X Press the¤ button.The indicator lamp in the¤ button lightsup or goes out.

Operating the climate control systems 111

Climatecontrol

Page 114: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problems with the rear window defroster

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The indicator lamp onthe¤ button flashes.The rear windowdefroster has deactiva-ted prematurely or can-not be activated.

The on-board voltage is too low because too many electrical consum-ers are switched on.X Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. reading lamps,interior lighting or the seat heating.When the battery is sufficiently charged, the rear window defrostercan be activated again.

The roof is open.X Close the roof.When the roof is closed, the rear window defroster can be activatedagain.

Switching air-recirculation modeon/off

General notesIf you switch on air-recirculation mode, the win-dows can fog up more quickly, in particular atlow temperatures. Only use air-recirculationmode briefly to prevent the windows from fog-ging up.

Activating/deactivatingX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X To activate: press theg button.The indicator lamp in theg button lightsup.i Air-recirculation mode is automatically acti-vated at high levels of pollution (dual-zoneautomatic climate control only) or at high out-side temperatures. When air-recirculationmode is activated automatically, the indicatorlamp in theg button is not lit. Outside airis added after about 30 minutes.

X To deactivate: press theg button.The indicator lamp in theg button goesout.

i Air-recirculation mode deactivates auto-matically:Rafter approximately five minutes at outsidetemperatures below approximately 41 ‡(5 †)Rafter approximately five minutes if coolingwith air dehumidification is deactivatedRafter approximately 30 minutes at outsidetemperatures above approximately 41 ‡(5 †) if the "Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion" function is activated

Switching the residual heat on or off

General notesThe residual heat function is only available onvehicles for Canada.It is possible to make use of the residual heat ofthe engine to continue heating the stationaryvehicle for up to 30minutes after the engine hasbeen switched off. The heating time depends onthe set interior temperature.

Activating/deactivatingX Turn the SmartKey to positionu in the igni-tion lock or remove it (Y page 116).

X To activate: press theÌ orÁ button.The indicator lamp in theÌ orÁ buttonlights up.i The blowerwill run at a low speed regardlessof the airflow setting.

112 Operating the climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Page 115: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

i If you activate the residual heat function athigh temperatures, only the ventilation will beactivated. The blower runs at medium speed.

X To deactivate: press theÌ orÁ but-ton.The indicator lamp in theÌ orÁ buttongoes out.

Residual heat is deactivated automatically:Rafter approximately 30 minutesRwhen the ignition is switched onRif the battery voltage drops

Setting the air vents

Important safety notes

G WARNINGVery hot or very cold air can flow from the airvents. This could result in burns or frostbite inthe immediate vicinity of the air vents. Thereis a risk of injury.Make sure that all vehicle occupants alwaysmaintain a sufficient distance to the air out-lets. If necessary, redirect the airflow toanother area of the vehicle interior.

G WARNINGWhen AIRSCARF is switched on, very hot aircan flow from the vents in the head restraints.This could result in burns in the immediatevicinity of the air vents. There is a risk of injury.Reduce the heater output before it becomestoo hot.

In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh airthrough the air vents into the vehicle interior,please observe the following notes:Rkeep the air inlet grille on the hood and in theengine compartment on the front-passengerside free of blockages, such as ice, snow orleaves.Rnever cover the air vents or air intake grilles inthe vehicle interior.

i You can move the adjusters for the air ventsvertically or horizontally to set the direction ofthe airflow.

i For optimal climate control in the vehicle,open the air vents completely and set theadjusters to the central position.

Setting the center air vents

X To open the center air vents: turn theadjuster in one of center air vents: counter-clockwise.

X To close the center air vents: turn theadjuster in one of center air vents: clock-wise until it engages.

Setting the side air vents

: Side window defroster vent; Side air ventX To open a side air vent: turn the adjuster inthe side air vent; to the left.

X To close a side air vent: turn the adjuster inthe side air vent; to the right until itengages.

Setting the air vents 113

Climatecontrol

Z

Page 116: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Setting the blower output of the AIR-SCARF vents

G WARNINGWhen AIRSCARF is switched on, very hot aircan flow from the vents in the head restraints.This could result in burns in the immediatevicinity of the air vents. There is a risk of injury.Reduce the heater output before it becomestoo hot.

You can adjust the blower output of AIRSCARFvents: using the AIRSCARF button(Y page 87).

114 Setting the air ventsClimatecontrol

Page 117: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle

Important safety notesThe sensor system of some driving and drivingsafety systems adjusts automatically while acertain distance is being driven after the vehiclehas been delivered or after repairs. Full systemeffectiveness is not reached until the end of thisteach-in procedure.New and replaced brake pads and discs onlyreach their optimum braking effect after severalhundred kilometers of driving. Compensate forthis by applying greater force to the brake pedal.

The first 1000 miles (1500 km)The more you look after the engine when it isnew, the more satisfied you will be with its per-formance in the future.RYou should therefore drive at varying vehicleand engine speeds for the first 1,000 miles(1,500 km).RAvoid heavy loads, e.g. driving at full throttle,during this period.RChange gear in good time, before the tach-ometer needle isÔ of the way to the red areaof the tachometer.RDo not manually shift to a lower gear to brakethe vehicle.RTry to avoid depressing the accelerator pedalbeyond the point of resistance (kickdown).

After 1000 miles (1500 km), you can increasethe engine speed gradually and accelerate thevehicle to full speed.You should also observe these notes on break-ing in if the engine or parts of the drive train onyour vehicle have been replaced.Always observe the maximum permissiblespeed.

Driving

Important safety notes

G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell may restrictthe clearance around the pedals or block adepressed pedal. This jeopardizes the oper-

ating and road safety of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.Stow all objects securely in the vehicle so thatthey do not get into the driver's footwell.When using floormats or carpets, make surethat they are properly secured so that they donot slip or obstruct the pedals. Do not placeseveral floormats or carpets on top of oneanother.

G WARNINGUnsuitable footwear can hinder correct usageof the pedals, e.g.:Rshoes with thick solesRshoes with high heelsRslippersThere is a risk of an accident.Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.

G WARNINGIf you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only availablewith limitations, or not at all. This could affect,for example, the power steering and the brakeboosting effect. You will require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is a riskof an accident.Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

G WARNINGIf the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brake can:Roverheat and cause a fireRlose its hold function.There is a risk of fire and an accident. Releasethe parking brake fully before driving off.

! Do not warm up the engine while stationary.Pull away immediately. Avoid high enginespeeds and full throttle until the engine hasreached its operating temperature.In vehicles with automatic transmission,engage positions P and R only when the vehi-cle is stationary.

Driving 115

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 118: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Where possible, avoid spinning the drivewheels when pulling away on slippery roads.You could otherwise damage the drive train.

Key positions

SmartKey

g To remove the SmartKey1 Power supply for some consumers, such as

the windshield wipers2 Ignition (power supply for all consumers)

and drive position3 To start the engine

i The SmartKey can be turned in the ignitionlock even if it is not the correct SmartKey forthe vehicle. The ignition is not switched on.The engine cannot be started.

KEYLESS-GO

General notesVehicles with KEYLESS-GO are equipped with aSmartKey featuring an integrated KEYLESS-GOstart function and a detachable Start/Stop but-ton.The Start/Stop button must be inserted in theignition lock and the SmartKey must be in thevehicle.When you insert the Start/Stop button into theignition lock, the system needs approximatelytwo seconds recognition time. You can then usethe Start/Stop button.Pressing the Start/Stop button several times insuccession corresponds to the different keypositions in the ignition lock. This is only thecase if you are not depressing the brake pedal.

If you depress the brake pedal and press theStart/Stop button, the engine starts immedi-ately.A check which periodically establishes a radioconnection between the vehicle and the Smart-Key determines whether a valid SmartKey is inthe vehicle. This occurs, for example, whenstarting the engine.To start the vehicle without actively using theSmartKey:Rthe Start/Stop buttonmust be inserted in theignition lock.Rthe SmartKey must be in the vehicle.Rthe vehicle must not be locked with theSmartKey or KEYLESS-GO (Y page 65).

Do not keep the SmartKey:Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobile phoneor another SmartKey.Rwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal foil.Rinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal case.This can impair the functionality of the KEY-LESS-GO key.If you lock the vehicle with the SmartKey'sremote control or with KEYLESS-GO, after ashort time:Ryou will not be able to switch on the ignitionwith the Start/Stop button.Ryouwill not be able to start the enginewith theStart/Stop button until the vehicle isunlocked again.

The engine can be switched off while the vehicleis in motion by pressing and holding the Start/Stop button for three seconds. This functionoperates independently of the ECO start/stopautomatic engine switch-off function.

Key positions with KEYLESS-GO

: Start/Stop button; Ignition lock

116 DrivingDrivingandparking

Page 119: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

As soon as the ignition is switched on, all theindicator lamps in the instrument cluster lightup. Further information on situations where anindicator lamp either fails to go out after startingthe engine or lights up while driving(Y page 204).If Start/Stop button: has not yet beenpressed, this corresponds to the key beingremoved from the ignition.X To switch on the power supply: pressStart/Stop button: once.The power supply is switched on. You can nowactivate the windshield wipers, for example.The power supply is switched off again if:Rthe driver's door is opened andRyou press Start/Stop button: twicewhenin this position

X To switch on the ignition: press Start/Stopbutton: twice.The ignition is switched on.If you press Start/Stop button: once whenin this position, the ignition is switched offagain.

Removing the Start/Stop buttonYou can remove the Start/Stop button from theignition lock and start the vehicle as normalusing the SmartKey.X Remove Start/Stop button: from ignitionlock;.

You do not have to remove the Start/Stop but-ton from the ignition lock when you leave thevehicle. You should, however, always take theSmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle. Aslong as the SmartKey is in the vehicle:Rthe vehicle can be started using the Start/Stop buttonRthe electrically powered equipment can beoperated

Starting the engine

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Roperate the vehicle's equipment.

Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brakeRshift the automatic transmission out of parkposition PRstart the engineThere is a risk of an accident and injury.Never leave children or animals unattended inthe vehicle.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Thisalso applies to mobile phones if the "DigitalCar Key in smartphone" function is activatedvia the Mercedes me connect web app.

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Inhalingthese exhaust gases leads to poisoning. Thereis a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leavethe engine running in enclosed spaces with-out sufficient ventilation.

G WARNINGFlammable materials introduced throughenvironmental influence or by animals canignite if in contact with the exhaust system orparts of the engine that heat up. There is a riskof fire.Carry out regular checks to make sure thatthere are no flammable foreign materials inthe engine compartment or in the exhaustsystem.

During a cold start, the engine runs at higherspeeds to enable the catalytic converter toreach its operating temperature. The sound ofthe engine may change during this time.

Automatic transmissionX Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Shift the transmission to positionj.Transmission position displayj is shown inthe multifunction display.

Driving 117

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 120: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

i You can start the engine in transmissionpositionj andi.

Starting procedure with the SmartKeyTo start the engine using the SmartKey insteadof KEYLESS-GO, pull the Start/Stop button outof the ignition lock.X Turn the SmartKey to position3 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116) and release it as soonas the engine is running.

Using KEYLESS-GO to start the engineThe Start/Stop button can be used to start thevehiclemanuallywithout inserting the SmartKeyinto the ignition lock. The Start/Stop buttonmust be inserted in the ignition lock and theSmartKey must be in the vehicle. This mode forstarting the engine operates independently ofthe ECO start/stop automatic engine start func-tion.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Press the Start/Stop button once(Y page 116).The engine starts.

Pulling away

General notes

G WARNINGIf the engine speed is above the idling speedand you engage transmission position D or R,the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There isa risk of an accident.When engaging transmission position D or R,always firmly depress the brake pedal and donot simultaneously accelerate.

! Change gear in good time and avoid spin-ning the wheels. You could otherwise damagethe vehicle.

Depress the accelerator carefully when pullingaway.The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulledaway. The locking knobs in the doors drop down.You can open the doors from the inside at anytime.

You can also deactivate the automatic lockingfeature (Y page 173).It is only possible to shift the transmission frompositionj to the desired position if youdepress the brake pedal. Only then is the shiftlock released.

i Upshifts take place at higher engine speedsafter a cold start. This helps the catalytic con-verter to reach its operating temperaturemore quickly.

Information on the automatic release of theelectric parking brake (Y page 133).

Hill start assistHill start assist helps you when pulling awayforward or in reverse on an uphill gradient. Itholds the vehicle for a short time after you haveremoved your foot from the brake pedal. Thisgives you enough time to move your foot fromthe brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and todepress it before the vehicle begins to roll.

G WARNINGAfter a short time, hill start assist will no lon-ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away.There is a risk of an accident and injury.Therefore, quickly move your foot from thebrake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Neverleave the vehicle when it is held by hill startassist.

Hill start assist is not active if:Ryou are pulling away on a level road or on adownhill gradientRthe transmission is in positioniRthe electric parking brake is appliedRESP® is malfunctioning

ECO start/stop function

IntroductionThe ECO start/stop function switches theengine off automatically if the vehicle is stoppedunder certain conditions.The engine starts automatically when the driverwants to pull away again. The ECO start/stopfunction thereby helps you to reduce the fuelconsumption and emissions of your vehicle.

118 DrivingDrivingandparking

Page 121: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the engine is switched off automatically andyou exit the vehicle, the engine is restartedautomatically. The vehicle may begin moving.There is a risk of accident and injury.If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn offthe ignition and secure the vehicle againstrolling away.

General notes

: ECO start/stop displayThe ECO start/stop function is activated when-ever you switch on the engine using the Smart-Key or the Start/Stop button.If the engine has been switched off automati-cally by the ECO start/stop function, theèECO symbol is shown in the multifunction dis-play.

Automatic engine switch-offIf the vehicle is braked to a standstill with thetransmission inh ori, the ECO start/stopfunction switches off the engine automatically.The ECO start/stop function is operationalwhen:Rthe indicator lamp in the ECO button is litgreenRthe outside temperature is within the rangethat is suitable for the systemRthe engine is at normal operating temperatureRthe set temperature for the vehicle interiorhas been reachedRthe battery is sufficiently chargedRthe system detects that the windshield is notfogged upwhen the air-conditioning system isswitched onRthe hood is closedRthe driver's door is closed and the driver'sseat belt is fastened

All of the vehicle's systems remain active whenthe engine is stopped automatically.Automatic engine switch-off can take place amaximumof four times in a row (initial stop, thenthree subsequent stops).The HOLD function can be activated if theengine has been switched off automatically. It isthen not necessary to continue applying thebrakes during the automatic stop phase. Whenyou depress the accelerator pedal, the enginestarts automatically and the braking effect ofthe HOLD function is deactivated.

Automatic engine startThe engine starts automatically if:Ryou switch off the ECO start/stop function bypressing the ECO buttonRyou release the brake pedal in transmissionpositionh ori and the HOLD function isnot activeRyou depress the accelerator pedalRyou engage reverse gearkRyou move the transmission out of positionjRyou switch to drive program S+Ryou unfasten your seat belt or open the driv-er's doorRthe vehicle starts to rollRthe brake system requires thisRthe temperature in the vehicle interior devi-ates from the set rangeRthe system detects moisture on the wind-shield when the air-conditioning system isswitched onRthe battery's condition of charge is too lowShifting the transmission to positionj doesnot start the engine.

Driving 119

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 122: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Deactivating or activating the ECOstart/stop function

X To deactivate: press ECO button:.Indicator lamp; goes out.

X To activate: press ECO button:.Indicator lamp; lights up.

If indicator lamp; is off, the ECO start/stopfunction has been deactivated manually or asthe result of a malfunction. The engine will thennot be switched off automatically when the vehi-cle stops.

Problems with the engine

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The engine does notstart.

The HOLD function or Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated.X Deactivate the HOLD function (Y page 148) or Distance PilotDISTRONIC (Y page 146).

X Try to start the engine again.

The engine does notstart. The starter motorcan be heard.

RThere is a malfunction in the engine electronics.RThere is a malfunction in the fuel supply.Before attempting to start the engine again:X Turn the SmartKey back to positionu in the ignition lock.orX Press the Start/Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps inthe instrument cluster go out.

X Try to start the engine again (Y page 117). Avoid excessively longand frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain thebattery.

If the engine does not start after several attempts:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine does notstart. You cannot hearthe starter motor.

The on-board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak ordischarged.X Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 253).If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump-start it:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high.X Allow the startermotor to cool down for approximately twominutes.X Try to start the engine again.If the engine still does not start:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

120 DrivingDrivingandparking

Page 123: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The engine is not runningsmoothly and is misfir-ing.

There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanicalcomponent of the engine management system.X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.Otherwise, non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converterand damage it.

X Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

The coolant temperaturegauge shows a valueabove 248 ‡ (120 †).The coolant warninglamp may also be on anda warning tone maysound.

The coolant level is too low. The coolant is too hot and the engine is nolonger being cooled sufficiently.X Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant tocool down.

X Check the coolant level (Y page 235). Observe the warning notesas you do so and add coolant if necessary.

If the coolant level is correct, the engine radiator fanmay be faulty. Thecoolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently.X At coolant temperatures below 248‡ (120†), drive to the nearestqualified specialist workshop.

X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving in moun-tainous terrain and stop-and-go traffic.

DYNAMIC SELECT button

Use the DYNAMIC SELECT button to change thedrive program. Depending on the drive programselected the following vehicle characteristicswill change:Rthe drive (engine and transmission manage-ment)Rthe suspension or the adaptive adjustabledamping (only on vehicles with AMG RIDECONTROL sports suspension)Rthe sound of the exhaust system (vehicleswith sports exhaust system)Rthe steeringRthe availability of the ECO start/stop functionEach time you start the engine with the Smart-Key or the Start/Stop button, drive programC isactivated. For further information about startingthe engine, see (Y page 117).

X Press DYNAMIC SELECT button: as manytimes as necessary until the desired driveprogram is selected.The selected drive program appears in themultifunction display. After a short period oftime, the display goes out and the symbol forthe selected drive program appears.In addition, the current drive programsettingsare displayed briefly in themultimedia systemdisplay.i In a few countries, the ECO start/stop func-tion is deactivated at the factory due to theavailable fuel grade. In this case, the ECOstart/stop function is not available in any

DYNAMIC SELECT button 121

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 124: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

drive program, regardless of the display in themultimedia system display.

In urban traffic and stop-start traffic, drive pro-gram C is recommended.Available drive programs:

C Comfort Comfortable and economi-cal driving characteristics

S Sport Sporty driving characteris-tics

S+ Sport Plus Particularly sporty drivingcharacteristics

I Individual Individual settings

E Economy Particularly economicaldriving characteristics

Additional information for drive programs(Y page 125).

Automatic transmission

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the engine speed is above the idling speedand you engage transmission position D or R,the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There isa risk of an accident.When engaging transmission position D or R,always firmly depress the brake pedal and donot simultaneously accelerate.

G WARNINGThe automatic transmission switches to neu-tral positionNwhen you switch off the engine.The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of anaccident.After switching off the engine, always switchto parking positionP. Prevent the parked vehi-cle from rolling away by applying the parkingbrake.

Selector lever

Overview of transmission positions! If the engine speed is too high or the vehicleis in motion, do not shift the automatic trans-mission directly fromh tok, fromk tohor directly toj.Do not open the driver's door while the vehi-cle is inmotion. At low speeds in transmissionpositionh ork, otherwise park positionjis engaged automatically.The transmission could be damaged.

j Park positionk Reverse geari Neutralh DriveThe selector lever always returns to its originalposition. The current transmission positionj,k,i orh is shown in the transmission posi-tion display in the multifunction display.

Transmission position and drive pro-gram display

All vehicles (except for Mercedes-AMGSLC 43)

: Transmission position; Gear= Drive program

122 Automatic transmissionDrivingandparking

Page 125: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The current transmission position and drive pro-gram appear in the multifunction display.

Mercedes-AMG SLC 43

: Transmission position; Drive programThe current transmission position and drive pro-gram appear in the multifunction display.

Engaging park position P

X When the vehicle is stationary, depress thebrake pedal.

X Press button:.

Engaging park position P automaticallyPark positionj is automatically engaged if:Ryou switch off the engine using the SmartKeyand remove the SmartKeyRyou switch off the engine using the SmartKeyor using the Start/Stop button and open thedriver's door or front-passenger doorRyou open the driver's door when the vehicle isstationary or when driving at a very low speedand the transmission is in positionh ork

Under certain conditions, the automatic trans-mission shifts automatically to transmissionpositionj if the HOLD function or DistancePilot DISTRONIC is activated. Observe the infor-mation on the HOLD function (Y page 148) andon Distance Pilot DISTRONIC (Y page 144).

Engaging reverse gear R! Only move the automatic transmission tok when the vehicle is stationary.

X Depress the brake and keep it pressed.X Push the selector lever forwards past the firstpoint of resistance.

The ECO start/stop function is not availablewhen reverse gear is engaged. Further informa-tion on the ECO start/stop function(Y page 119).

Shifting to neutral N

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brakeRshift the automatic transmission out of parkposition PRstart the engineThere is a risk of an accident and injury.Never leave children or animals unattended inthe vehicle.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Thisalso applies to mobile phones if the "DigitalCar Key in smartphone" function is activatedvia the Mercedes me connect web app.

X When the vehicle is stationary, depress thebrake pedal.

X Push the selector lever forwards or back tothe first point of resistance.

If you switch the engine off with the transmis-sion in positionk orh, the automatic trans-mission shifts toi automatically.With the SmartKey: if you then open the driv-er's door or the front-passenger door or removethe SmartKey from the ignition, the automatictransmission shifts toj automatically.WithKEYLESS-GO: if you then open the driver'sor front-passenger door, the automatic trans-mission shifts toj automatically.

Automatic transmission 123

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 126: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

If you want the automatic transmission toremain in neutrali, e.g. when having the vehi-cle cleaned in an automatic car wash with atowing system:X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: remove theStart/Stop button from the ignition lock.

X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.X All vehicles: switch the ignition on.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Engage neutrali.X Release the brake pedal.X Release the electric parking brake.X Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKeyin the ignition lock.

Engaging drive position DX When the vehicle is stationary, depress thebrake pedal.

X Push the selector lever back past the firstpoint of resistance.

Transmission positions

B Park positionThis prevents the vehicle from rollingaway when stopped.Only shift the transmission into posi-tionB (Y page 122) when thevehicle is stationary. The parking lockshould not be used as a brake whenparking. Always apply the electronicparking brake in addition to the park-ing lock in order to secure the vehi-cle.If the SmartKey is removed from theignition lock, the transmission islocked.The automatic transmission shifts toB automatically:Rwhen the SmartKey is removedfrom the ignition lockRwhen the engine is switched offwith the transmission in positionC or7 and one of the doorsis opened

In the event of a malfunction of thevehicle's electronics, the transmis-sion may lock in positionB. Havethe vehicle electronics checkedimmediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

C Reverse gearOnly shift the transmission into posi-tionC when the vehicle is sta-tionary.

124 Automatic transmissionDrivingandparking

Page 127: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

A NeutralDo not shift the transmission toAwhile driving. The automatic trans-mission could otherwise be dam-aged.No power is transmitted from theengine to the drive wheels.Releasing the brake pedal will allowyou tomove the vehicle freely, e.g. topush it or tow it.If ESP® is deactivated or faulty: shiftthe transmission to positionA ifthe vehicle is in danger of skidding,e.g. on icy roads.

! Coasting in neutrali maycause damage to the drive train.

7 DriveThe automatic transmission changesgear automatically. All forward gearsare available.

Driving tips

Changing gearThe automatic transmission shifts through theindividual gears automatically when it is in trans-mission positionh. This automatic gear shift-ing behavior is determined by:Rthe selected drive programRthe position of the accelerator pedalRthe road speed

Accelerator pedal positionYour style of driving influences how the auto-matic transmission shifts gear:Rlittle throttle: early upshiftsRmore throttle: late upshifts

KickdownUse kickdown for maximum acceleration.X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.The automatic transmission shifts to a lowergear depending on the engine speed.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal once thedesired speed is reached.The automatic transmission shifts back up.

Drive programs

Drive program C (Comfort)In urban traffic and stop-start traffic, drive pro-gram C is recommended.Drive program C is characterized by the follow-ing:Rthe vehicle delivers comfortable, economicalhandling characteristics.Rthe vehicle pulls away more gently in forwardand reverse gears, unless the acceleratorpedal is depressed fully.Rthe vehicle has improved driving stability, forexample on slippery road surfaces.Roptimal fuel consumption resulting from theautomatic transmission shifting up sooner.The vehicle is driven in the low engine speedrange and the wheels are less likely to spin.Rthe suspension exhibits comfortable dampingsettings (adaptive damping system only invehicles with AMG RIDE CONTROL sportssuspension).Rthe steering exhibits comfortable steeringcharacteristics.

Drive program S (Sport)Drive program S is characterized by the follow-ing:Rthe vehicle exhibits sporty driving character-istics.Rthe vehicle pulls away in first gear.Rthe automatic transmission shifts up later.The fuel consumption possibly being higheras a result of the later automatic transmissionshift points.

Automatic transmission 125

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 128: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Rthe suspension exhibits firm damping set-tings (vehicles with adaptive damping systemor AMG sports suspension).Rthe steering exhibits sporty steering charac-teristics.

Drive program S+ (Sport Plus)Drive program S+ is characterized by the fol-lowing:Rthe vehicle exhibits particularly sporty drivingcharacteristics.Rthe vehicle pulls away in first gear.Rthe automatic transmission shifts up later.The fuel consumption possibly being higheras a result of the later automatic transmissionshift points.Rthe suspension exhibits particularly firmdamping settings (vehicles with adaptivedamping system or AMG sports suspension).Rthe steering exhibits sporty steering charac-teristics.Rthe ECO start/stop function is not available.

Drive program I (Individual)In drive program I the following properties of thedrive program can be selected:Rthe drive (engine and transmission manage-ment)Rthe suspension (vehicles with adaptive damp-ing system or AMG sports suspension)Rthe steeringRthe availability of the ECO start/stop functionInformation about configuring drive program Iwith the multimedia system can be found in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Drive program E (Economy)Drive program E is characterized by the follow-ing:Rthe vehicle exhibits comfortable, economicalhandling characteristics.Rthe vehicle pulls away more gently in forwardand reverse gears, unless the acceleratorpedal is depressed fully.Rthe vehicle has improved driving stability, forexample on slippery road surfaces.Roptimal fuel consumption resulting from theautomatic transmission shifting up sooner.

The vehicle is driven in the low engine speedrange and the wheels are less likely to spin.Rthe suspension exhibits comfortable dampingsettings (vehicles with adaptive damping sys-tem or AMG sports suspension).Rduring deceleration, the engine is disconnec-ted from the drive train. The vehicle useskinetic energy and consumes less fuel (coast-ing mode).Rthe steering exhibits comfortable steeringcharacteristics.

Manual gear shifting

General notesYou can change gear yourself using the steeringwheel paddle shifters. The transmissionmust bein positionh to do this.Depending on which steering wheel paddleshifter is pulled, the automatic transmissionimmediately shifts into the next gear down orup, if permitted.To use manual shifting, you have two options:Rtemporary settingRpermanent settingIf you activate manual gearshifting, the multi-function display will show the current gearinstead of transmission positionh.If manual gearshifting is deactivated, the gearswill be selected automatically.

Temporary setting

X To activate: shift the selector lever toh.X Pull steering wheel paddle shifter: or;.The temporary setting is active for a certainamount of time. Under certain conditions, theminimum amount of time is extended, e.g. in the

126 Automatic transmissionDrivingandparking

Page 129: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

case of lateral acceleration, during overrunmode or when driving on steep terrain.X To deactivate: pull steering wheel paddleshifter; and hold it in place.

orX Use the lever to switch the transmission posi-tion.

orX Use the DYNAMIC SELECT button to changethe drive program.

Permanent setting

X To activate: shift the selector lever toh.X Press button:.X To deactivate: press button:.

Shifting gears

All vehicles (except for Mercedes-AMGSLC 43)

X To shift up: pull steering wheel paddleshifter;.The automatic transmission shifts up to thenext gear.

If the maximum engine speed in the currentlyengaged gear is reached and you continue toaccelerate, the automatic transmission auto-matically shifts up in order to prevent enginedamage.

X To shift down: pull steering wheel paddleshifter:.The automatic transmission shifts down tothe next gear.Automatic down shifting occurs when coast-ing.If the engine were to exceed the maximumengine speed when shifting down, the auto-matic transmission protects against enginedamage by not shifting down.

Mercedes-AMG SLC 43! If manual gearshifting is permanently acti-vated, the automatic transmission does notshift up automatically even when the enginelimiting speed for the current gear is reached.When the engine limiting speed is reached,the fuel supply is cut to prevent the enginefrom overrevving. Always make sure that theengine speed does not reach the red area ofthe tachometer. There is otherwise a risk ofengine damage.

X To shift up: pull steering wheel paddleshifter;.The automatic transmission shifts up to thenext gear.

X To shift down: pull steering wheel paddleshifter:.The automatic transmission shifts down tothe next gear.Automatic down shifting occurs when coast-ing.If the engine were to exceed the maximumengine speed when shifting down, the auto-

Automatic transmission 127

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 130: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

matic transmission protects against enginedamage by not shifting down.

Shift recommendation

All vehicles (except for Mercedes-AMGSLC 43)

The gearshift recommendations assist you inadopting an economical driving style. The rec-ommended gear is shown in the multifunctiondisplay.X Shift to recommended gear; according togearshift recommendation: when shown inthe multifunction display of the instrumentcluster.

Mercedes-AMG SLC 43

The gearshift recommendations assist you inadopting an economical driving style. The rec-ommended gear is shown in the multifunctiondisplay.X Shift to recommended gear; according togearshift recommendation: when shown inthe multifunction display of the instrumentcluster.

KickdownX For maximum acceleration, depress theaccelerator pedal beyond the pressure point.The automatic transmission shifts to a lowergear depending on the engine speed.

X Shift back up once the desired speed isreached.

During kickdown, you cannot shift gears usingthe steering wheel paddle shifters.If you apply full throttle, the automatic trans-mission shifts up to the next gear when themaximum engine speed is reached. This pre-vents the engine from overrevving.

128 Automatic transmissionDrivingandparking

Page 131: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problems with the transmission

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The transmission hasproblems shifting gear.

The transmission is losing oil.X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshopimmediately.

The acceleration abilityis deteriorating.The transmission no lon-ger changes gear.

The transmission is in emergency mode.It is only partly possible to engage the gears, or the transmission is inpositioni.X Stop the vehicle.X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Switch off the engine.X Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine.X Shift the transmission to positionh ork.X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshopimmediately.

Refueling

Important safety notes

G WARNINGFuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire and explo-sion.You must avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heating beforerefueling.

G WARNINGFuel is poisonous and hazardous to health.There is a risk of injury.You must make sure that fuel does not comeinto contact with your skin, eyes or clothingand that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuelvapors. Keep fuel away from children.If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:RWash away fuel from skin immediatelyusing soap and water.RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly with

clean water. Seek medical assistance with-out delay.RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-tance without delay. Do not induce vomit-ing.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with fuel.

G WARNINGElectrostatic buildup can create sparks andignite fuel vapors. There is a risk of fire andexplosion.Always touch the vehicle body before openingthe fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pumpnozzle. Any existing electrostatic buildup isthereby discharged.

Do not get into the vehicle again during the refu-eling process. Otherwise, electrostatic chargecould build up again.

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with agasoline engine. Do not switch on the ignitionif you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel.Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel system.Even small amounts of the wrong fuel couldresult in damage to the fuel system and theengine. Notify a qualified specialist workshopand have the fuel tank and fuel lines drainedcompletely.

Refueling 129

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 132: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

! Overfilling the fuel tank could damage thefuel system.

! Take care not to spill any fuel on paintedsurfaces. You could otherwise damage thepaintwork.

! Use a filter when adding fuel from a fuel can.The fuel lines and/or the fuel injection systemcould otherwise be blocked by particles fromthe fuel can.

If you overfill the fuel tank, fuel could spray outwhen the fuel pump nozzle is removed.For further information on fuel and fuel quality(Y page 291).

Refueling

General informationThe fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked auto-matically when you unlock or lock the vehiclewith the SmartKey or using KEYLESS-GO.The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed8 in the instrument cluster. The arrow nextto the filling pump indicates the side of the vehi-cle.

Opening the fuel filler flap

: To open the fuel filler flap; Insert the fuel filler cap

= Tire pressure table? Instruction label for fuel type to be refueledX Switch the engine off.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.X Press the fuel filler flap in the direction ofarrow:.The fuel filler flap swings up.

X Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise andremove it.

X Insert the fuel filler cap into the holderbracket on the inside of fuel filler flap;.

X Completely insert the filler neck of the fuelpump nozzle into the tank, hook in place andrefuel.

X Only fill the tank until the pump nozzleswitches off.i Do not add any more fuel after the pumpstops filling for the first time. Otherwise, fuelmay leak out.

Closing the fuel filler flapX Replace the cap on the filler neck and turnclockwise until it engages audibly.

X Close the fuel filler flap.

i Close the fuel filler flap before locking thevehicle.

i If you are drivingwith the fuel filler cap open,the8 reserve fuel warning lamp flashes.The; Check Engine warning lamp mayalso light up. A message appears in the mul-tifunction display (Y page 192).For further information on warning and indi-cator lamps in the instrument cluster, see(Y page 207).

130 RefuelingDrivingandparking

Page 133: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problems with fuel and the fuel tank

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Fuel is leaking from thevehicle.

The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty.

G WARNINGRisk of explosion or fire.X Turn the SmartKey immediately to positionu in the ignition lock(Y page 116) and remove it.

X Do not restart the engine under any circumstances.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The fuel filler flap cannotbe opened.

The fuel filler flap is not unlocked.X Unlock the vehicle (Y page 65).

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key (Y page 67).

The fuel filler flap is unlocked, but the opening mechanism is jammed.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Parking

Important safety notes

G WARNINGFlammable material such as leaves, grass ortwigsmay ignite if they come into contactwithhot parts of the exhaust system or exhaustgas flow. There is a risk of fire.Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate-rials come into contact with parts of the vehi-cle which are hot. Take particular care not topark on dry grassland or harvested grainfields.

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the automatic transmission out of theparking position P.Rstart the engine.In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

! Always secure the vehicle correctly againstrolling away. Otherwise, the vehicle or its driv-etrain could be damaged.

To ensure that the vehicle is secured againstrolling away unintentionally:Rthe electric parking brake must be applied.Rthe transmission must be in positionj.Rthe SmartKey must be removed from the igni-tion lock.Rthe front wheels must be turned towards thecurb on steep uphill or downhill gradients.

Switching off the engine

G WARNINGThe automatic transmission switches to neu-tral positionNwhen you switch off the engine.The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of anaccident.After switching off the engine, always switchto parking positionP. Prevent the parked vehi-

Parking 131

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 134: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

cle from rolling away by applying the parkingbrake.

X Apply the electric parking brake.X Shift the transmission to positionj(Y page 123).

X With the SmartKey : turn the SmartKey topositionu in the ignition lock and remove it.The immobilizer is activated.

X With KEYLESS-GO: press the KEYLESS-GOStart/Stop button (Y page 116).The engine stops and all the indicator lamps inthe instrument cluster go out.If the driver's door is closed, this is the sameas SmartKey position1. If the driver's dooris open, this is the same as SmartKey positionu (Y page 116).

The engine can be switched off while the vehicleis in motion by pressing and holding the Start/Stop button for about three seconds. This func-tion operates independently of the ECO start/stop automatic engine switch-off function.

Electric parking brake

General notes

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the automatic transmission out of theparking position P.Rstart the engine.In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The function of the electric parking brake isdependent on the on-board voltage. If the on-board voltage is low or there is a malfunction inthe system, it may not be possible to apply thereleased parking brake.X If this is the case, only park the vehicle onlevel ground and secure it to prevent it rollingaway.

X Shift the automatic transmission to positionj.

It may not be possible to release an appliedparking brake if the on-board voltage is low orthere is a malfunction in the system. Contact aqualified specialist workshop.The electric parking brake performs a functiontest at regular intervals while the engine isswitched off. The sounds that can be heardwhilethis is occurring are normal.

Applying or releasing manually

X To engage: push handle:.When the electric parking brake is engaged,the redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp lights up in the instru-ment cluster.The electric parking brake can also be appliedwhen the SmartKey is removed.

X To release: pull handle:.The redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp in the instrument clustergoes out.

The electric parking brake can only be released:Rwhen the SmartKey is in position1 in theignition lock (Y page 116) orRif the ignition was switched on using theStart/Stop button

132 ParkingDrivingandparking

Page 135: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Applying automaticallyThe electric parking brake is automaticallyapplied when the transmission is in positionjand:Rthe engine is switched off orRthe driver is not wearing a seat belt and thedriver's door is opened

To prevent the electric parking brake from beingautomatically applied, pull handle:.The electric parking brake is also engaged auto-matically if:RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC brings the vehicleto a standstill orRthe HOLD function is keeping the vehicle sta-tionary

In addition, at least one of the following condi-tions must be fulfilled:Rthe engine is switched offRthe driver is not wearing a seat belt and thedriver's door is openedRthere is a system malfunctionRthe power supply is insufficientRthe vehicle is stationary for a lengthy periodThe redF (USA only) or! (Canada only)indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lightsup.The electric parking brake is not automaticallyengaged if the engine is switched off by the ECOstart/stop function.

Releasing automaticallyThe electric parking brake is released automat-ically when all of the following conditions arefulfilled:Rthe engine is runningRthe seat belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckleRthe transmission is in positionh ork andyou depress the accelerator pedal or shiftfrom positionj toh orkRif the transmission is in positionk, the trunklid must be closed

If the seat belt tongue is not engaged in the seatbelt buckle, the following conditions must befulfilled:Rthe driver's door is closedRyou move the transmission out of positionjor you have previously driven at a speedabove 2 mph (3 km/h)Rif the transmission is in positionk, the trunklid must be closed

When the electric parking brake is released,the! indicator lamp goes out in the instru-ment cluster.

Emergency brakingThe vehicle can also be braked during an emer-gency by using the electric parking brake.X While driving, push handle: of the electricparking brake.The vehicle is braked for as long as the handleof the electric parking brake is pressed. Thelonger the electric parking brake handle isdepressed, the greater the braking force.

During braking:Ra warning tone soundsRthe Release Parking Brake messageappearsRthe redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp in the instrument clusterflashes

When the vehicle has been braked to a stand-still, the electric parking brake is engaged.

Parking the vehicle for a long periodIf you leave the vehicle parked for longer thanfour weeks, the battery may be damaged byexhaustive discharging.If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than sixweeks, the vehicle may suffer damage as aresult of lack of use.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seekadvice.

i You can obtain information about tricklechargers from a qualified specialist work-shop.

Parking 133

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 136: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Driving tips

General notes

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only availablewith limitations, or not at all. This could affect,for example, the power steering and the brakeboosting effect. You will require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is a riskof an accident.Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

G WARNINGIf you operate mobile communication equip-ment when driving, you may be distractedfrom the traffic situation. You could also losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.Only operate this equipment when the vehicleis stationary.

Observe the legal requirements for the countryin which you are driving. Some jurisdictions pro-hibit the driver from using a mobile phone whiledriving a vehicle.If you make a call while driving, always usehands-free mode. Only operate the telephonewhen the traffic situation permits. If you areunsure, pull over to a safe location and stopbefore operating the telephone.Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), the vehicle covers adistance of 44 ft (approximately 14 m) per sec-ond.

Drive sensibly – save fuelObserve the following tips to save fuel:RThe tires should always be inflated to the rec-ommended tire pressure.RRemove unnecessary loads.RWarm up the engine at low engine speeds.RAvoid frequent acceleration or braking.RObserve the service intervals in the Mainte-nance Booklet or in the service interval dis-

play. Have all themaintenancework carried inaccordance with Daimler AG regulations.

Fuel consumption also increaseswhen driving incold weather, in stop-start traffic and in hilly ter-rain.

Drinking and driving

G WARNINGDrinking and driving and/or taking drugs anddriving are very dangerous combinations.Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs canaffect your reflexes, perceptions and judg-ment.The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci-dent is greatly increased when you drink ortake drugs and drive.Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allowanyone to drive who has been drinking or tak-ing drugs.

Emission control

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Inhalingthese exhaust gases leads to poisoning. Thereis a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leavethe engine running in enclosed spaces with-out sufficient ventilation.

Certain engine systems are designed to keepthe level of poisonous components in exhaustfumes within legal limits.These systems only work at peak efficiency ifthey are serviced exactly in accordance with themanufacturer's specifications. Always havework on the engine carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for this purpose. In particular, workrelevant to safety or on safety-related systemsmust be carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop.The engine settings must not be changed underany circumstances. Furthermore, all specificservice work must be carried out at regularintervals and in accordance with the Mercedes-Benz service requirements. Details can be foundin the Maintenance Booklet.

134 Driving tipsDrivingandparking

Page 137: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

ECO displayThe ECO display shows you how economicalyour driving style is. The ECO display assists youin achieving the most economical driving stylefor the selected settings and prevailing condi-tions. Your driving style can significantly influ-ence the vehicle's consumption.

: Acceleration; Coasting= Constant? Additional range achievedRange? is shownunderBonus fr. Start andrepresents the additional range achieved sincethe beginning of the journey as a result of anadapted driving style.If the fuel level has dropped into the reserverange, the Fuel Low message is shown in themultifunction display instead of range?. The8 warning lamp in the instrument clusteralso lights up (Y page 207).

The ECO display consists of three sections, withan inner and outer area. The sections corre-spond to the following three categories:

: Acceleration (evaluation of all accel-eration processes):Rthe outer area fills up and the innerarea lights up green: moderateacceleration, especially at higherspeedsRthe outer area empties and theinner area is gray: sporty acceler-ation

; Coasting (evaluation of all decelera-tion processes):Rthe outer area fills up and the innerarea lights up green: anticipatorydriving, keeping your distance andearly release of the accelerator.The vehicle can coast without useof the brakes.Rthe outer area empties and theinner area is gray: frequent heavybraking

= Constant (continuous evaluationover the entire journey):Rthe outer area fills up and the innerarea lights up green: constantspeed and avoidance of unneces-sary acceleration and decelerationRthe outer area empties and theinner area is gray: fluctuations inspeed

The three inner areas display the current drivingstyle and light up green as a result of a particu-larly economical driving style. Depending on thedriving situation, up to two areas may light upsimultaneously.At the beginning of the journey, the three outerareas are empty and fill up as a result of eco-nomical driving. A higher level indicates a moreeconomical driving style. If the three outer areasare completely filled at the same time, the driverhas adopted the most economical driving stylefor the selected settings and prevailing condi-tions. The ECO display border lights up.The ECOdisplay does not indicate the actual fuelconsumption. The additionally achieved rangedisplayed under Bonus fr. start does notindicate a fixed consumption reduction.

Driving tips 135

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 138: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

In addition to driving style, the actual consump-tion is affected by other factors, such as:RloadRtire pressureRcold startRchoice of routeRactive electrical consumersThese factors are not included in the ECO dis-play.An economical driving style specially requiresdriving at moderate engine speeds.Achieving a higher value in the categories"Acceleration" and "Constant":Robserve the gearshift recommendations.Rdrive the vehicle in drive program C or E.In urban traffic and stop-start traffic, drive pro-gram C is recommended.On long journeys at a constant speed, e.g. on thehighway, only the outer area for "constant" willchange.The ECO display summarizes the driving stylefrom the start of the journey to its completion.Therefore, there are more marked changes inthe outer areas at the start of a journey. On lon-ger journeys, there are fewer changes. For moremarked changes, perform a manual rest(Y page 167).Further information on the ECO display(Y page 166).

Braking

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you shift down on a slippery road surface inan attempt to increase the engine's brakingeffect, the drive wheels could lose their grip.There is an increased danger of skidding andaccidents.Do not shift down for additional engine brak-ing on a slippery road surface.

Downhill gradients! On long, steep gradients, you must reducethe load on the brakes. To use engine braking,shift to a lower gear in good time. This helps

you to avoid overheating the brakes andwear-ing them out excessively.When making use of the engine brakingeffect, it is possible that a drive wheelmay notturn for some time, e.g. in the case of sud-denly changing or slippery road surface con-ditions. This could cause damage to the drivetrain. This type of damage is not covered bythe Mercedes-Benz warranty.

Change into a lower gear in good time on longand steep downhill gradients. This is especiallyimportant if the vehicle is laden.This also applies if you have activated cruisecontrol or Distance Pilot DISTRONIC.

Heavy and light loads

G WARNINGIf you rest your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving, the braking system can overheat. Thisincreases the stopping distance and can evencause the braking system to fail. There is arisk of an accident.Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. Neverdepress the brake pedal and the acceleratorpedal at the same time.

! Depressing the brake pedal constantlyresults in excessive and premature wear tothe brake pads.

If the brakes have been subjected to a heavyload, do not stop the vehicle immediately, butdrive on for a short while. This allows the airflowto cool the brakes more quickly.

Wet roadsIf you have driven for a long time in heavy rainwithout braking, there may be a delayed reac-tion from the brakes when braking for the firsttime. This may also occur after the vehicle hasbeen washed or driven through deep water.You then have to depress the brake pedal morefirmly. Maintain a greater distance from thevehicle in front.After driving on a wet road or having the vehiclewashed, brake firmly while paying attention tothe traffic conditions. This will warm up thebrake discs, thereby drying them more quicklyand protecting them against corrosion.

136 Driving tipsDrivingandparking

Page 139: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Limited braking performance on salt-treated roadsIf you drive on salted roads, a layer of salt resi-due may form on the brake discs and brakepads. This can result in a significantly longerbraking distance.RIn order to prevent any salt build-up, apply thebrakes occasionally while paying attention tothe traffic conditions.RCarefully depress the brake pedal and thebeginning and end of a journey.RMaintain a greater distance to the vehicleahead.

Servicing the brakes! The brake fluid level may be too low, if:Rif the red brake warning lamp lights up inthe instrument cluster andRyou hear a warning tone while the engine isrunning

Observe additional warning messages in themultifunction display.The brake fluid level may be too low due tobrake pad wear or leaking brake lines.Have the brake system checked immediately.Consult a qualified specialist workshop toarrange this.

! As the ESP® system operates automatically,the engine and the ignition must be switchedoff (the SmartKey must be in positionu or1 in the ignition lock), if the electric parkingbrake is tested on a braking dynamometer(maximum 10 seconds).Braking triggered automatically by ESP® maycause severe damage to the brake system.

All checks and maintenance work on the brakesystem must be carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.Have brake pads installed and brake fluidreplaced at a qualified specialist workshop.If the brake system has only been subject tomoderate loads, you should test the functional-ity of your brakes at regular intervals.Information on BAS (Brake Assist) (Y page 57).Mercedes-Benz recommends that you only havebrake pads/linings installed on your vehiclewhich have been approved for Mercedes-Benzvehicles or which correspond to an equivalentquality standard. Brake pads/liningswhich have

not been approved for Mercedes-Benz vehiclesor which are not of an equivalent quality couldaffect your vehicle's operating safety.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you only usebrake fluid that has been specially approved foryour vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or which corre-sponds to an equivalent quality standard. Brakefluid which has not been approved forMercedes-Benz vehicles or which is not of anequivalent quality could affect your vehicle'soperating safety.

High-performance brake system(except Mercedes-AMG SLC 43)AMG brake systems are designed for heavyloads and have components with correspondingproperties. Thismay lead to noisewhen braking.This will depend on:RSpeedRBraking forceRAmbient conditions, e.g. temperature andhumidity

The wear of individual components of the brakesystem, such as the brake pads/linings or brakediscs, depends on the individual driving styleand operating conditions.For this reason, it is impossible to state a mile-age thatwill be valid under all circumstances. Anaggressive driving style will lead to high wear.You can obtain more information on this from aqualified specialist workshop.New and replaced brake pads and discs onlyreach their optimum braking effect after severalhundred kilometers of driving. Compensate forthis by applying greater force to the brake pedal.Keep this in mind, and adapt your driving andbraking accordingly during this break-in period.Excessive heavy braking results in correspond-ingly high brakewear. Observe the brake systemwarning lamp in the instrument cluster and noteany brake status messages in the multifunctiondisplay. Especially for high performance driving,it is important to maintain and have the brakesystem checked regularly.

Driving tips 137

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 140: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Driving on wet roads

HydroplaningIf water has accumulated to a certain depth onthe road surface, there is a danger of hydro-planing occurring.For this reason, in the event of heavy rain or inconditions in which hydroplaning may occur,you must drive in the following manner:Rlower your speedRavoid rutsRavoid sudden steering movementsRbrake carefully

Driving on flooded roads! Do not drive through flooded areas. Checkthe depth of any water before driving throughit. Drive slowly through standing water. Oth-erwise, water could enter the vehicle interioror engine compartment. It can then damagethe engine's or automatic transmission'selectronic components. It can also be suckedin by the engine's air intake connection andcause engine damage.

Winter driving

G WARNINGIf you shift down on a slippery road surface inan attempt to increase the engine's brakingeffect, the drive wheels could lose their grip.There is an increased danger of skidding andaccidents.Do not shift down for additional engine brak-ing on a slippery road surface.

G DANGERIf the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequateventilation is not possible, poisonous gasessuch as carbon monoxide (CO) may enter thevehicle. This is the case, e.g. if the vehiclebecomes trapped in snow. There is a risk offatal injury.If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heatingrunning, make sure the exhaust pipe and areaaround the vehicle are clear of snow. Toensure an adequate supply of fresh air, open a

window on the side of the vehicle that is notfacing into the wind.

Have your vehicle winter-proofed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop at the onset of winter.Drive particularly carefully on slippery road sur-faces. Avoid sudden acceleration, steering andbraking maneuvers. Do not use cruise control.If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot bestopped when moving at low speed:X Shift the transmission to positioni.The outside temperature indicator is notdesigned to serve as an ice-warning device andis therefore unsuitable for that purpose.Changes in the outside temperature are dis-played after a short delay.Indicated temperatures just above the freezingpoint do not guarantee that the road surface isfree of ice. The roadmay still be icy, especially inwooded areas or on bridges. The vehicle couldskid if you fail to adapt your driving style. Alwaysadapt your driving style and drive at a speed tosuit the prevailing weather conditions.You should pay special attention to road condi-tions when temperatures are around freezingpoint.For more information on driving with snowchains, see (Y page 262).For more information on driving with summertires, see (Y page 262).Observe the notes in the "Winter operation" sec-tion (Y page 262).

Driving systems

Cruise control

General notesCruise control maintains a constant road speedfor you. It brakes automatically in order to avoidexceeding the set speed. On long and steepdownhill gradients, especially if the vehicle isladen, youmust select a lower gear in good time.By doing so, you will make use of the brakingeffect of the engine. This relieves the load on thebrake system and prevents the brakes fromoverheating and wearing too quickly.Use cruise control only if road and traffic con-ditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady

138 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 141: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

speed for a prolonged period. You can store anyroad speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).

Important safety notesIf you fail to adapt your driving style, cruise con-trol can neither reduce the risk of an accidentnor override the laws of physics. Cruise controlcannot take into account the road, traffic andweather conditions. Cruise control is only anaid. You are responsible for the distance to thevehicle in front, for vehicle speed, for braking ingood time and for staying in lane.Do not use cruise control:Rin road and traffic conditions which do notallow you to maintain a constant speed e.g. inheavy traffic or on winding roadsRon slippery road surfaces. Braking or accel-erating could cause the drive wheels to losetraction and the vehicle could then skidRwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog,heavy rain or snow

If there is a change of drivers, advise the newdriver of the speed stored.

Cruise control lever

: Stores the current speed or a higher speed; Storing the current speed or calling up the

last stored speed= Stores the current speed or a lower speed? Deactivating cruise controlWhen you activate cruise control, the storedspeed is shown in the multifunction display forfive seconds. The speed is then permanentlydisplayed in the status indicator together withthe¯ symbol.On vehicles with a segment ring in the speed-ometer, the segments from the currently savedspeed to the end of the segment ring light up.

Storing, maintaining and calling up aspeed

Storing and maintaining a speedX Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.X Briefly press the cruise control lever up: ordown?.

X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.Cruise control is activated. The vehicle auto-matically maintains the stored speed.

You can store the current speed if you are driv-ing faster than 20 mph (30 km/h).

i Cruise control may be unable to maintainthe stored speed on uphill gradients. Thestored speed is resumed when the gradientevens out. Cruise control maintains thestored speed on downhill gradients by auto-matically applying the brakes.

Storing or calling up a speedG WARNINGIf you call up the stored speed and it differsfrom the current speed, the vehicle acceler-ates or decelerates. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle could accelerate orbrake unexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Pay attention to the road and traffic condi-tions before calling up the stored speed. If youdo not know the stored speed, store thedesired speed again.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou=.

X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.The first time cruise control is activated, itstores the current speed or regulates thespeed of the vehicle to the previously storedspeed.

Setting a speed

G WARNINGKeep in mind that it may take a brief momentuntil the vehicle has made the necessaryadjustments.Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed toa value that the prevailing road conditions and

Driving systems 139

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 142: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

legal speed limits permit. Otherwise, suddenand unexpected acceleration or decelerationof the vehicle could cause an accident and/orserious injury to you and others.

X To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre-ments (1 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: to the pressurepoint for a higher speed, or down? for alower speed.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup or down, the last speed stored is increasedor reduced.

X To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre-ments (10km/h increments):briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: past the pres-sure point for a higher speed, or down? fora lower speed.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup or down, the last speed stored is increasedor reduced.

i The speed indicated in the speedometermay differ slightly from the speed stored.

i Cruise control is not deactivated if youdepress the accelerator pedal. For example, ifyou accelerate briefly to overtake, cruise con-trol adjusts the vehicle's speed to the lastspeed stored after you have finished overtak-ing.

Deactivating cruise control

There are several ways to deactivate cruise con-trol:X Briefly press the cruise control lever for-wards: .

orX Brake.

Cruise control is automatically deactivated if:Ryou engage the electric parking brakeRyou are driving at less than 20mph (30 km/h)RESP® intervenes or you deactivate ESP®Ron vehicles with manual transmission, youshift to a gear that is too high, and as a resultthe engine speed is too lowRBrake Assist intervenesRyou move out of transmission positionhIf cruise control is deactivated, you will hear awarning tone. You will see the Cruise Con‐trol Offmessage in the multifunction displayfor approximately five seconds.

i When you switch off the engine, the lastspeed stored is cleared.

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC

General notesDistance Assist DISTRONIC regulates the speedand automatically helps you maintain the dis-tance from the vehicle detected in front. Vehi-cles are detected with the aid of the radar sen-sor system. Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakesautomatically to avoid exceeding the set speedor to maintain the designated distance from thevehicle in front.Change into a lower gear in good time on longand steep downhill gradients. This is especiallyimportant if the vehicle is laden. By doing so, youwill make use of the braking effect of the engine.This relieves the load on the brake system andprevents the brakes from overheating and wear-ing too quickly.If Distance Assist DISTRONIC detects that thereis a risk of a collision with the vehicle in front,youwill bewarned visually and audibly. DistanceAssist DISTRONIC cannot prevent a collisionwithout your intervention. An intermittent warn-ing tone will then sound and the distance warn-ing lamp will light up in the instrument cluster.Brake immediately in order to increase the dis-tance from the vehicle in front, or take evasiveaction, provided it is safe to do so.For Distance Assist DISTRONIC to assist youwhen driving, the radar sensor system must beoperational.Distance Assist DISTRONIC operates in thespeed range between 0 mph (0 km/h) and120 mph (200 km/h).

140 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 143: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Do not use Distance Assist DISTRONIC on roadswith steep gradients.As Distance Assist DISTRONIC transmits radarwaves, it can resemble the radar detectors ofthe responsible authorities. You can refer to therelevant chapter in the Operator's Manual ifquestions are asked about this.

i USA only: This device has been approved bythe FCC as a "Vehicular Radar System". Theradar sensor is intended for use in an auto-motive radar system only. Removal, tamper-ing, or altering of the device will void any war-ranties, and is not permitted by the FCC. Donot tamper with, alter, or use in any non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to this devicecould void the user's authority to operate theequipment.

i Canada only: This device complies withRSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation issubject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause interference,and2. This device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.Removal, tampering, or altering of the devicewill void any warranties, and is not permitted.Do not tamper with, alter, or use in any non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to this devicecould void the user's authority to operate theequipment.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGDistance Pilot DISTRONIC does not react to:Rpeople or animalsRstationary objects on the road, e.g. stoppedor parked vehiclesRoncoming vehicles and crossing trafficAs a result, Distance Pilot DISTRONIC mayneither give warnings nor intervene in suchsituations. There is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

G WARNINGDistance Pilot DISTRONIC cannot alwaysclearly identify other road users and complextraffic situations.In such cases, Distance Pilot DISTRONICmay:Rgive an unnecessary warning and thenbrake the vehicleRneither give a warning nor interveneRaccelerate or brake unexpectedlyThere is a risk of an accident.Continue to drive carefully and be ready tobrake, especially if Distance Pilot DISTRONICwarns you.

G WARNINGDistance Pilot DISTRONIC brakes your vehiclewith up to 50% of the maximum possibledeceleration. If this deceleration is not suffi-cient, Distance Pilot DISTRONIC alerts youwith a visual and acoustic warning. There is arisk of an accident.Apply the brakes yourself in these situationsand try to take evasive action.

! When Distance Pilot DISTRONIC or theHOLD function is activated, the vehiclebrakes automatically in certain situations.To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivateDistance Pilot DISTRONIC and the HOLDfunction in the following or similar situations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

If you fail to adapt your driving style, DistancePilot DISTRONIC can neither reduce the risk ofan accident nor override the laws of physics.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC cannot take intoaccount road, weather or traffic conditions. Dis-tance Pilot DISTRONIC is only an aid. You areresponsible for the distance to the vehicle infront, for vehicle speed, for braking in good timeand for staying in your lane.

Driving systems 141

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 144: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Do not use Distance Pilot DISTRONIC:Rin road and traffic conditions which do notallow you tomaintain a constant speed, e.g. inheavy traffic or on winding roadsRon slippery road surfaces. Braking or accel-erating could cause the drive wheels to losetraction and the vehicle could then skidRwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog,heavy rain or snow

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC may not detect nar-row vehicles driving in front, e.g.motorcycles, orvehicles driving on a different line.In particular, the detection of obstacles can beimpaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is snow or heavy rainRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, for exam-ple, in parking garages

If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC no longer detects avehicle in front, it may unexpectedly accelerateto the speed stored.This speed may:Rbe too high if you are driving in a filter lane oran exit laneRbe so high when driving in the right-hand lanethat you overtake vehicles in the left-handlaneRbe so high when driving in the left-hand lanethat you overtake vehicles in the right-handlane

If there is a change of drivers, advise the newdriver of the speed stored.

Cruise control lever

Cruise control lever: Stores the current speed or a higher speed; Setting a specified minimum distance= Storing the current speed or calling up the

last stored speed? Stores the current speed or a lower speedA Switching off Distance Pilot DISTRONIC

Activating Distance Pilot DISTRONICand storing, maintaining and calling upa speed

Important safety notes! When Distance Pilot DISTRONIC or theHOLD function is activated, the vehiclebrakes automatically in certain situations.To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivateDistance Pilot DISTRONIC and the HOLDfunction in the following or similar situations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

To activate Distance Pilot DISTRONIC, the fol-lowing conditions must be fulfilled:Rthe engine must be started. It may take up totwo minutes of driving before Distance PilotDISTRONIC is ready for use.Rthe electric parking brake must be released.RESP® must be active, but not intervening.RParking Pilot must not be activated.Rthe transmission must be in positionh.Rthe driver's door must be closed when youshift fromj toh or your seat belt must befastened.Rthe front-passenger door must be closed.Rthe vehicle must not skid.

142 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 145: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

ActivatingX Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou?, up: or down; .Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated.

X To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre-ments (1 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: to the pressurepoint for a higher speed, or down; to thepressure point for a lower speed.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup or down, the last speed stored is increasedor reduced.

orX To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre-ments (10 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: past the pres-sure point for a higher speed, or down; pastthe pressure point for a lower speed.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup or down, the last speed stored is increasedor reduced.

X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of thevehicle in front, but only up to the desiredstored speed.

i If you do not fully release the acceleratorpedal, theDistance Pilot Suspendedmes-sage appears in themultifunction display. Theset distance to a slower-moving vehicle infront will then not be maintained. You will bedriving at the speed you determine by theposition of the accelerator pedal.

You can also activate Distance Pilot DISTRONICwhen stationary. The lowest speed that can beset is 20 mph (30 km/h).

Activating at the current speed/laststored speedG WARNINGIf you call up the stored speed and it differsfrom the current speed, the vehicle acceler-ates or decelerates. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle could accelerate orbrake unexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Pay attention to the road and traffic condi-tions before calling up the stored speed. If youdo not know the stored speed, store thedesired speed again.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou?.

X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.The first time Distance Pilot DISTRONIC isactivated, it stores the current speed or reg-ulates the speed of the vehicle to the previ-ously stored speed.

Pulling away and drivingX If you want to pull away with DistancePilot DISTRONIC: remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou?.

orX If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated:accelerate briefly.Your vehicle pulls away and adapts its speedto that of the vehicle in front. If no vehicle isdetected in front, your vehicle accelerates tothe set speed.

The vehicle can also pull away when it is facingan unidentified obstacle or is driving on a differ-ent line from another vehicle. The vehicle thenbrakes automatically. Be ready to brake at alltimes.If there is no vehicle in front, Distance PilotDISTRONIC operates in the same way as cruisecontrol.If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC detects a slower-moving vehicle in front, it brakes your vehicle. Inthis way, the distance you have selected ismain-tained.If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC detects a faster-moving vehicle in front, it increases the drivingspeed. However, the vehicle is only acceleratedup to the speed you have stored.

Selecting the drive programDistance Pilot DISTRONIC supports a sportydriving style when you have selected the S or S+drive program (Y page 121). Accelerationbehind the vehicle in front or to the set speed isthen noticeably more dynamic. If you haveselected the C or E driving program, the vehicleaccelerates more gently. This setting is recom-mended in stop-and-start traffic.

Driving systems 143

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 146: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Changing lanesIf when driving on multilane roads you wish tochange to the overtaking lane, Distance PilotDISTRONIC supports you if:Ryou are driving faster than 45 mph (70 km/h)RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC is maintaining thedistance to a vehicle in frontRyou switch on the appropriate turn signalRDistance Pilot DISTRONIC does not currentlydetect a danger of collision

If these conditions are fulfilled, your vehicle isaccelerated. Acceleration will be interrupted ifchanging lanes takes too long or if the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle in frontbecomes too small.

i When you change lanes, Distance PilotDISTRONIC monitors the left lane (on left-hand-drive vehicles) or the right lane (on right-hand-drive vehicles).

StoppingG WARNINGIf you leave the vehicle when it is only beingbraked by Distance Pilot DISTRONIC, it couldroll away if:Rthere is a malfunction in the system or inthe voltage supply.RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC is switched offusing the cruise control lever, e.g. by a vehi-cle occupant or from outside the vehicleRthe electrical system in the engine com-partment, the battery or the fuses are tam-pered with.Rthe battery is disconnectedRthe vehicle is accelerated, e.g. by a vehicleoccupant.

There is a risk of an accident.Before leaving the vehicle, always deactivateDistance Pilot DISTRONIC and secure thevehicle against rolling away.

Further information on deactivating DistancePilot DISTRONIC (Y page 146).If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC detects that thevehicle in front is stopping, it brakes your vehicleuntil it is stationary.

Once your vehicle is stationary, it remains sta-tionary and you do not need to depress thebrake.

i After a time, the electric parking brakesecures the vehicle and relieves the servicebrake.

i Depending on the specified minimum dis-tance, your vehicle will come to a standstill ata sufficient distance behind the vehicle infront. The specified minimum distance is setusing the control on the cruise control lever.

When Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated,the transmission is shifted automatically topositionj if:Rthe driver's seat belt is not fastened and thedriver's door is open.Rthe engine is switched off, unless it is auto-matically switched off by the ECO start/stopfunction.

The electric parking brake secures the vehicleautomatically if Distance Pilot DISTRONIC isactivated when the vehicle is stationary and:Ra system malfunction occurs.Rthe power supply is not sufficient.If a malfunction occurs, the transmission mayalso shift to positionj automatically.

Setting a speedKeep in mind that it may take a brief momentuntil the vehicle has accelerated or braked tothe speed set.X To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre-ments (1 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: to the pressurepoint for a higher speed, or down; for alower speed.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup or down, the last speed stored is increasedor reduced.

X To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre-ments (10 km/h increments): brieflypress the cruise control lever up: past thepressure point for a higher speed, or down;for a lower speed.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup or down, the last speed stored is increasedor reduced.

144 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 147: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Setting a specified minimum distanceYou can set the specified minimum distance forDistance Pilot DISTRONIC by varying the timespan between one and two seconds. With thisfunction, you can set theminimumdistance thatDistance Pilot DISTRONICmaintains to the vehi-cle in front, dependent on the vehicle speed. Youcan see this distance in the multifunction dis-play (Y page 145).The specified minimum distance can bechanged while Distance Pilot DISTRONIC isswitched on or off.Make sure that you maintain a sufficiently safedistance from the vehicle in front. Adjust thedistance to the vehicle in front if necessary.

Cruise control leverX To increase: turn control= toward;.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC then maintains agreater distance between your vehicle andthe vehicle in front.

X To decrease: turn control= toward:.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC then maintains ashorter distance between your vehicle andthe vehicle in front.

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC displays inthe instrument cluster

Displays in the speedometer

When Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated,one ormore segments; in the set speed rangelight up.If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC detects a vehicle infront, segments; between speed of the vehi-cle in front= and stored speed: light up.

i For design reasons, the speed displayed inthe speedometer may differ slightly from thespeed set for Distance Pilot DISTRONIC.

Display when Distance Pilot DISTRONIC isdeactivated

: Vehicle in front, if detected; Distance indicator, current distance to the

vehicle in front= Specified minimum distance to the vehicle

in front; adjustable? Your vehicleX Select the Assistance Graphic functionusing the on-board computer (Y page 170).

Driving systems 145

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 148: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display when Distance Pilot DISTRONIC isactivated

: Vehicle in front, if detected; Specified minimum distance to the vehicle

in front; adjustable= Your vehicle? Distance Pilot DISTRONIC activatedX Select the Assistance Graphic functionusing the on-board computer (Y page 170).

You will initially see the stored speed for aboutfive seconds when you activate Distance PilotDISTRONIC.

Deactivating Distance Pilot DISTRONIC

Cruise control leverThere are several ways to deactivate DistancePilot DISTRONIC:X Briefly press the cruise control lever for-wards:.

orX Brake, unless the vehicle is stationaryWhen you deactivate Distance Pilot DISTRONIC,the Distance Pilot Offmessage will appearin the multifunction display for approximatelyfive seconds.

i The last speed stored remains stored untilyou switch off the engine.

i Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is not deactivatedif you depress the accelerator pedal. If youaccelerate to overtake, Distance PilotDISTRONIC adjusts the vehicle's speed to thelast speed stored after you have finished over-taking.

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is automatically deac-tivated if:Ryou engage the electric parking brake or if thevehicle is automatically securedwith the elec-tric parking brakeRESP® intervenes or you deactivate ESP®Rthe transmission is in positionj,k oriRyou pull the cruise control lever towards youin order to pull away and the front-passengerdoor is openRyou activate Parking PilotRthe vehicle has skiddedIf Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is automaticallydeactivated, you will hear a warning tone. TheDistance Pilot Off message will appear inthe multifunction display for approximately fiveseconds.

Tips for driving with Distance PilotDISTRONIC

General notesThe following contains descriptions of certainroad and traffic conditions in which you must beparticularly attentive. In such situations, brake ifnecessary. Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is thenswitched off.

Cornering, going into and coming out of abend

146 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 149: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC can detect vehicleswhen cornering is limited. Your vehicle maybrake unexpectedly or late.

Vehicles traveling on a different line

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC may not detect vehi-cles which are not driving in the middle of theirlane. The distance to the vehicle in front will betoo short.

Other vehicles changing lanes

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC has not detected thevehicle cutting in yet. The distance to this vehi-cle will be too short.

Narrow vehicles

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC has not yet detectedthe vehicle in front on the edge of the roadbecause of its narrow width. The distance to thevehicle in front will be too short.

Obstructions and stationary vehicles

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC does not brake forobstacles or stationary vehicles. If, for example,the detected vehicle turns a corner and anobstacle or stationary vehicle is revealed, Dis-tance Pilot DISTRONIC will not brake for them.

Crossing vehicles

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC may mistakenlydetect vehicles that are crossing your lane.If you activate Distance Pilot DISTRONIC underthe following conditions, the vehicle could pullaway unintentionally:Rat traffic lights with crossing traffic, for exam-pleRif there is a vehicle in front after a crossingwith the HOLD function activated

Driving systems 147

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 150: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

HOLD function

General notesThe HOLD function can assist the driver in thefollowing situations:Rwhen pulling away, especially on steep slopesRwhen maneuvering on steep slopesRwhen waiting in trafficThe vehicle is kept stationary without the driverhaving to depress the brake pedal.The braking effect is canceled and the HOLDfunction deactivated when you depress theaccelerator pedal to pull away.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen leaving the vehicle, it can still roll awaydespite being braked by the HOLD function if:Rthere is a malfunction in the system or inthe voltage supply.Rthe HOLD function has been deactivated bypressing the accelerator pedal or the brakepedal, e.g. by a vehicle occupant.Rthe electrical system in the engine com-partment, the battery or the fuses havebeen tampered with.Rthe battery is disconnectedThere is a risk of an accident.If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn offthe HOLD function and secure the vehicleagainst rolling away.

! When Distance Pilot DISTRONIC or theHOLD function is activated, the vehiclebrakes automatically in certain situations.To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivateDistance Pilot DISTRONIC and the HOLDfunction in the following or similar situations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

Deactivating the HOLD function (Y page 148).

Activation conditionsYou can activate the HOLD function if all of thefollowing conditions are fulfilled:Rthe vehicle is stationary.Rthe engine is running or if it has been auto-matically switched off by the ECO start/stopfunction.Rthe driver's door is closed or your seat belt isfastened.Rthe electric parking brake is released.Rthe transmission is in positionh,k ori.RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC is deactivated

Activating the HOLD function

X Make sure that the activation conditions aremet.

X Depress the brake pedal.X Quickly depress the brake pedal furtheruntil: appears in the multifunction display.The HOLD function is activated. You canrelease the brake pedal.

i If depressing the brake pedal the first timedoes not activate the HOLD function, waitbriefly and then try again.

Deactivating the HOLD functionThe HOLD function is deactivated automaticallyif:Ryou depress the accelerator and the trans-mission is in positionh ork.Ryou shift the transmission to positionj.Ryou apply the brakes again with a certainamount of pressure until HOLD disappearsfrom the multifunction display.Ryou secure the vehicle using the electric park-ing brake.Ryou activate Distance Pilot DISTRONIC.

i After a time, the electric parking brakesecures the vehicle and relieves the servicebrake.

148 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 151: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

When the HOLD function is activated, the trans-mission is automatically shifted to positionjif:Rthe driver's seat belt is not fastened and thedriver's door is open.Rthe engine is switched off, unless it is auto-matically switched off by the ECO start/stopfunction.

The electric parking brake secures the vehicleautomatically if the HOLD function is activatedwhen the vehicle is stationary and:Ra system malfunction occurs.Rthe power supply is not sufficient.If a malfunction in the electric parking brakeoccurs, the transmission may also be shiftedinto positionj automatically.

Adaptive damping system

General notesi Mercedes-AMG SLC 43: the adaptivedamping system is called AMG RIDE CON-TROL sports suspension.

A suspension with the adaptive damping systemprovides improved driving comfort and contin-uously controls the calibration of the dampers.The damping characteristics adapt to the cur-rent operating and driving situation.The damping is tuned individually to each wheeland depends on:Ryour driving style, e.g. sportyRthe road surface conditionsRthe selected drive program (Y page 121).

Selecting the Comfort or Economy driveprograms

In the Comfort and Economy drive programs,the driving characteristics of your vehicle aremore comfortable. Select one of these driveprograms if you favor a more comfortable driv-ing style. Also select these drive programswhendriving fast on straight roads, e.g. on straightstretches of highway.In urban traffic and stop-start traffic, drive pro-gram C is recommended.X Press DYNAMIC SELECT button: repeat-edly until the Comfort or Economy drive pro-gram is selected.

Selecting Sport modeThe firmer setting of the suspension tuning inthe Sport drive program ensures even bettercontact with the road. Select this drive programwhen employing a sporty driving style, e.g. onwinding country roads.X Press DYNAMIC SELECT button: as manytimes as necessary until the Sport drive pro-gram is selected.

Selecting Sport Plus modeThe firmer suspension settings in the SportPlus drive program ensure even better contactwith the road. Select this mode when employinga sporty driving style, e.g. on winding countryroads or, ideally, when driving on closed racecircuits.X Press DYNAMIC SELECT button: repeat-edly until the Sport Plus drive program isselected.

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Important safety notesParking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronicparking aid with ultrasound. It monitors the areaaround your vehicle using six sensors in thefront bumper and four sensors in the rearbumper. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC visuallyand audibly indicates the distance between yourvehicle and an object.Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It isnot a replacement for your attention to yourimmediate surroundings. You are alwaysresponsible for safe maneuvering, parking andexiting a parking space. Make sure that there

Driving systems 149

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 152: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

are no persons, animals or objects in the path ofyour vehicle when you are maneuvering or park-ing.

! When parking, pay particular attention toobjects above or below the sensors, such asflower pots or trailer drawbars. PARKTRONICdoes not detect such objects when they are inthe immediate vicinity of the vehicle. Youcould damage the vehicle or the objects.The sensors may not detect snow and otherobjects that absorb ultrasonic waves.Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic carwash, the compressed-air brakes on a truckor a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONICto malfunction.PARKTRONIC may not function correctly onuneven terrain.

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is activated auto-matically when you:Rswitch on the ignitionRshift the transmission to positionh,k oriRrelease the electric parking brakeParking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivated atspeeds above 11 mph (18 km/h). It is reactiva-ted at lower speeds.

Range of the sensors

General notesParking Assist PARKTRONIC does not take intoaccount obstacles located:Rbelow the detection range, e.g. people, ani-mals or objects.Rabove the detection range, e.g. overhangingloads, truck overhangs or loading ramps.

: Sensors in the front bumper, left-hand side(example)

The sensors must be free from dirt, ice or slush.They can otherwise not function correctly. Cleanthe sensors regularly, taking care not to scratchor damage them (Y page 242).

Range

Front sensors

Center Approx. 40 in (approx.100 cm)

Corners Approx. 24 in (approx.60 cm)

Rear sensors

Center Approx. 48 in (approx.120 cm)

Corners Approx. 32 in (approx.80 cm)

Minimum distance

Center Approx. 8 in (approx. 20 cm)

Corners Approx. 6 in (approx. 15 cm)

If there is an obstacle within this range, the rel-evant warning displays light up and a warning

150 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 153: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

tone sounds. If the distance falls below the min-imum, the distance may no longer be shown.

Warning displays

Warning display for the front area: Segments on the left-hand side of the vehi-

cle; Segments on the right-hand side of the vehi-

cle= Segments showing operational readinessThe warning displays show the distancebetween the sensors and the obstacle. Thewarning display for the front area is located onthe dashboard above the center air vents. Thewarning display for the rear area is locatedbetween the roll bars.The warning display for each side of the vehicleis divided into five yellow and two red segments.Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is operational if yel-low segments showing operational readiness=light up.The selected transmission position and thedirection in which the vehicle is rolling deter-mine which warning display is active when theengine is running.Automatic transmission:

Transmission posi-tion

Warning display

h Front area activated

k,i or the vehicleis rolling backwards

Rear and front areasactivated

j No areas activated

One or more segments light up as the vehicleapproaches an obstacle, depending on the vehi-cle's distance from the obstacle. In addition,warning tones are issued.When the distance to the obstacle is sufficient,you will hear an intermittent warning tone. Theshorter the distance to the obstacle, the shorterthe frequency of the intermittent warning tonesbecomes. When the minimum distance isreached, you hear a continuous warning tone.

Deactivating or activating ParkingAssist PARKTRONIC

: Deactivates or activates Parking AssistPARKTRONIC

; Indicator lampIf indicator lamp; lights up, Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is deactivated. Parking Guidanceis also deactivated.

i Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automati-cally activated when you turn the SmartKey toposition2 in the ignition lock.

Driving systems 151

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 154: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Problems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Only the red segments inthe Parking AssistPARKTRONIC warningdisplays are lit. You alsohear a warning tone forapproximately two sec-onds.Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is deacti-vated after approx-imately 20 seconds, andthe indicator lamp in theParking AssistPARKTRONIC buttonlights up.

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has been deacti-vated.X If problems persist, have Parking Assist PARKTRONIC checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

Only the red segments inthe Parking AssistPARKTRONIC warningdisplays are lit. ParkingAssist PARKTRONIC isdeactivated afterapproximately five sec-onds.

The Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or malfunctioning.X Clean the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sensors (Y page 242).X Switch the ignition back on.

The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or ultra-sound waves.X Check to see if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC functions in a differentlocation.

Parking Guidance

Important safety notesParking Guidance is an electronic parking aidwith ultrasound. Ultrasound is used to measurethe road on both sides of the vehicle. A suitableparking space is indicated by the parking sym-bol. You receive steering instructions whenparking. You can also still use Active ParkingAssist PARKTRONIC (Y page 149).Parking Guidance is only an aid. It is not areplacement for your attention to your immedi-ate surroundings. You are always responsiblefor safe maneuvering, parking and exiting aparking space. Make sure that there are no per-sons, animals or objects in the maneuveringarea when you are maneuvering or parking.

G WARNINGIf objects are located above or below thedetection range, Active Parking Assist maysteer too early. This could cause a collision.

There is a risk of an accident.Do not use Active Parking Assist in thesetypes of situation.

! If they cannot be avoided, drive over obsta-cles such as curbs slowly and at an obtuseangle. Otherwise, you may damage thewheels or tires.

If Active Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deacti-vated, Parking Guidance is also unavailable.Parking Guidance may also display spaces notsuitable for parking, e.g.:Rwhere parking or stopping is prohibitedRin front of driveways or entrances and exitsRon unsuitable surfacesUse Parking Guidance for parking spaces:Rparallel to the direction of travelRon straight roads, not bendsRthat are on the same level as the road, i.e. noton the pavement, for example. Parking Guid-ance may not detect flat curbs

152 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 155: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Parking tips:Ron narrow roads, drive as closely as possiblepast the parking spaceRparking spaces that are littered or overgrownmight be identified or measured incorrectlyRparking spaces that are partially occupied bytrailer drawbars might not be identified assuch or be measured incorrectlyRsnowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parkingspace being measured inaccuratelyRpay attention to the Active Parking AssistPARKTRONIC warning messages during theparking procedure (Y page 151)Rwhen transporting a load which protrudesfrom your vehicle, you should not use ParkingGuidanceRnever use Parking Guidance with snow chainsor an emergency spare wheel fittedRmake sure that the tire pressures are alwayscorrect. This has a direct effect on the steer-ing instructionsRthe way your vehicle is positioned in the park-ing space after parking is dependent on vari-ous factors. These include the position andshape of the vehicles parked in front andbehind it and the conditions of the location. Insome cases, Parking Guidancemay guide youtoo far or not far enough into a parking space.In some cases, it may also lead you across oronto the curb. If necessary, cancel the park-ing procedure with Parking Guidance.

Detecting parking spaces

: Detected parking space on the left; Parking symbol= Detected parking space on the rightParking Guidance is automatically activatedwhen you drive forwards. The system is opera-tional at speeds of up to approximately 22 mph(35 km/h). While in operation, the system inde-pendently locates andmeasures parking spaceson both sides of the vehicle. When driving atspeeds below 19 mph (30 km/h), you will see

parking symbol; as a status indicator in theinstrument cluster.When a parking space has been detected, anarrow towards the right= or the left: alsoappears. Parking Guidance only displays park-ing spaces on the front-passenger side as stand-ard. Parking spaces on the driver's side are dis-played as soon as the turn signal on the driver'sside is activated. To park on the driver's side,you must leave the driver's side turn signalswitched on until you have engaged reversegear.Parking Guidance will only detect parkingspaces:Rthat are parallel to the direction of travelRthat are at least 5 ft (1.5 m) wideRthat are at least 4.3 ft (1.3m) longer than yourvehicle

A parking space is displayed while you are driv-ing past it, and until you are approximately 50 ft(15 m) away from it.

Parking

Moving the vehicle into the stop positionX Stop the vehicle when the parking space sym-bol shows the desired parking space in theinstrument cluster.

X Vehicles with manual transmission: shift toreverse gear.Vehicles with automatic transmission: shiftthe transmission to positionk.The multifunction display shows the BeAware of Obstacles Near the VehiclePress 'OK' to Confirm message.

X Press thea button on the multifunctionsteering wheel to confirm.The multifunction display switches to ParkingGuidance.

Driving systems 153

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 156: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Depending on your distance from the parkingspace, the Please Drive Backward mes-sage will appear in the multifunction display.

X If necessary, reverse towards the parkingspace. This is indicated by an arrow pointingbackwards.Continue backing up until you hear a tone.Stop – the stop position has been reached.The arrow is white.The Please Steer Wheel to the Right orPlease Steer Wheel to the Left mes-sage appears in the multifunction display.

Backing up into the parking space

X While the vehicle is stationary, turn the steer-ing wheel in the specified direction until thearrow is white and a warning tone sounds.

X To back up into a parking space: maintainthe steering wheel angle and back up care-fully.

X Stop as soon as you hear a warning tone,The vehicle has reached the position in whichyou need to countersteer.The Please Steer Wheel to the Right orPlease Steer Wheel to the Left mes-sage appears in the multifunction display.

X To countersteer:while the vehicle is station-ary, turn the steering wheel in the specifieddirection until the arrow is white and a warn-ing tone sounds.

X To back up into a parking space: maintainthe steering wheel angle and back up care-fully.

X Stop as soon as you hear a warning tone, Stopas soon as Parking Assist PARKTRONICsounds the continuous warning tone, if notbefore.The Parking Guidance Finished messageappears in the multifunction display and atone sounds. You may be asked to steer in a

different direction and then change gear. Inthis case, further displays in themultifunctiondisplay will direct you to the final position.

X Maneuver if necessary.X Always observe the warning messages dis-played by Parking Assist PARKTRONIC(Y page 151).

Canceling Parking GuidanceX Press the PARKTRONIC button on the centerconsole (Y page 151).Parking Guidance is immediately canceledand Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is switchedoff.

Parking Guidance is canceled automatically if itis no longer possible to guide you into the park-ing space, or if a malfunction occurs.The parking space symbol goes out and a warn-ing tone sounds.

Rear view camera

General notes

Rear view camera: is an optical parking andmaneuvering aid. It shows the area behind yourvehicle with guide lines in the multimedia sys-tem.The area behind the vehicle is displayed as amirror image, as in the rear view mirror.

i The text shown in the multimedia systemdisplay depends on the language setting. Thefollowing are examples of rear view cameradisplays in the multimedia system.

154 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 157: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Important safety notesThe rear view camera is only an aid. It is not areplacement for your attention to your immedi-ate surroundings. You are always responsiblefor safe maneuvering and parking. Make surethat there are no persons, animals or objects inthe maneuvering area when you are maneuver-ing or parking.Under the following circumstances, the rearview camera will not function, or will function ina limited manner:Rif the trunk lid is openRin heavy rain, snow or fogRat night or in very dark placesRif the camera is exposed to very bright lightRif the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LEDlighting (the display may flicker)Rif there is a sudden change in temperature,e.g. when driving into a heated garage in win-terRif the camera lens is dirty or obstructed.Observe the notes on cleaning(Y page 242)Rif the rear of your vehicle is damaged. In thiscase, have the camera position and settingchecked at a qualified specialist workshop

The field of vision and other functions of the rearview cameramay be restricted due to additionalaccessories on the rear of the vehicle (e.g.license plate holder, bicycle rack).On vehicles with height-adjustable chassis,leaving the standard height can result in inac-curacies in the guide lines, depending on tech-nical conditions.

i The contrast of the display may be affectedby the sudden presence of sunlight or otherlight sources, e.g. when exiting a garage. Payparticular attention in this situation.

i If usability is severely restricted, e.g. due topixel errors, have the display repaired orreplaced.

i The rear view camera is protected from rain-drops and dust by means of a flap. When therear view camera is activated, this flap opens.The flap closes again when:Ryou have finished themaneuvering processRyou switch off the engineRyou open the trunkObserve the notes on cleaning (Y page 242).

For technical reasons, the flap may remainopen briefly after the rear view camera hasbeen deactivated.

Activating/deactivating the rear viewcameraX To activate: make sure that the SmartKey isin position2 in the ignition lock.

X Make sure that the Activation by R gearfunction is selected in themultimedia system;see the Digital Owner's Manual.

X Engage reverse gear.The rear view camera flap opens. The multi-media systemshows the area behind the vehi-cle with guide lines.The image from the rear view camera is avail-able throughout the maneuvering process.

To deactivate: the rear view camera deacti-vates if you drive forwards a short distances orshift the transmission toj.The inner segments of the warning indicator aredisplayed in red if there is a complete systemfailure. The indicator lamp in the PARKTRONICbutton lights up.If the rear system fails:Rthe rear segments are displayed in red whenreversingRthe rear segments are not displayed whendriving forwards

Displays in the multimedia systemThe rear view cameramay show a distorted viewof obstacles, show them incorrectly or not at all.The rear view camera does not show objects inthe following positions:Rvery close to the rear bumperRunder the rear bumperRin close range above the handle on the trunklid

! Objects not at ground level may appear tobe further away than they actually are, e.g.:Rthe bumper of a parked vehicleRthe drawbar of a trailerRthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitchRthe rear section of an HGVRa slanted post

Driving systems 155

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 158: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Use the guidelines only for orientation.Approach objects no further than the bottom-most guideline.

: Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-imately 13 ft (4.0 m) from the rear of thevehicle

; White guide line without steering input –vehicle width including the exterior mirrors(static)

= Yellow guide line for the vehicle widthincluding the exterior mirrors, at the currentsteering wheel angle (dynamic)

? Yellow lane marking the course the tires willtake at the current steering wheel angle(dynamic)

A Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-imately 3 ft (1.0 m) from the rear of the vehi-cle

B Vehicle center axle (marker assistance)C BumperD Red guide line at a distance of approximately

12 in (0.30 m) from the rear of the vehicleThe guide lines are shown when the transmis-sion is in positionk.The distance specifications only apply toobjects that are at ground level.

: Front warning display; Additional measurement operational readi-

ness indicator for Parking AssistPARKTRONIC

= Rear warning displayVehicles with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC:when Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is opera-tional (Y page 150), additional measurementoperational readiness indicator; appears inthe multimedia system. If the Parking AssistPARKTRONIC warning displays are active orlight up, warning displays: and= are alsoactive or light up correspondingly in the multi-media system.

"Reverse parking" function

Backing up straight into a parking spacewithout steering input

: White guide line without steering input –vehicle width including the exterior mirrors(static)

; Yellow guide line for the vehicle widthincluding the exterior mirrors, at the currentsteering wheel angle (dynamic)

156 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 159: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

= Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-imately 3 ft (1.0 m) from the rear of the vehi-cle

? Red guide line at a distance of approximately12 in (0.30 m) from the rear of the vehicle

X Make sure that the rear view camera isswitched on (Y page 155).The lane and the guide lines are shown.

X With the help of white guide line:, checkwhether the vehicle will fit into the parkingspace.

X Using white guide line: as a guide, carefullyback up until you reach the end position.Red guide line? is then at the end of theparking space. The vehicle is almost parallelin the parking space.

Reverseperpendicular parkingwith steer-ing input

: Parking space marking; Yellow guide line for the vehicle width

including the exterior mirrors, at the currentsteering wheel angle (dynamic)

X Drive past the parking space and bring thevehicle to a standstill.

X Make sure that the rear view camera isswitched on (Y page 155).The lane and the guide lines are shown.

X While the vehicle is at a standstill, turn thesteering wheel in the direction of the parkingspace until yellow guide line; reaches park-ing space marking:.

X Maintain the steering input and reverse care-fully.

: Yellow guide line for the vehicle widthincluding the exterior mirrors, at the currentsteering wheel angle (dynamic)

X Stop the vehicle when it is almost exactly infront of the parking space.The white lane should be as close to parallelwith the parking space marking as possible.

: White guide line at the current steering input; Parking space markingX Turn the steering wheel to the center positionwhile the vehicle is stationary.

: Red guide line at a distance of approximately12 in (0.30 m) from the rear of the vehicle

; White guide line without steering input= End of parking space

Driving systems 157

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 160: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Back up carefully until you have reached thefinal position.Red guide line: is then at end of parkingspace=. The vehicle is almost parallel in theparking space.

180° view

: Symbol for the 180° view function; Your vehicle= Warning displays for Parking Assist

PARKTRONICYou can also use the rear view camera to selecta 180° view.When Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is opera-tional (Y page 150), a symbol for your own vehi-cle appears in the multimedia system. If theParking Assist PARKTRONIC warning displaysare active, warning displays= light up in themultimedia system in yellow or red accordingly.

ATTENTION ASSIST

Important safety notesATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long,monotonous journeys, such as on highways. It isactive in the range between 50 mph (80 km/h)and 112 mph (180 km/h).If ATTENTION ASSIST detects typical indicatorsof fatigue or increasing lapses in concentrationon the part of the driver, it suggests you take abreak.ATTENTION ASSIST assesses your level of fati-gue or lapses in concentration by taking the fol-lowing criteria into account:Ryour personal driving style, e.g. steering char-acteristicsRjourney details, e.g. time of day and length ofjourney

The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST isrestricted and warnings may be delayed or notoccur at all:Rif the road condition is poor, e.g. if the surfaceis uneven or if there are potholesRif there is a strong side windRif you have adopted a sporty driving style withhigh cornering speeds or high rates of accel-erationRif you are predominantly driving slower than50 mph (80 km/h) or faster than 112 mph(180 km/h)Rif you are currently using COMAND or makinga telephone call with itRif the time has been set incorrectlyRin active driving situations, such as when youchange lanes or change your speed

ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver. Itmight not always recognize fatigue or increasinginattentiveness in time or fail to recognize themat all. The system is not a substitute for a well-rested and attentive driver.

Warning and display messages in themultifunction displayX Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on-board computer (Y page 171).If ATTENTION ASSIST is active, you will bewarned no sooner than 20 minutes after yourjourney has begun. You then hear an inter-mittent warning tone twice and the ATTEN‐TION ASSIST: Take a Break! messageappears in the multifunction display.

X If necessary, take a break.X Press thea or% button to confirm themessage.

On long journeys, take regular breaks in goodtime to allow yourself to rest properly. If you donot take a break and ATTENTION ASSIST stilldetects increasing lapses in concentration, youwill be warned again after 15 minutes at theearliest.ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you continueyour journey and starts assessing your tirednessagain if:Ryou switch off the engineRyou take off your seat belt and open the driv-er's door, e.g. for a change of drivers or totake a break

158 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 161: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, theé symbol appears in the multifunction dis-play in the assistance graphics display.Vehicles with COMAND: if a warning is outputin the multifunction display, a service stationsearch is performed in the multimedia system.You can select a service station and navigationto this service station will then begin. This func-tion can be activated and deactivated in themultimedia system.

Lane Tracking package

General notesThe Lane Tracking package consists of BlindSpot Assist (Y page 159) and Lane KeepingAssist (Y page 161).

Blind Spot Assist

General notesBlind Spot Assist monitors the areas on eitherside of the vehicle that are not visible to thedriver with two lateral, rear-facing radar sen-sors. A warning display in the exterior mirrorsdraws your attention to vehicles detected in themonitored area. If you then switch on the cor-responding turn signal to change lane, you willalso receive an optical and audible warning.Blind Spot Assist supports you from a speed ofapproximately 20 mph (30 km/h).For Blind Spot Assist to assist you, the radarsensor system must be operational.

Important safety notesG WARNINGBlind Spot Assist does not react to:Rvehicles overtaken too closely on the side,placing them in the blind spot areaRvehicles which approach with a large speeddifferential and overtake your vehicle

As a result, Blind Spot Assist may not givewarnings in such situations. There is a risk ofan accident.Always observe the traffic conditions care-fully, and maintain a safe lateral distance.

Blind Spot Assist is only an aid. It may fail todetect some vehicles and is no substitute for

attentive driving. Always ensure that there issufficient distance to the side for other roadusers and obstacles.

i USA only:This device has been approved by the FCC asa "Vehicular Radar System". The radar sensoris intended for use in an automotive radarsystem only. Removing, tampering with, oraltering the device will void any warranties,and is not permitted by the FCC. Do not tam-per with, alter, or use in any non-approvedway.Any unauthorized modification to this devicecould void the user’s authority to operate theequipment.

Radar sensorsThe radar sensors for Blind Spot Assist are inte-grated into the rear bumper. Make sure that thebumpers are free from dirt, ice or slush. Thesensors must not be covered, for example bycycle racks or overhanging loads. Following asevere impact or in the event of damage to thebumpers, have the function of the radar sensorschecked at a qualified specialist workshop.Blind Spot Assist may no longer work properly.

Monitoring range of the sensorsIn particular, the detection of obstacles can beimpaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavyrain, snow or sprayRthere are narrow vehicles, e.g. motorcycles orbicyclesRthe road has very wide lanesRthe road has narrow lanesRyou are not driving in the middle of the laneRthere are barriers or other road boundariesVehicles in the monitoring range are then notindicated.

Driving systems 159

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 162: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft(3.0 m) behind your vehicle and directly next toyour vehicle, as shown in the diagram. For thispurpose, Blind Spot Assist uses radar sensors inthe rear bumper.If the lanes are narrow, vehicles driving in thelane beyond the lane next to your vehiclemay beindicated, especially if the vehicles are not driv-ing in the middle of their lane. This may be thecase if there are vehicles driving at the inneredge of their lanes.Due to the nature of the system:Rwarnings may be issued in error when drivingclose to crash barriers or similar solid laneborders.Rwarnings may be interrupted when drivingalongside long vehicles, e.g. trucks, for a pro-longed time.

Indicator and warning display

: Yellow indicator lamp/red warning lamp

Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds belowapproximately 20 mph (30 km/h). Vehicles inthe monitoring range are then not indicated.When Blind Spot Assist is activated, indicatorlamp: in the exterior mirrors lights up yellowat speeds of up to 20mph (30 km/h). At speedsabove 20 mph (30 km/h), the indicator lampgoes out and Blind Spot Assist is operational.If a vehicle is detected within the blind spotmonitoring range at speeds above 20 mph(30 km/h), warning lamp: on the correspond-ing side lights up red. This warning is alwaysemitted when a vehicle enters the blind spotmonitoring range from behind or from the side.When you overtake a vehicle, the warning onlyoccurs if the difference in speed is less than7 mph (12 km/h).The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reversegear is engaged. In this event, Blind Spot Assistis no longer active.The brightness of the indicator/warning lampsis adjusted automatically according to the ambi-ent light.

Collision warningIf a vehicle is detected in themonitoring range ofBlind Spot Assist and you switch on the corre-sponding turn signal, a double warning tonesounds. Red warning lamp: flashes. If the turnsignal remains on, vehicles detected are indica-ted by the flashing of red warning lamp:.There are no further warning tones.

Switching on Blind Spot AssistX Make sure that Blind Spot Assist(Y page 171) is activated in the on-boardcomputer.

X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock.Warning lamps: in the exterior mirrors lightup red for approximately 1.5 seconds andthen turn yellow.

160 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 163: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Lane Keeping Assist

General notes

LaneKeepingAssistmonitors the area in front ofyour vehicle with camera:, which is mountedat the top of thewindshield. Lane Keeping Assistdetects lane markings on the road and warnsyou before you leave your lane unintentionally.If you select km on the on-board computer in theDisplay Unit Speed-/Odometer function(Y page 172), Lane Keeping Assist is activestarting at a speed of 60 km/h. If the milesdisplay unit is selected, the assistance rangebegins at 40 mph.A warning may be given if a front wheel passesover a lanemarking. It will warn you bymeans ofintermittent vibration in the steering wheel forup to 1.5 seconds.

Important safety notesG WARNINGLane Keeping Assist cannot always clearlydetect lane markings.In such cases, Lane Keeping Assist can:Rgive an unnecessary warningRnot give a warningThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay particular attention to the trafficsituation and keep within the lane, especiallyif Lane Keeping Assist alerts you.

G WARNINGThe Lane Keeping Assist warning does notreturn the vehicle to the original lane. There isa risk of an accident.

You should always steer, brake or accelerateyourself, in particular if warned by Lane Keep-ing Assist.

If you fail to adapt your driving style, Lane Keep-ing Assist can neither reduce the risk of an acci-dent nor override the laws of physics. LaneKeeping Assist cannot take into account theroad, traffic and weather conditions. Lane Keep-ing Assist is merely an aid. You are responsiblefor the distance to the vehicle in front, for vehi-cle speed, for braking in good time and for stay-ing in your lane.The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehi-cle in the lane.The systemmay be impaired ormay not functionif:Rthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to insufficientillumination of the road, or due to snow, rain,fog or sprayRthere is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, thesun or reflections (e.g. when the road surfaceis wet)Rthewindshield is dirty, fogged up, damaged orcovered, for instance by a sticker, in the vicin-ity of the cameraRthere are no, several or unclear lanemarkingsfor a lane, e.g. in areas with road constructionworkRthe lanemarkings are worn away, dark or cov-ered up, e.g. by dirt or snowRthe distance to the vehicle in front is too smalland the lane markings thus cannot be detec-tedRthe lane markings change quickly, e.g. lanesbranch off, cross one another or mergeRthe road is narrow and windingRthere are strong shadows cast on the road

Switching on Lane Keeping AssistX Switch on Lane Keeping Assist using the on-board computer; to do so, select Standardor Adaptive (Y page 171).If you drive at speeds above 40 mph(60 km/h) and lane markings are detected,the lines in the assistance graphics display(Y page 170) are shown in green. Lane Keep-ing Assist is ready for use.

Driving systems 161

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 164: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

StandardIf Standard is selected, no warning vibrationoccurs if:Ryou switch on the turn signals. In this event,the warnings are suppressed for a certainperiod of timeRa driving safety system intervenes, such asABS, BAS or ESP®

AdaptiveWhen Adaptive is selected, no warning vibra-tion occurs if:Ryou switch on the turn signals. In this event,the warnings are suppressed for a certainperiod of timeRa driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ABS,BAS or ESP®Ryou accelerate hard, e.g. kickdownRyou brake hardRyou steer actively, e.g. swerve to avoid anobstacle or change lanes quicklyRyou cut the corner on a sharp bendIn order that you are warned only when neces-sary and in good time if you cross the lanemark-ing, the system recognizes certain conditionsand warns you accordingly.The warning vibration occurs earlier if:Ryou approach the outer lane marking on abendRthe road has very wide lanes, e.g. a freewayRthe system recognizes solid lane markingsThe warning vibration occurs later if:Rthe road has narrow lanesRyou cut the corner on a bend

162 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 165: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle when driving, you may be distracted fromthe traffic situation. You could also lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Only operate this equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

Youmust observe the legal requirements for thecountry in which you are currently driving whenoperating the on-board computer.

G WARNINGIf the instrument cluster has failed or mal-functioned, you may not recognize functionrestrictions in systems relevant to safety. Theoperating safety of your vehicle may beimpaired. There is a risk of an accident.Drive on carefully. Have the vehicle checkedat a qualified specialist workshop immedi-ately.

The on-board computer only showsmessages orwarnings from certain systems in the multifunc-tion display. You should therefore make sureyour vehicle is operating safely at all times.If the operating safety of your vehicle isimpaired, pull over as soon as it is safe to do so.Contact a qualified specialist workshop.For an overview, see the instrument panel illus-tration (Y page 32).

Displays and operation

Instrument cluster lightingThe lighting in the instrument cluster, in the dis-plays and the controls in the vehicle interior canbe adjusted using the brightness control knob.The brightness control knob is located on thebottom left of the instrument cluster(Y page 32).

X Turn the brightness control knob clockwise orcounter-clockwise.If you turn the light switch (Y page 95) to theÃ, T or L position, the brightnesswill depend upon the brightness of the ambi-ent light.The light sensor in the instrument clusterautomatically controls the brightness of themultifunction display. In daylight, the displaysin the instrument cluster are not illuminated.

Speedometer with segmentsThe segments in the speedometer indicatewhich speed range is available.RCruise control activated (Y page 138):The segments light up from the stored speedto the maximum speed.RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated(Y page 140):One or two segments in the set speed rangelight up.RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC detects a vehicle infront moving more slowly than the storedspeed:The segments between the speed of the vehi-cle in front and the stored speed light up.

Tachometer! Do not drive in the overrevving range, as thiscould damage the engine.

The red band in the tachometer indicates theengine's overrevving range.The fuel supply is interrupted to protect theengine when the red band is reached.

Outside temperature displayYou should pay special attention to road condi-tions when temperatures are around freezingpoint.Bear in mind that the outside temperature dis-play indicates the temperature measured anddoes not record the road temperature.The outside temperature display is in the multi-function display (Y page 165).A change in the outside temperature is shown inthe multifunction display after a delay.

Displays and operation 163

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 166: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Coolant temperature gauge

G WARNINGOpening the hood when the engine is over-heated or when there is a fire in the enginecompartment could expose you to hot gasesor other service products. There is a risk ofinjury.Let an overheated engine cool down beforeopening the hood. If there is a fire in theengine compartment, keep the hood closedand contact the fire department.

! A display message is shown if the coolanttemperature is too high.If the coolant temperature is over 248 ‡(120 †), do not continue driving. The enginewill otherwise be damaged.

The coolant temperature gage is in the instru-ment cluster on the right-hand side (Y page 32).TheHmarking in the coolant temperature gaugecorresponds to a coolant temperature ofapproximately 248 ‡ (120 †).Under normal operating conditions and at thecorrect coolant level, the coolant temperaturegauge may rise to the H marking.

Operating the on-board computer

Overview

: Multifunction display; Right control panel= Left control panelX To activate the on-board computer: turnthe SmartKey to position1 in the ignitionlock.

You can control the multifunction display andthe settings in the on-board computer using thebuttons on the multifunction steering wheel.

Left control panel

=

;

RCalls up the menu and menu bar

9

:

Press briefly:RScrolls in listsRSelects a submenu or functionRIn the Audio menu: selects theprevious or next station, when thepreset list or station list is active,or an audio track or video sceneRIn the Tel (telephone) menu:switches to the phone book andselects a name or telephone num-ber

164 Displays and operationOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 167: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

9

:

Press and hold:RIn the Audio menu: selects a pre-set list or a station list in thedesired frequency range, selectsan audio track or video scene usingrapid scrollingRIn the Tel (Telephone) menu:starts rapid scrolling if the phonebook is open

a RConfirms the selection or displaymessageRIn the Tel (Telephone) menu:switches to the telephone bookand starts dialing the selectednumber

% Press briefly:RBackRSwitches off voice-operated con-trol for navigation or the VoiceControl SystemRHides displaymessages or calls upthe last Trip menu function usedRExits the telephone book/redialmemory

% Press and hold:RCalls up the standard display in theTrip menu

Right control panel

~ RRejects or ends a callRExits the telephone book/redialmemory

6 RMakes or accepts a callRSwitches to the redial memory

WX

RAdjusts the volume

8 RMute

? RSwitches on voice-operated con-trol for navigation or the VoiceControl System

You can find further information on voice-oper-ated control for navigation in the manufactur-er's operating instructions in vehicles with anAudio 20 multimedia system.

Vehicles with the COMAND multimedia system:you can find further information on the VoiceControl System in the separate operatinginstructions.

Multifunction display

: Drive program (Y page 122); Transmission position (Y page 122)= Text field? Menu barA TimeB Outside temperature or speed

(Y page 172)Set the time using the multimedia system; seethe Digital Operator's Manual.X To display menu bar?: press the=or; button on the steering wheel.If you do not press the buttons any longer,menu bar? is faded out after a few seconds.Text field= shows the selectedmenu or sub-menu and display messages.

Possible displays in the multifunction dis-play:RZ Gearshift recommendation, when shiftingmanually (Y page 128)Rj Parking Guidance (Y page 152)RCRUISE Cruise control (Y page 138)R_ Adaptive Highbeam Assist (Y page 98)Rè ECO start/stop function (Y page 118)Rë HOLD function (Y page 148)

Displays and operation 165

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 168: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Menus and submenus

Menu overviewUsing the= or; button on the steeringwheel, open the menu bar.Operating the on-board computer (Y page 164).Depending on the vehicle equipment, you canselect the following menu:RTrip menu (Y page 166)RNavi menu (navigation instructions)(Y page 167)RAudio menu (Y page 168)RTel menu (telephone) (Y page 169)RDriveAssist menu (assistance)(Y page 170)RServ. menu (Y page 171)RSett. menu (settings) (Y page 172)RAMG menu (Mercedes-AMG SLC 43)(Y page 175)

Trip menu

Standard display

X Press and hold the% button on the steer-ing wheel until the Tripmenu with trip odom-eter: and odometer; appears.

Trip computer "From Start" or "FromReset"

: Distance; Driving time

= Average speed? Average fuel consumptionX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Trip menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectFrom Start or From Reset.The values in the From Start submenu are cal-culated from the start of a journey whilst thevalues in the From Reset submenu are calcu-lated from the last time the submenu was reset(Y page 167).In the following cases, the trip computer is auto-matically reset From Start:Rthe ignition has been switched off for morethan four hours.R999 hours have been exceeded.R9,999 miles have been exceeded.When 9,999 hours or 99,999 miles have beenexceeded, the trip computer is automaticallyreset From Reset.ECO displayX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Trip menu.

X Press the9 or: button to select ECODISPLAY.If the ignition remains switched off for longerthan four hours, the ECO display will be auto-matically reset.For more information on the ECO display, see(Y page 135).

Displaying the range and current fuelconsumption

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Trip menu.

X Press9 or: to select the display withapproximate range: and current fuel con-sumption;.Approximate range: that can be covered iscalculated according to your current driving

166 Menus and submenusOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 169: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

style and the amount of fuel in the tank. Ifthere is only a small amount of fuel left in thefuel tank, a vehicle being refueledCappears instead of approximate range:.Recuperation display= shows you if energyhas been recuperated from the kinetic energyin overrun mode and saved in the battery.Recuperation display= depends on theengine installed and is therefore not availablein all vehicles.

Digital speedometerX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Trip menu.

X Press the9 or: button to select thedigital speedometer.A gearshift recommendation Z may alsoappear in the display.Observe the information on gearshift recom-mendation when shifting manually(Y page 128).Mercedes-AMG SLC 43: a gearshift recom-mendation is shown in the status bar of themultifunction display and not in the digitalspeedometer display.

Resetting valuesX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Trip menu.

X Press the9 or: button to select thefunction that you wish to reset.

X Pressa to confirm your selection.X Press: to select Yes and pressa toconfirm.

You can reset the values of the following func-tions:RTrip odometerR"From Start" trip computerR"From Reset" trip computerRECO displayIf you reset the values in the ECO display, thevalues in the "From Start" trip computer are alsoreset. If you reset the values in the "From Start"trip computer, the values in the ECO display arealso reset.

Navigation system menu

Displaying navigation instructionsIn the Navi menu, the multifunction displayshows navigation instructions.Observe the additional information on naviga-tion in the Digital Operator's Manual of the mul-timedia system.X Switch on the multimedia system (see theDigital Operator's Manual)

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Navi menu.

Route guidance not active

: Direction of travel; Current road

Route guidance active

No change of direction announced

: Distance to destination; Distance to the next change of direction= Current road? "Follow the road's course" symbol

Menus and submenus 167

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 170: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Change of direction announced without alane recommendation

: Road into which the change of directionleads

; Distance to change of direction and visualdistance display

= Change-of-direction symbolWhen a change of direction is announced, youwill see change-of-direction symbol= and dis-tance graphic;. The distance indicator short-ens towards the top of the display as youapproach the point of the announced change ofdirection.

Change of direction announced with alane recommendation

: Road into which the change of directionleads

; Distance to change of direction and visualdistance display

= Lanes not recommended? Recommended lane and new lane during a

change of directionA Change-of-direction symbolOn multilane roads, new lane recommendationscan be displayed for the next change of directionif the digital map supports this data. During thechange of direction, new lanes may be added.Lane not recommended=: you will not be ableto complete the next change of direction if youstay in this lane.Recommended lane and new lane during achange of direction?: in this lane you will beable to complete the next two changes of direc-tion without changing lane.

Other status indicators of the naviga-tion system

The navigation system displays additional infor-mation and the vehicle status.Possible displays:RNew Route... or Calculating Route...A new route is calculated.RRoad Not MappedThe vehicle position is inside the area of thedigitalmap but the road is not recognized, e.g.newly built streets, car parks or private land.RNo RouteNo route could be calculated to the selecteddestination.RO

You have reached the destination or an inter-mediate destination.

Audio menu

Selecting a radio station

: Active station list; Station frequency with memory positionThe multifunction display shows station; withstation frequency or station name. The presetposition is only displayed alongwith station; ifthis has been stored.X Switch on the multimedia system and selectradio (see the Digital Operator's Manual).

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Audio menu.

X To select a preset list or station list: pressand briefly hold the9 or: button until

168 Menus and submenusOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 171: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

the preset list or station list in the desiredfrequency range is shown.

X To select a station: briefly press9or:.

SIRIUS XM® satellite radio acts like a normalradio.For more information on radio operation, see"Satellite radio" in the Digital Operator's Man-ual.

Operating an audio player or audiomedia

Audio data from various audio devices or mediacan be played, depending on the equipmentinstalled in the vehicle.X Switch on the multimedia system and selectCD or MP3 mode (see the Digital Owner'sManual).

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Audio menu.

X To select the next/previous track: brieflypress the9 or: button.

X To select a track from the track list (rapidscrolling): press and hold the9 or:button until desired track: appears.If you press and hold the9 or: button,the rapid scrolling speed is increased. Not allaudio drives or data carriers support this func-tion.If track information is stored on the audiodevice or medium, the multifunction displaywill show the number and title of the track.

Video DVD operation

X Switch on the multimedia system and selectvideo DVD (see the Digital Operator's Man-ual).

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Audio menu.

X To select the next or previous scene:briefly press the9 or: button.

X To select a scene from the scene list(rapid scrolling): press and hold the9or: button until desired scene:appears.

Telephone menu

Introduction

G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle when driving, you may be distracted fromthe traffic situation. You could also lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Only operate this equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

When telephoning, you must observe the legalrequirements for the country in which you arecurrently driving.X Switch on the mobile phone (see the manu-facturer’s operating instructions).

X Switch on the multimedia system (see theDigital Operator's Manual)

X Establish a Bluetooth® connection to themul-timedia system (Y page 215).

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Tel menu.

You will see one of the following display mes-sages in the multifunction display:RPhone READY or the name of the networkprovider: the mobile phone has found a net-work and is ready to receive.RPhone No Service: there is no networkavailable or the mobile phone is searching fora network.

Menus and submenus 169

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 172: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Accepting a callIf someone calls you when you are in the Telmenu, a display message appears in the multi-function display.You can accept a call at any time regardless ofthe menu selected.X Press the6 button on the steering wheelto accept an incoming call.

Rejects or ends a callX Press the~ button on the steering wheelto reject or end a call.

Selecting an entry in the phone bookX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Tel menu.

X Press the9,: ora button toswitch to the phone book.

X Authorize access to the phone book on thephone.

X Press: or9 to select the names oneafter the other.

orX To start rapid scrolling: press and holdthe: or9 button for longer than onesecond.The names in the phone book are displayedquickly one after the other.Rapid scrolling stops when you release thebutton or reach the end of the list.

X If only one telephone number is stored fora name: press the6 ora button tostart dialing.

orX If there is more than one number for aparticular name: press the6 orabutton to display the numbers.

X Press the9 or: button to select thenumber you want to dial.

X Press the6 orabutton to start dialing.orX To exit the telephone book: press the~or% button.

RedialingThe on-board computer saves the last names ornumbers dialed in the redial memory.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Tel menu.

X Press the6 button to switch to the redialmemory.

X Press the9 or: button to select thedesired name or number.

X Press the6 orabutton to start dialing.orX To exit the redial memory: press the~or% button.

Assistance menu

IntroductionDepending on your vehicle's equipment, in theDriveAssist menu, you have the followingoptions:RDisplaying the assistance graphic(Y page 170)RActivating/deactivating Active Brake Assist(Y page 171)RActivating/deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST(Y page 171)RActivating/deactivating Blind Spot Assist(Y page 171)RActivating/deactivating Lane Keeping Assist(Y page 171)

Displaying the assistance graphic

170 Menus and submenusOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 173: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the DriveAssist menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectAssist. Graphic.X Pressa to confirm your selection.The multifunction display shows the DistanceAssist DISTRONIC distance display in theassistance graphic display.The assistance graphic shows you the statusof and/or information from other driving sys-tems or driving safety systems:RDistance Assist DISTRONIC (Y page 140)RActive Brake Assist (Y page 58)RATTENTION ASSIST (Y page 158)RLane Keeping Assist (Y page 161)

Activating/deactivating Active BrakeAssistYou can use this function to activate or deacti-vate Active Brake Assist.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the DriveAssist menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectBrake Assist.X Pressa to confirm.The current selection appears.

X To activate/deactivate: press thea but-ton again.When Active Brake Assist is deactivated, theæ symbol appears in themultifunction dis-play in the assistance graphic display.

Further information on Active Brake Assist(Y page 58).

Setting ATTENTION ASSISTX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the DriveAssist menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectAttention Assist.X Pressa to confirm your selection.The current selection appears.

X To activate/deactivate: press thea but-ton again.When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, theé symbol appears in themultifunction dis-play in the assistance graphics display.

For further information about ATTENTIONASSIST, see (Y page 158).

Activating/deactivating Blind SpotAssistX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the DriveAssist menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectBlind Spot Assist.X Pressa to confirm your selection.The current selection appears.

X To activate/deactivate: press thea but-ton again.

Further information on Blind Spot Assist(Y page 159).

Activating/deactivating Lane KeepingAssistX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the DriveAssist menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectLane Keeping Assist.X Pressa to confirm your selection.The current selection appears.

X Pressa again.X Press: or9 to set Off, Standard orAdaptive.X Press thea button to save the setting.When Lane Keeping Assist is activated, themultifunction display shows the lane mark-ings as bright lines in the assistance graphic.

Further information on Lane Keeping Assist(Y page 161).

Service menuDepending on the equipment installed in thevehicle, you have the following options in theServ. menu:RCalling up display messages (Y page 178)RRestarting the tire pressure loss warning sys-tem (Y page 267)RChecking the tire pressure electronically(Y page 267)RCalling up the service due date(Y page 237)

Menus and submenus 171

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 174: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Settings menu

IntroductionDepending on the equipment installed in thevehicle, in the Sett.menu you have the follow-ing options:RChanging the instrument cluster settings(Y page 172)RChanging the light settings (Y page 172)RChanging the vehicle settings (Y page 173)RChanging the convenience settings(Y page 174)RRestoring the factory settings (Y page 175)

Instrument cluster

Selecting the distance unitThe Display Unit Speed-/Odometer: func-tion allows you to choose whether certain dis-plays appear in kilometers or miles in the mul-tifunction display.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theInstrument Cluster submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theDisplay Unit Speed-/Odometer: func-tion.The current setting km or miles appears.

X Press thea button to save the setting.The selected unit of measurement for distanceapplies to:Rthe digital speedometer in the Trip menuRthe odometer and trip odometerRthe trip computerRthe current consumption and the rangeRnavigation instructions in the Navi menuRcruise controlRDistance Assist DISTRONICRASSYST PLUS service interval display

Selecting permanent displayThe Permanent Display: function allows youto choose whether the multifunction displayalways shows the outside temperature or thespeed.The speed display is inverse to the speedome-ter.

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theInstrument Cluster submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select thePermanent Display: function.The current setting, Outside Temperatureor Speedometer [km/h] or Speedometer[mph], appears.

X To change the setting: pressa again.

Lights

Setting the daytime running lampsThis function is not available in Canada.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theLight submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theDaytime Running Lights function.If the Daytime Running Lights function hasbeen switched on, the cone of light and theW symbol in the multifunction display areshown in orange.

X Press thea button to save the setting.Further information on daytime running lamps(Y page 95).

Setting the brightness of the ambientlightingX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theLight submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theAmb. Light +/- function.The current setting appears.

X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to adjust thebrightness to any level from Off to Level 5(bright).

X Press thea or% button to save thesetting.

172 Menus and submenusOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 175: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Setting the ambient lighting colorX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theLight submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theAmb. Light Col. function.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to set the colorto SOLAR, SOLAR Orange or SOLAR Red.

X Press thea or% button to save thesetting.

Activating/deactivating surround light-ing and exterior lighting delayed switch-offX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theLights submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press: or9 to select the SurroundLighting function.If the Surround Lighting function is activa-ted, the multifunction display shows the lightcone and the area around the vehicle inorange.

X Press thea button to save the setting.Deactivating exterior lighting delayed switch-offtemporarily:X Before leaving the vehicle, turn the SmartKeyto positionu in the ignition lock.

X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock.Exterior lighting delayed switch-off is deacti-vated.

Exterior lighting delayed switch-off is reactiva-ted the next time you start the engine.If you have activated the Surround Lightingfunction and you turn the light switch toÃ,the following functions are activated when it isdark:Rsurround lighting: the exterior lightingremains lit for 40 seconds after unlockingwith the SmartKey. If you start the engine, thesurround lighting is switched off and auto-

matic headlamp mode is activated(Y page 95).Rexterior lighting delayed switch-off: theexterior lighting remains lit for 60 secondsafter the engine is switched off. If you close allthe doors and the trunk lid, the exterior light-ing goes off after 15 seconds.

Depending on your vehicle's equipment, whenthe surround lighting and delayed switch-offexterior lighting are on, the following light up:Rparking lampsRlow-beam headlampsRdaytime running lampsRside marker lampsRsurround lighting in the exterior mirrors

Activating/deactivating the interior light-ing delayed switch-offIf you activate the Interior Lighting Delayfunction, the interior lighting remains on for20 seconds after you remove the SmartKey fromthe ignition lock.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theLight submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theInterior Lighting Delay function.When the Interior Lighting Delay func-tion is activated, the vehicle interior is dis-played in orange in the multifunction display.

X Press thea button to save the setting.

Vehicle

Activating/deactivating the automaticdoor locking mechanismIf you activate the Automatic Door Lock func-tion, the vehicle is centrally locked above aspeed of approximately 9 mph (15 km/h).X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theVehicle submenu.X Pressa to confirm.

Menus and submenus 173

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 176: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Press the: or9 button to select theAutomatic Door Lock function.When the Automatic Door Lock function isactivated, themultifunction display shows theleft-hand vehicle door in orange.

X Press thea button to save the setting.For further information on the automatic lockingfeature, see (Y page 71).

Activating/deactivating the acousticlocking verification signalIf you switch on the Acoustic Lock function, anacoustic signal sounds when you lock the vehi-cle.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theVehicle submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theAcoustic Lock function.If the Acoustic Lock function is activated,the& symbol in the multifunction displaylights up orange.

X Press thea button to save the setting.

Comfort

Activating/deactivating the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT featureG WARNINGWhen the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature adjuststhe steering wheel, you and other vehicleoccupants – particularly children – couldbecome trapped. There is a risk of injury.While the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is mak-ing adjustments, make sure that no one hasany body parts in the sweep of the steeringwheel.If somebody becomes trapped:Rpress one of the memory function positionbuttons, orRmove the switch for steering wheel adjust-ment in the opposite direction to that inwhich the steering wheel is moving.

The adjustment process is stopped.

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theConvenience submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Using: or9, select the Easy Entry/Exit function.If the Easy Entry/Exit function is activated,the multifunction display shows the steeringwheel in orange.

X Press thea button to save the setting.Further information on the EASY-ENTRY/EXITfeature (Y page 89).

Switching the seat belt adjustment on/offX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theConvenience submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theBelt Adjustment function.When the Belt Adjustment function is acti-vated, the seat belt is displayed in orange inthe multifunction display.

X Press thea button to save the setting.For further information on belt adjustment, see(Y page 42).

Switching the fold-in mirrors when lock-ing feature on/offThis function is only availablewhen the vehicle isequipped with the electrical fold-in function.This function is only available in Canada.When you activate the Auto. Mirror Foldingfunction, the exterior mirrors are folded in whenthe vehicle is locked.If you have switched on the Auto. MirrorFolding function and you fold in the exteriormirrors using the button on the door(Y page 91), they will not fold out automatically.The exterior mirrors can then only be folded outusing the button on the door.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theConvenience submenu.X Pressa to confirm.

174 Menus and submenusOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 177: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Press the: or9 button to select theAuto. Mirror Folding function.If the Auto. Mirror Folding function isswitched on, the multifunction display showsthe exterior mirror in orange.

X Press thea button to save the setting.

Restoring the factory settingsX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Sett. menu.

X Press the: or9 button to select theFactory Setting submenu.X Pressa to confirm.The Reset All Settings? functionappears.

X Press the: or9 button to select No orYes.X Press thea button to confirm the selec-tion.If you have selected Yes and confirmed, themultifunction display shows a confirmationmessage.

For safety reasons, the Daytime RunningLights function in the Lights submenu is onlyreset if the vehicle is stationary.

AMG menu (Mercedes-AMG SLC 43)

Warm-up

: Digital speedometer; Gear indicator= Upshift indicator? Engine oil temperatureA Coolant temperatureB Transmission oil temperatureX Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the AMG menu.Upshift indicator: upshift indicator UP=indicates that the engine has reached theoverrevving range when in the manual driveprogram.

Engine and transmission oil temperature:when the engine and transmission are at nor-mal operating temperature, oil tempera-ture? andB are displayed in white in themultifunction display.If the multifunction display shows oil temper-ature? orB in blue, the engine or thetransmission are not yet at normal operatingtemperature. Avoid driving at full engine out-put during this time.

SETUP

: Engine mode Eco/Comfort/Sport/Sport +/Manual; Steering Comfort/Sport= ESP® On/Off or SPORT handling modeSportSETUP displays the following information, func-tions and settings:Rthe digital speedometerRthe gear indicatorRthe engine modeRthe steering settingRthe setting of the ECO start/stop functionRthe ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) modeX Press= or; on the steering wheel toselect the AMG menu.

X Press9 repeatedly until SETUP appears.

RACE TIMER

Displaying and starting RACE TIMERThe RACE TIMER is only intended for use on aclosed race circuit. Do not use the function onpublic roads.

Menus and submenus 175

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 178: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

: Lap; RACE TIMERYou can start the RACE TIMER when the engineis running or if the SmartKey is in position2 inthe ignition lock.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the AMG menu.

X Press the9 button repeatedly until theRACE TIMER appears.

X To start: press thea button to start theRACE TIMER.

Displaying the intermediate time

X Press the= or; button to selectInterm. Time.X Pressa to confirm.The intermediate time appears for five sec-onds.

Starting a new lap

: RACE TIMER; Fastest lap time (best lap)= LapX Pressa to confirm New Lap.It is possible to store amaximumof sixteen laps.The 16th lap can only be completed with Fin‐ish Lap.

Stopping the RACE TIMER

X Press the% button on the steering wheel.X Confirm Yes witha.The RACE TIMER interrupts timing if you stop thevehicle and turn the SmartKey to position1 inthe ignition lock. If you turn the SmartKey toposition 3 and then pressa to confirmStart, timing is continued.Resetting the current lapX Stop the RACE TIMER.X Press the= or; button to selectReset Lap.X Pressa to reset the lap time to "0".

Deleting all laps

If you switch off the engine, the RACE TIMER isreset to "0" after 30 seconds. All laps aredeleted.You cannot delete individual stored laps. If youhave stopped 16 laps, the current lap does nothave to be reset.X Reset the current lap.X Pressa to confirm Reset.Reset Race-Timer? appears in the multi-function display.

X Press the: button to select Yes and pressthea button to confirm.All laps are deleted.

176 Menus and submenusOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 179: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Overall statistics

: RACETIMER overall evaluation; Total time driven= Average speed? Distance coveredA Maximum speedIf you save at least one lap and then stop RACE-TIMER, an overall evaluation is available.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the AMG menu.

X Press the9 button repeatedly until theoverall evaluation appears.

Lap statistics

: Lap; Lap time

= Average lap speed? Lap lengthA Top speed during lapThis function is only available if you have storedat least two laps and have stopped the RACE-TIMER.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the AMG menu.

X Press the9 button repeatedly until the lapevaluation is shown.Each lap is shown in a separate submenu. Thefastest lap is indicated by flashing symbol:.

X Press the9 or: button to select a dif-ferent lap evaluation.

Display messages

Introduction

General notesDisplay messages appear in the multifunction display.Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator's Manualand may therefore differ from the multifunction display.Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in thisOperator's Manual.Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone.When you stop and park the vehicle, please observe the notes on:RHOLD function (Y page 148)RParking (Y page 131)

Display messages 177

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 180: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Hiding display messagesX Press thea or% button on the steering wheel.The multifunction display hides the display message.

High-priority display messages are shown in red in the multifunction display. Some high-prioritydisplay messages cannot be hidden.The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the messageshave been remedied.

Message memoryThe on-board computer saves certain display messages in themessage memory. You can call upthe display messages:X Press the= or; button on the steering wheel to select the Serv. menu.If there are display messages, the multifunction display shows 2 Messages, for example.

X Press the9 or: button to select the entry, e.g. 2 Messages.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the9 or: button to scroll through the display messages.When the ignition is switched off, all display messages are deleted, apart from some high-prioritydisplay messages. Once the causes of the high-priority display messages have been rectified, thecorresponding display messages are also deleted.

178 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 181: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

! ÷Currently Unavaila‐ble See Operator'sManual

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) and ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) are temporarily not available.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.In addition, the ÷, å and ! warning lamps light up in theinstrument cluster.Possible causes are:RSelf-diagnosis is not yet complete.RThe on-board voltage may be insufficient.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if you brakehard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Carefully drive a suitable distance, making slight steering move-ments at a speed above 12 mph (20 km/h).If the display message disappears, the functions mentioned aboveare available again.

If the multifunction display still shows the display message:X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

! ÷Inoperative SeeOperator's Manual

ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.The$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only), ÷, å and !warning lamps in the instrument cluster also light up.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if you brakehard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Display messages 179

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 182: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

÷Currently Unavaila‐ble See Operator'sManual

ESP® is temporarily unavailable.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.In addition, the ÷ and å warning lamps light up in the instru-ment cluster.The self-diagnosis function might not be complete, for example.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Carefully drive a suitable distance, making slight steering move-ments at a speed above 12 mph (20 km/h).If the display message disappears, the functions mentioned aboveare available again.

If the multifunction display still shows the display message:X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

÷Inoperative SeeOperator's Manual

ESP® is malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.In addition, the ÷ and å warning lamps light up in the instru-ment cluster.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

180 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 183: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

T!÷Inoperative SeeOperator's Manual

EBD (electronic brake force distribution), ABS and ESP® are malfunc-tioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.In addition, the ÷, å and ! warning lamps light up in theinstrument cluster and a warning tone sounds.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could therefore lockif you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

F (USA

only)! (Canadaonly)Turn On the Igni‐tion to Release theParking Brake

The redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp lightsup.You attempted to release the electric parking brake while the ignitionwas switched off.X SmartKey: turn the SmartKey to position1 in the ignition lock.X KEYLESS-GO: switch on the ignition.

F (USA

only)! (Canadaonly)Please Release Park‐ing Brake

The redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashesand a warning tone sounds. A condition for automatic release of theelectric parking brake is not fulfilled (Y page 132).You are driving with the electric parking brake applied.X Release the electric parking brake manually.

The redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashesand a warning tone sounds.You are using the electric parking brake for emergency braking(Y page 132).

F (USA

only)! (Canadaonly)Parking Brake SeeOperator's Manual

The yellow! warning lamp lights up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To apply:X Switch the ignition off.X Press the electric parking brake handle for at least ten seconds.X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages 181

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 184: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The yellow! warning lamp and the redF (USA only) or!(Canada only) indicator lamp light up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To release:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Release the electric parking brake manually.orX Release the electric parking brake automatically (Y page 132).If the electric parking brake still cannot be released:X Do not drive on.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashesand the yellow! warning lamp lights up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To release:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Release the electric parking brake manually.To apply:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Apply the electric parking brake manually.If the redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp con-tinues to flash:X Do not drive on.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 281).X Shift the transmission to position P.X Turn the front wheels towards the curb.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

182 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 185: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The yellow! warning lamp lights up. The redF (USA only)or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes for about ten secondsafter the electric parking brake has been applied or released. It thengoes out or remains lit.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Apply the electric parking brake.If it is not possible to engage the electric parking brake:X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake:X Release the electric parking brake automatically (Y page 132).If the electric parking brake still cannot be released:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The yellow! warning lamp lights up. If you manually apply orrelease the electric parking brake, the redF (USA only) or!(Canada only) indicator lamp flashes.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning. It is not possible to applythe electric parking brake manually.X Shift the transmission to positionj, as the electric parking brakeis not applied automatically.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

F (USA

only)! (Canadaonly)Parking Brake Inop‐erative

The yellow! warning lamp lights up. The redF (USA only)or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes for about ten secondsafter the electric parking brake has been applied or released. It thengoes out or remains lit.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning, e.g. because of over-voltage or undervoltage.X Remove the cause for the overvoltage or undervoltage, e.g. bycharging the battery or restarting the engine.

X Engage or release the electric parking brake.If it remains impossible to apply or release the electric parking brake:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Engage or release the electric parking brake.If the electric parking brake still cannot be released:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.If the electric parking brake still cannot be applied:X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages 183

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 186: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The yellow! warning lamp lights up and the redF (USA only)or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes.It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually.X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

$ (USA only)

J (Canada only)Check Brake FluidLevel

There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.In addition, the$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only) warning lamplights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds.

G WARNINGThe braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue drivingunder any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Do not add brake fluid. This does not correct the malfunction.

#Check Brake Pad Wear

The brake pads/linings have reached their wear limit.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

GInoperative

One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunctioning.X Have the mbrace system checked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

PRE-SAFE Inopera‐tive See Operator'sManualImportant functions of PRE-SAFE® have failed. All other occupantsafety systems, e.g. air bags, remain available.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Active Brake AssistFunctions CurrentlyLimited See Opera‐tor's Manual

Active Brake Assist is temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:RThe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due toelectromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations orother sources of electromagnetic radiation.RThe system is outside the operating temperature range.RThe on-board voltage is too low.When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears.Active Brake Assist is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Restart the engine.

184 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 187: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Active Brake AssistFunctions LimitedSee Operator's Man‐ual

Active Brake Assist is unavailable due to a malfunction.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Radar Sensors DirtySee Operator's Man‐ualThe radar sensor system is malfunctioning.Possible causes are:RDirt on sensorsRHeavy rain or snowRWhen driving on inter-urban roads without traffic or infrastructure,e.g. in desert-like areas

At least one driving system or driving safety system is malfunctioningor is temporarily unavailable:RActive Brake AssistRDistance Pilot DISTRONICOnce the cause of the problem is no longer present, the driving anddrive safety systems will be available again. The display message dis-appears.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Switch off the engine.X Clean all sensors (Y page 242).X Restart the engine.The display message disappears.

6SRS Malfunction Ser‐vice Required

The restraint system is malfunctioning. The 6 warning lamp alsolights up in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devicesmay either be triggeredunintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.For further information about the restraint system, see (Y page 38).

6Front Left Malfunc‐tion ServiceRequired or FrontRight MalfunctionService Required

The restraint system hasmalfunctioned at the front on the left or right.The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devicesmay either be triggeredunintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Display messages 185

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 188: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

6Left Side CurtainAirbag MalfunctionService Required orRight Side CurtainAirbag MalfunctionService Required

There is a malfunction in the left-hand and/or right-hand head bag.The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe left or right head bagmay either be triggered unintentionally or, inthe event of an accident, may not be triggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

186 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 189: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Front Passenger Air‐bag Disabled SeeOperator's ManualThe front-passenger air bag and front-passenger knee bag are deac-tivated during the journey, although:Ran adultorRa person of the corresponding stature is on the front-passenger seatIf additional forces are applied to the seat, the system may interpretthe occupant's weight as lower than it actually is.

G WARNINGThe front-passenger front air bag and front passenger knee bag maynot be triggered in the event of an accident.There is an increased risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Switch the ignition off.X Have the occupant on the front-passenger seat get out of the vehi-cle.

X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front-passenger door andswitch on the ignition.

X Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the centerconsole and the multifunction display and check the following:Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:Ra self-diagnosis is carried out. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simulta-neously for approximately six secondsRthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then light upand remain lit after the self-diagnosis. If the indicator lamp is on,OCS has deactivated the front-passenger front air bag and front-passenger knee bag (Y page 46)Rthe Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator'sManual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Opera‐tor's Manual display messages must not be shown in the mul-tifunction display

X Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary systemchecks have been completed.

X Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multi-function display.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can be occu-pied again. Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or ON indicatorlamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occu-pant.If the conditions are not fulfilled, the system is not operating correctly.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.Observe the additional information on OCS (Y page 46).

Display messages 187

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 190: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Front Passenger Air‐bag Enabled SeeOperator's ManualThe front-passenger air bag and front-passenger knee bag are enabledduring the journey, even though:Ra child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the system'sweight threshold is located on the front-passenger seatorRthe front-passenger seat is unoccupiedThe systemmay detect objects or forces applying additional weight onthe seat.

G WARNINGThe front-passenger front air bag and the front-passenger knee bagmay be triggered unintentionally.There is an increased risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Switch the ignition off.X Open the front-passenger door.X Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front-passenger seat.

X Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to theweight.The system might otherwise detect the additional weight and inter-pret the seat occupant's weight as greater than it actually is.

X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front-passenger door andswitch on the ignition.

X Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the centerconsole and the multifunction display and check the following:Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:Ra self-diagnosis is carried out. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simulta-neously for approximately six secondsRthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then light upand remain lit after the self-diagnosis. If the indicator lamp is on,OCS (Occupant Classification System) has deactivated the front-passenger front air bag and front-passenger knee bag(Y page 46)Rthe Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator'sManual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Opera‐tor's Manual display messages must not be shown in the mul-tifunction display

X Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary systemchecks have been completed.

X Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multi-function display.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can be occu-pied again. Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or ON indicator

188 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 191: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutionslamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occu-pant.If the conditions are not fulfilled, the system is not operating correctly.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.Observe the additional information on OCS (Y page 46).

Lights

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

bCheck Left Low Beam(Example)

The corresponding bulb is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.orX Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself(Y page 99).

LED light sources: the display message for the corresponding lamponly appears when all the LEDs in the lamp have failed.

bActive HeadlampsInoperative

The active light function is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bMalfunction SeeOperator's Manual

The exterior lighting is malfunctioning.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bAuto Lamp FunctionInoperative

The light sensor is defective.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bSwitch Off Lights

The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle. A warningtone also sounds.X Turn the light switch to positionÃ.

Adaptive HighbeamAssist CurrentlyUnavailable SeeOperator's Manual

Adaptive Highbeam Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:RThe windshield in the camera's field of vision is dirty.RVisibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.X Clean the windshield.If the system detects that the camera is fully operational again, theAdaptive Highbeam Assist Now Availablemessage is displayed.Adaptive Highbeam Assist is operational again.

Adaptive HighbeamAssist Inoperative Adaptive Highbeam Assist is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages 189

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 192: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Engine

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

?Check Coolant LevelSee Operator's Man‐ual

The coolant level is too low.

! Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the enginecooling system. The engine will otherwise be damaged.

X Add coolant, observing the warning notes before doing so(Y page 235).

X If you need to add coolant more often than usual, have the enginecoolant system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

? The fan motor is malfunctioning.X If the coolant temperature gage is below the H marking(Y page 164), drive on to the next qualified specialist workshop.

X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving in moun-tainous terrain and stop-and-go traffic.

?Coolant Too HotStop Vehicle TurnEngine Off

The coolant is too hot.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGDo not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause somefluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catchfire.Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burnswhichcan occur just by opening the hood.There is a risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, pay-ing attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until theengine has cooled down.

X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked,e.g. by snow, slush or ice.

X Donot start the engine again until the displaymessage goes out andthe coolant temperature gage is below theHmarking (Y page 164).Otherwise, the engine could be damaged.

X Pay attention to the coolant temperature gage, observing the warn-ing notes (Y page 235).

X If the temperature increases again, visit a qualified specialist work-shop immediately.

Under normal operating conditions and at the correct coolant level,the coolant temperature gage may rise to the H marking(Y page 164).

190 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 193: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

#See Operator's Man‐ual

The battery is not being charged.A warning tone also sounds.Possible causes are:Ra defective alternatorRa torn poly-V-beltRa malfunction in the electronics

! Do not continue driving. The engine could otherwise overheat.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, pay-ing attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

#Stop Vehicle SeeOperator's Manual

The battery is no longer being charged and the condition of charge istoo low.A warning tone also sounds.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, pay-ing attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Observe the instructions in the# See Operator's Manualdisplay message.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

4Check Engine Oil AtNext Refueling

The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.A warning tone also sounds.

! Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil. The engine will oth-erwise be damaged.

X Check the oil level when next refueling, at the latest (Y page 234).X If necessary, add engine oil (Y page 235).X Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if youneed to add engine oil more often than usual.

Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from a qualifiedspecialist workshop or on the Internet at http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

4Check Engine OilLevel (Add 1 quart)

Mercedes-AMG SLC 43:The engine oil level is too low.

! Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil. The engine will oth-erwise be damaged.

X Check the oil level when next refueling, at the latest (Y page 234).X If necessary, add engine oil (Y page 235).X Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if youneed to add engine oil more often than usual.

Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from a qualifiedspecialist workshop or on the Internet at http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

Display messages 191

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 194: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

4Engine Oil LevelLow Stop VehicleTurn Engine Off

Mercedes-AMG SLC 43:The engine oil level is too low.There is a risk of engine damage.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, pay-ing attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Check the engine oil level (Y page 234).X If necessary, add engine oil (Y page 235).

8Fuel Level Low

The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range.X Refuel at the nearest gas station.

C There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank.X Refuel at the nearest gas station without fail.

8Gas Cap Loose

The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking.X Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed.If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed:X Close the fuel filler cap.If the fuel filler cap is correctly closed:X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

ØCheck additive SeeOwner's Manual

The DEF tank is empty.X Have DEF refilled as soon as possible at a qualified specialist work-shop.

ØRemaining starts: 10

A warning tone also sounds. The DEF system is still malfunctioning. Ifyou switch off the engine, the engine will not restart.X Visit or consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

ØRemaining starts: 16

The DEF level has fallen to a minimum.X Have DEF refilled as soon as possible at a qualified specialist work-shop.

192 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 195: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Driving systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

ÀAttention Assist:Take a Break!

Based on certain criteria, ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue ora lack of concentration on the part of the driver. A warning tone alsosounds.X If necessary, take a break.During long journeys, take regular breaks in good time so you getenough rest.

ÀAttention AssistInoperative

ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

ëOff

The HOLD function is deactivated. The vehicle is skidding.A warning tone also sounds.X Reactivate the HOLD function later (Y page 148).

Lane Keeping AssistCurrently Unavaila‐ble See Operator'sManual

Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:RThe windshield in the camera's field of vision is dirty.RVisibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.RThere have been no lane markings for an extended periodRThe lanemarkings are worn away, dark or covered up, e.g. by dirt orsnow

When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears.Lane Keeping Assist is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Clean the windshield.

Lane Keeping AssistInoperative Lane Keeping Assist is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages 193

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 196: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Blind Spot AssistCurrently Unavaila‐ble See Operator'sManual

Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:RFunction is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.RThe radar sensor system is outside the operating temperaturerange.RThe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due toelectromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations orother sources of electromagnetic radiation.

The yellow9 indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mirrors.When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears.Blind Spot Assist is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Clean the sensors (Y page 242).X Restart the engine.

Blind Spot AssistInoperative Blind Spot Assist is faulty.The yellow9 indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mirrors.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Parking GuidanceInoperative Parking Guidance is malfunctioning (Y page 152).X Restart the engine.If the multifunction display still shows the display message:X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Parking GuidanceCanceled Parking Guidance is deactivated.Possible causes are:RThe vehicle is skidding.RThe sensors are dirty.RA malfunction has occurred.A warning tone also sounds.X Reactivate Parking Guidance later (Y page 152).If themultifunction display does not show the parking space symbol atspeeds below 19 mph (30 km/h):X Clean the sensors (Y page 242).X Restart the engine.If the multifunction display still does not show the parking space sym-bol at speeds below 19 mph (30 km/h):X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

194 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 197: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Parking Guidance has been deactivated because you are no longerfollowing the recommended path.X Park again and, while doing so, observe the display messages in themultifunction display.

Parking GuidanceFinished The vehicle is parked. A warning tone also sounds.The display message disappears automatically.

Distance Pilot Off Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is deactivated (Y page 140).If it was deactivated automatically, a warning tone also sounds.

Distance Pilot NowAvailable Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is operational again after having been tem-porarily unavailable. You can now reactivate Distance PilotDISTRONIC (Y page 140).

Distance Pilot Cur‐rently UnavailableSee Operator's Man‐ual

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:RThe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due toelectromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations orother sources of electromagnetic radiation.RThe system is outside the operating temperature range.RThe on-board voltage is too low.A warning tone also sounds.When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Restart the engine.

Distance Pilot Inop‐erative Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is malfunctioning.A warning tone also sounds.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Distance Pilot Sus‐pended You have depressed the accelerator pedal. Distance Pilot DISTRONICis no longer controlling the speed of the vehicle.X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.

Distance Pilot - - -mph A condition for activating Distance Pilot DISTRONIC has not beenmet.X Check the activation conditions for Distance Pilot DISTRONIC(Y page 140).

Cruise Control Off Cruise control has been deactivated.If a warning tone also sounds, cruise control has deactivated auto-matically (Y page 138).

Display messages 195

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 198: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Cruise Control - -- mph Cruise control cannot be activated, since not all of the activation con-ditions have been met.X Check the activation conditions for cruise control (Y page 138).

Cruise Control Inop‐erative Cruise control is malfunctioning.A warning tone also sounds.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Tires

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Check Tire PressureSoon Canada only:The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant lossin pressure.A warning tone also sounds.Possible causes:Ryou have changed the positions of the wheels and tires or installednew wheels and tiresRthe tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped

G WARNINGTire pressures that are too low pose the following hazards:Rthey may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increaseRthey may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatlyimpair tire traction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, may begreatly impaired

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flattire (Y page 246).

X Check the tire pressures and, if necessary, correct the tire pressure.X Restart the tire pressure loss warning system when the tire pres-sure is correct (Y page 267).

Check Tire PressureThen Restart RunFlat IndicatorCanada only:The tire pressure loss warning system generated a display messageand has not been restarted since.X Set the correct tire pressure in all four tires.X Restart the tire pressure loss warning system (Y page 267).

196 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 199: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Run Flat IndicatorInoperative Canada only:The tire pressure loss warning system is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Please Correct TirePressure USA only:The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the tirepressure difference between the wheels is too great.X Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity (Y page 267).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.X Restart the tire pressure monitor (Y page 270).

Tire Pressure Soon The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. Thewheel position is shown in the multifunction display.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGTire pressures that are too low pose the following hazards:Rthey may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increaseRthey may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatlyimpair tire traction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, may begreatly impaired

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flattire (Y page 246).

X Check the tire pressure (Y page 267).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

Warning Tire Mal‐function The tire pressure in one ormore tires has dropped suddenly. Thewheelposition is shown in the multifunction display.

G WARNINGDriving with a flat tire poses a risk of the following hazards:Ra flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicleRyou could lose control of the vehicle.Rcontinued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build-upand possibly a fire

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flattire (Y page 246).

Display messages 197

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 200: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Tire Press. MonitorCurrently Unavaila‐bleBecause there is interference from a strong source of radio waves, nosignals from the tire pressure sensors are detected. The tire pressuremonitor is temporarily malfunctioning.X Drive on.The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as theproblem has been resolved.

TirePress. Sen‐sor(s) Missing There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or severalwheels. The pressure of the affected tire does not appear in the mul-tifunction display.X Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified special-ist workshop.

Tire Pressure Moni‐tor Inoperative NoWheel SensorsThe wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor. Thetire pressure monitor is deactivated.X Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving fora few minutes.

Tire Press. MonitorInoperative The tire pressure monitor is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Vehicle

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Shift to 'P' or 'N'to Start Engine You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in posi-tionk orh.X Shift the transmission to positionj ori.

Apply Brake toShift from 'P' You have attempted to shift the transmission to positionh,k oriwithout depressing the brake pedal.X Depress the brake pedal.

To Shift out of Por N, Depress Brakeand Switch on EngineYou have attempted to shift the transmission out of positionj oriinto another transmission position with the engine switched off.X Depress the brake pedal.X Start the engine.

Driver's Door Open& Transmission Notin P Risk of Vehi‐cle Rolling Away

The driver's door is not fully closed and the transmission is in positionk,i orh.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGThe vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.X When parking the vehicle, shift the transmission to positionj.

198 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 201: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Only Select Park(P) When Vehicle isStationaryThe vehicle is moving.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Shift the transmission to positionj.

Apply Brake toSelect R You have attempted to shift from positionh to positionk.X Depress the brake pedal.X Shift the transmission to positionk.

Service Required DoNot Shift GearsVisit DealerYou cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction.A warning tone also sounds.If transmission positionh is selected:X Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting the trans-mission from positionh.

If positionk,i orj is selected:X Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service.

Reversing Not Possi‐ble Service Required You can no longer shift to transmission positionk due to a malfunc-tion.Transmission positionsj,i orh continue to be available.A warning tone also sounds.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Transmission Mal‐function Stop A malfunction has occurred in the mechanical transmission compo-nents.A warning tone also sounds. The transmission shifts automatically topositioni.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service.

Stop Vehicle LeaveEngine Running WaitTransmission Cool‐ing

The transmission has overheated. Pulling away can be temporarilyimpaired or not possible.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue drivingunder any circumstances.

X Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.

Auxiliary BatteryMalfunction The auxiliary battery for the automatic transmission is no longer beingcharged.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop at the next opportunity.X Until then, always shift the transmission to positionj before youswitch off the engine.

X Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.

Display messages 199

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 202: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

N The trunk lid is open.X Close the trunk lid.

M The hood is open.

G WARNINGThe open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Close the hood.

C At least one door is open. A warning tone also sounds.X Close all the doors.

ÐPower Steering Mal‐function See Opera‐tor's Manual

The power steering is malfunctioning.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGYou will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

X If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact thenearest qualified specialist workshop.

JTrunk Partition Open

The trunk partition is open or the trunk is loaded too high.X Stow the load such that the trunk partition can close unhinderedand is not pushed upwards.

X Close the trunk partition (Y page 80).

Phone No Service Your vehicle is outside the network provider's transmitter/receiverrange.X Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appearsin the multifunction display.

KDecrease Speed

You wanted to open the roof while the vehicle was in motion.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Open the roof (Y page 78).

KVario-Roof Lowering

The roof is not fully opened or closed. The hydraulics are depressur-ized.X Fully open or close the roof (Y page 78).

200 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 203: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

KOpen/Close Vario-Roof Completely

The roof is not locked.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Push or pull and hold the roof switch until the roof is fully open orclosed (Y page 78).

KStart Engine SeeOperator's Manual

The on-board voltage is too low.X Start the engine.X After approximately ten seconds, repeat the opening or closingprocedure (Y page 78).

The roof has been opened and closed several times in a row. The roofdrive has been switched off automatically for safety reasons.You can open and close the roof again after approximately tenminutes.X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Repeat the opening or closing procedure (Y page 78).

Close Rear Side Win‐dows You leave the vehicle and at least one rear side window is open.X Close the side windows (Y page 75).

¥Check Washer Fluid

The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped belowthe minimum.X Add washer fluid (Y page 236).

Wiper Malfunction‐ing The windshield wipers are malfunctioning.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Hazard WarningFlashers Malfunc‐tioningThe hazard warning lamps are faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

SmartKey

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

ÂKey Does Not Belongto Vehicle

You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock.X Use the correct SmartKey.

ÂTake Your Key fromIgnition

The SmartKey is in the ignition lock.X Remove the SmartKey.

ÂObtain a New Key

The SmartKey needs to be replaced.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages 201

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 204: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

ÂReplace Key Battery

The SmartKey battery is discharged.X Change the battery (Y page 68).

ÂDon't Forget YourKey

The SmartKey is not in the ignition lock. You have opened the driver'sdoor with the engine switched off.The multifunction display shows the display message a maximum of60 seconds and is simply a reminder.X Take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle.

ÂKey Not Detected(red display message)

The SmartKey is not in the vehicle.A warning tone also sounds.If the engine is switched off, you can no longer lock the vehicle cen-trally or start the engine.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Locate the SmartKey.X Pressa on the steering wheel to confirm the display message.

Because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves, theSmartKey is not detected whilst the engine is running.A warning tone also sounds.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and bring into key mode.

ÂKey Not Detected(white display message)

The SmartKey is currently undetected.X Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle.If the SmartKey still cannot be detected:X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desiredposition.

ÂRemove 'Start' But‐ton and Insert Key

The SmartKey is continually undetected.KEYLESS-GO is temporarily malfunctioning or is defective. A warningtone also sounds.X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desiredposition.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Warning and indicator lamps

General notesSome systems carry out a self-diagnosis when the ignition is switched on. Therefore, some indicatorand warning lamps may light up or flash temporarily. This behavior is non-critical. These indicator

202 Warning and indicator lampsOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 205: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

and warning lamps only indicate a malfunction if they light up or flash after starting the engine orwhilst driving.

Safety

Seat belts

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

ü N After starting the engine, the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for six sec-onds.The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten theirseat belts.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 42).

ü N After starting the engine, the red seat belt warning lamp lights up. In addition, awarning tone sounds for up to six seconds.The driver's seat belt is not fastened.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 42).The warning tone ceases.

ü N The red seat belt warning lamp lights up after the engine starts, as soon as thedriver's or the front-passenger door is closed.The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 42).The warning lamp goes out.

There are objects on the front-passenger seat.X Remove the objects from the front-passenger seat and stow them in a secureplace.The warning lamp goes out.

ü N The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warningsounds.The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt. The vehicle is beingdriven faster than 15mph (25 km/h) or has briefly been driven faster than 15mph(25 km/h).X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 42).The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases.

There are objects on the front-passenger seat. The vehicle is being driven fasterthan 15 mph (25 km/h) or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph (25 km/h).X Remove the objects from the front-passenger seat and stow them in a secureplace.The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases.

Warning and indicator lamps 203

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 206: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Safety systems

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

$J N$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only): the red brake system warning lamp islit while the engine is running. A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGThere is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.The braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Do not add brake fluid. Adding more will not correct the malfunction.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.

$ N USA only: the red brake system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.The multifunction display also shows a display message with the# symbol.The brake pads/linings have reached their wear limit.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

! N The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.ABS (anti-lock braking system) is malfunctioning.If there is an additional warning tone, the EBD (electronic brake force distribution)is malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunction.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listedabove. The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for exam-ple.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The brakingdistance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.If the ABS control unit is faulty, there is also a possibility that other systems, suchas the navigation system or the automatic transmission, will not be available.

204 Warning and indicator lampsOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 207: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

$J֌!

N$ (USA only),J (Canada only): the red brakewarning lamp and the yellowESP®, ESP® OFF and ABS warning lamps are lit while the engine is running.ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunction.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listedabove. The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for exam-ple.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The brakingdistance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

÷ N The yellow ESP® warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion.ESP® or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or atleast one wheel has started to spin.Cruise control or Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is deactivated.X When pulling away, only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary.X Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.X Do not deactivate ESP®.In rare cases (Y page 61) it may be best to deactivate ESP®.Observe the important safety notes on ESP® (Y page 60).

÷å N The yellow ESP® and ESP®OFFwarning lamps are lit while the engine is running.ESP® is malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunction.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listedabove.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Warning and indicator lamps 205

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 208: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

å N The yellow ESP® OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running or the ECOstart/stop function is activated.ESP® is deactivated.

G WARNINGIf ESP® is switched off, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.Further driving systems or driving safety systems are thus restricted.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Reactivate ESP®.In rare cases (Y page 61) it may be best to deactivate ESP®.Observe the important safety notes on ESP® (Y page 60).

X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.If ESP® cannot be activated:X Drive on carefully.X Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

M N Only Mercedes-AMG SLC 43:The yellow SPORT handling mode warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.SPORT handling mode is activated.

G WARNINGWhen SPORT handlingmode is switched on, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Only switch to SPORT handling mode in accordance with the conditions descri-bed in the "Activating/deactivating ESP" section (Y page 61).

F! NF (USA only),! (Canada only): the red indicator lamp for the electricparking brake flashes or is lit and/or the yellow warning lamp for the electricparking brake is lit.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.

6 N The red restraint system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.The restraint system is malfunctioning.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered uninten-tionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Drive on carefully.X Contact a qualified specialist workshop and have the restraint system checked.For further information about the restraint system, see (Y page 38).

206 Warning and indicator lampsOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 209: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Engine

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

; N The yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up while the engine is running.There may be a malfunction, for example:Rin the engine managementRin the fuel injection systemRin the exhaust systemRin the ignition systemRin the fuel systemThe emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emergencymode.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.In some states, youmust immediately visit a qualified specialist workshop as soonas the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up. This is due to the legal require-ments in effect in these states. If in doubt, check whether such legal regulationsapply in the state in which you are currently driving.

8 N The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is running.The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range.X Refuel at the nearest gas station.

8 N The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion.In addition, the; Check Engine warning lamp may light up.The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking.X Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed.X If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed: close the fuel filler cap.X If the fuel filler cap is closed: visit a qualified specialist workshop.

? N The red coolant warning lamp lights up while the engine is running and thecoolant temperature gauge is at the start of the scale.The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gauge is malfunctioning.The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored. There is a risk of enginedamage if the coolant temperature is too high.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, paying attentionto road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Warning and indicator lamps 207

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 210: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

? N The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running.The coolant level is too low.If the coolant level is correct, the airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked orthe electric engine radiator fan may be defective.The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, paying attentionto road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine hascooled down.

X Check the coolant level and add coolant, observing the warning notes(Y page 235).

X If you have to add coolant frequently, have the engine cooling system checked.X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked, e.g. by snow,slush or ice.

X Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature gauge is below theHmarking (Y page 164). Otherwise, the engine could be damaged.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving inmountainous terrainand stop-and-go traffic.

? N The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running.The coolant temperature gauge has exceeded the H marking (Y page 164). Theairflow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too low.

G WARNINGThe engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged.Do not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause some fluids whichmay have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire.Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occurjust by opening the hood.There is a risk of injury.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, paying attentionto road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine hascooled down.

X Check the coolant level and add coolant, observing the warning notes(Y page 235).

X If you have to add coolant frequently, have the engine cooling system checked.X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked, e.g. by snow,slush or ice.

208 Warning and indicator lampsOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 211: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

X If the coolant temperature gauge is below theHmarking (Y page 164), drive onto the next qualified specialist workshop.

X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving inmountainous terrainand stop-and-go traffic.

Driving systems

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

· N The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is inmotion. A warningtone also sounds.You are approaching a vehicle, a pedestrian or a stationary obstacle in your line oftravel at too high a speed.X Be prepared to brake immediately.X Pay careful attention to the traffic situation. You may have to brake or takeevasive action.

Further information on Distance Pilot DISTRONIC (Y page 140).Further information on Active Brake Assist (Y page 58).

Warning and indicator lamps 209

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 212: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Tires

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

h N The yellow tire pressuremonitorwarning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.The tire pressuremonitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires.

G WARNINGTire pressures that are too low pose the following hazards:Rthey may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increaseRthey may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatly impair tire trac-tion.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, may be greatlyimpairedThere is a risk of an accident.

X Stop the vehicle withoutmaking any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Payattention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 131).X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flat tire(Y page 246).

X Check the tire pressure (Y page 267).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

h N The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction)flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit.The tire pressure monitor is faulty.

G WARNINGThe system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure.There is a risk of an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

210 Warning and indicator lampsOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 213: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

General notes

The multimedia system section in this Opera-tor's Manual describes the basic principles foroperation. More information can be found in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle when driving, you may be distracted fromthe traffic situation. You could also lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Only operate this equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

Youmust observe the legal requirements for thecountry in which you are currently driving whenoperating the multimedia system.The multimedia system calculates the route tothe destination without taking the following intoaccount, for example:Rtraffic lightsRstop and yield signsRparking or stopping restrictionsRroad narrowingRother road and traffic rules and regulationsThe multimedia system may give incorrect nav-igation recommendations if the actual street/traffic situation does not correspond with thedigital map's data.For example:Ra diverted routeRthe road layout or the direction of a one-waystreet has been changed

For this reason, you must always observe roadand traffic rules and regulations during yourjourney. Road and traffic rules and regulationsalways have priority over multimedia systemdriving recommendations.

Navigation announcements are intended todirect you while driving without diverting yourattention from the road and driving.Please always use this feature instead of con-sulting the map display for directions. Lookingat the icons ormap display can distract you fromtraffic conditions and driving, and increase therisk of an accident.This equipment complies with FCC radiationexposure limits set forth for uncontrolled equip-ment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF)Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65.This equipment has very low levels of RF energythat is deemed to comply without maximumpermissive exposure evaluation (MPE). How-ever, it is recommended to install it at a distanceof at least 8 inches (approx. 20 cm) between theradiation source and a person's body (notincluding limbs such as hands, wrists, feet andlegs).

G WARNINGModifications to electronic components, theirsoftware as well as wiring can impair theirfunction and/or the function of other net-worked components. In particular, systemsrelevant to safety could also be affected. As aresult, these may no longer function as inten-ded and/or jeopardize the operating safety ofthe vehicle. There is an increased risk of anaccident and injury.Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec-tronic components or their software. Youshould have all work to electrical and elec-tronic equipment carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Function restrictions

For safety reasons, some functions are restric-ted or unavailable while the vehicle is in motion.You will notice this, for example, because eitheryou will not be able to select certain menu itemsor a message will appear to this effect.

Function restrictions 211

Multim

ediasystem

Z

Page 214: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Operating system

Overview

General notes! Do not use the space in front of the displayfor storage. Objects placed here could dam-age the display or impair its function. Avoidany direct contact with the display surface.Pressure on the display surface may result inimpairments to the display, which could beirreversible.

Wearing polarized sunglasses may impair yourability to read the display.The display has an automatic temperature-con-trolled switch-off feature. The brightness isautomatically reduced if the temperature is toohigh. The display may temporarily switch offcompletely.

Cleaning instructions! Do not touch the display. The display has avery sensitive high-gloss surface; there is arisk of scratching. If you have to clean thescreen, however, use a mild cleaning agentand a soft, lint-free cloth.

The display must be switched off and havecooled down before you start cleaning. Do notapply pressure to the display surface whencleaning it, as this could cause irreversible dam-age to the display.

Switching the multimedia systemon/offX Press the q control knob.

Adjusting the volumeX Turn the q control knob.The volume is adjusted:Rfor the currently selected media sourceRduring traffic or navigation announcementsRin hands-free mode during an active call

Switching the sound on or offX Press the8 button on the control panel.If the audio output is switched off, the statusline will show the8 symbol. If you switch

themedia source or set the volume, the soundis automatically switched on.i Navigation announcements will be heardeven if the sound is muted.

FunctionsThe multimedia system has the following func-tions:RRadio modeRMedia mode with media searchRSound systemsRNavigation systemCOMAND: navigation via the hard driveAudio 20: navigation via SD cardRCommunication functionsRSIRIUS Weather (COMAND)RVehicle functions with system settingsRFavorites functions

ControllerThe controller in the center console lets you:Rselect menu items on the displayRenter charactersRselect a destination on the mapRsave entriesThe controller can be:Rturned3Rslid left or right1Rslid forwards or back4Rslid diagonally2Rpressed briefly or pressed and held7

Back buttonYou can use the% button to exit amenu or tocall up the main menu of the current operatingmode.X To exit the menu: briefly press the%button.The multimedia system changes to the nexthigher menu level in the current operatingmode.

X To call up the main menu: press the%button for longer than two seconds.The multimedia system changes to the mainmenu of the current operating mode.

212 Operating systemMultim

ediasystem

Page 215: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Favorites buttonYou can assign predefined functions using theg favorites button and call them up by press-ing the button (Y page 213).

Favorites

Calling up and exiting favoritesX To call up: press theg button on the con-troller.

X Select a favorite, e.g. Vehicle.The favorites are displayed.

X To exit: press theg button again.

Adding favorites

Adding predefined favoritesX Press theg button.X COMAND: slide6 the controller.X Audio 20: slide5 or6 the controller.The menu bar is displayed.

X Select Reassign.The categories are displayed.

X Select a category.The favorites are displayed.

X Select a favorite.X COMAND: to add the favorite to the desiredposition, turn and press the controller.If a favorite has already been added at thisposition, it will be overwritten.

X Audio 20: to add the favorite to the desiredposition, turn, slide5 or6 and press thecontroller.If a favorite has already been added at thisposition, it will be overwritten.

Adding your own favoritesYou can add climate control as a favorite, forexample.X Select VehicleQVehicle Settings.X Press and hold theg button until thefavorites are displayed.

X Add a favorite to the desired position.If a favorite has already been added at thisposition, it will be overwritten.

Navigation mode

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle when driving, you may be distracted fromthe traffic situation. You could also lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Only operate this equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

Youmust observe the legal requirements for thecountry in which you are currently driving whenoperating the navigation system.

General notesAmong other things, correct functioning of thenavigation systemdepends onGPS reception. Incertain situations, GPS reception may beimpaired, there may be interference or theremay be no reception at all, e.g. in tunnels orparking garages.Audio 20 is equipped with Garmin® MAP PILOT(see themanufacturer's operating instructions).The Garmin® MAP PILOT operating instructionsare stored on the SD card as a PDF file. The SDcard box contains a quick guide.The following descriptions apply to navigationwith COMAND. Further information can befound in the Digital Operator's Manual.

Selecting a route type and route optionsMultimedia system:X Select NaviQNavigation.Themap shows the vehicle's current position.

X Slide6 the controller.X Select OptionsQRoute Settings.Notes for route types:REco RouteRDynamic Traffic Route

Operating system 213

Multim

ediasystem

Z

Page 216: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Traffic reports on the route for the route guid-ance are taken into account (not available inall countries).RDynamic TRF. Route After RequestYou can decide whether or not current trafficreports should be included in the route cal-culation (not available in all countries).RCalculate Alternative RoutesDifferent routes are being calculated. In orderto do so, instead of Start, select the menuitem Continue.

X To avoid/use route options: select AvoidOptions.

X Select a route option.Notes for route options:RUse Toll RoadsThe route calculation includes roads whichrequire you to pay a usage fee (toll).RNumber of Occupants in the Vehicle:(only available in the USA)Prerequisite: your vehicle meets the accessconditions for carpool lanes.Carpool lanes will be included if the carpoollanes option is activated.

Entering an addressMultimedia system:X Select NaviQNavigation.Themap shows the vehicle's current position.

X Slide6 the controller.X Select DestinationQAddress Entry.Enter an address, e.g. as follows:Rcity or ZIP code, street, house numberRstate/province, city or ZIP codeRcity or ZIP code, centerRstreet, city or ZIP code, intersectionX Select City.The city in which the vehicle is currently loca-ted (current vehicle position) is at the top.Below this, you will see locations for whichroute guidance has already been carried out.

X Enter the city.TheG symbol: the location is contained onthe digital map multiple times.

X To switch to the list: slide5 the control-ler.

X Select the location.If available, the ZIP code is shown. If there aredifferent ZIP codes available for the location,the corresponding digits are displayedwith anX.

X Enter the street and house number.The address is in the menu.

Further options for destination entry:Rsearch for a keywordThe keyword search finds destinations usingfragments of words.Rselect the last destinationRselect a contactRselect a POIYou can search for a POI by location, name ortelephone number.Rselect destination on the mapRenter intermediate destinationYou can map the route to the destinationyourself with up to four intermediate destina-tions.Rselect destinations from Mercedes-BenzAppsRselect geo-coordinates

Calculating the routePrerequisite: the address has been entered andis in the menu.X Select Start or Continue.The route is calculatedwith the selected routetype and the selected route options.If route guidance has already been activated,a prompt will appear asking whether you wishto end the current route guidance.

X Select Cancel Active Route Guidance orSet as Intermediate Destination.Cancel Active Route Guidance cancelsthe current route guidance and starts routecalculation to the new destination.Set as Intermediate Destination addsthe new destination in addition to the existingdestination and opens the intermediate des-tinations list.

214 Operating systemMultim

ediasystem

Page 217: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Connecting a mobile phone(COMAND)

RequirementsFor telephony via the Bluetooth® interface, yourequire a Bluetooth®-capablemobile phone. Themobile phone must support Hands-Free Profile1.0 or above.Multimedia system:X Select VehicleQSystem Set‐tingsQActivate Bluetooth.X Activate Bluetooth® O.Mobile phone:X Activate Bluetooth® and, if necessary, Blue-tooth® visibility for other devices (see themanufacturer's operating instructions).

The Bluetooth® device names for all of oneman-ufacturer's products might be identical. Tomake it possible to clearly identify your mobilephone, change the device name (see the man-ufacturer's operating instructions).If the mobile phone supports the PBAP (PhoneBook Access Profile) and MAP (MessageAccess Profile) Bluetooth® profiles, the follow-ing information will be transmitted after youconnect:RPhone bookRCall listsRText messages and e-mail

i Further information on suitable mobilephones can be found at: http://www.mercedes-benz.com/connect

i In the USA, you can get in touch with theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centeron 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372).In Canada, you can get in touch with the Cus-tomer Relations Center on 1-800-387-0100.

Searching for and authorizing (connect-ing) a mobile phoneBefore using your mobile phone with the multi-media system for the first time, you will need tosearch for the phone and then authorize (con-nect) it. Depending on themobile phone, author-ization either takes place by means of SecureSimple Pairing or by entering a passkey. Themultimedia system automatically makes the

procedure that is relevant for yourmobile phoneavailable. The mobile phone is always connec-ted automatically after authorization. Furtherinformation on using a mobile phone with themultimedia system (see the Digital Operator'sManual).If the multimedia system does not detect yourmobile phone, this may be due to particularsecurity settings on your mobile phone (see themanufacturer's operating instructions).Only one mobile phone can be connected to themultimedia system at any one time.Searching for a mobile phoneMultimedia system:X Select Tel/®QConn.DeviceQSearch for PhonesQStartSearch.The available mobile phones are displayed.

Symbols in the device list

Sym-bol

Explanation

Ï New mobile phone found, not yetauthorized.

Ñ Mobile phone is authorized, but isnot connected.

Connecting a mobile phoneAuthorization using Secure Simple Pairing:X Select mobile phone.A code is displayed in the multimedia systemand on the mobile phone.

X If codesmatch: select Yes on themultimediasystem.

X Confirm code on the mobile phone. Depend-ing on the mobile phone used, confirm theconnection to the multimedia system and forthe PBAP and MAP Bluetooth® profiles. Theprompt to confirm may take up to twominutes to be displayed (see the manufactur-er's operating instructions).

X If the codes are different: select No on themultimedia system.The process is canceled.Repeat authorization.

Operating system 215

Multim

ediasystem

Z

Page 218: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Authorization by entering a passkey (passcode):X Select the Bluetooth® name of the mobilephone.The input menu for the passkey is displayed.

X Choose a one to sixteen-digit number combi-nation as a passkey.

X Enter the passkey on the multimedia system.X Press ¬ to confirm.X Enter and confirm the passkey on the mobilephone. Depending on the mobile phone used,confirm the connection to themultimedia sys-tem and for the PBAP and MAP Bluetooth®profiles. The prompt to confirm may take upto two minutes to be displayed (see the man-ufacturer's operating instructions).

Connecting amobile phone (Audio 20)

RequirementsFor telephony via the Bluetooth® interface, yourequire at least one Bluetooth®-capable mobilephone depending on use of one-telephonemode or two-telephone mode. The mobilephone must support Hands-Free Profile 1.0 orabove.In two-telephone mode you can use all thefunctions of the multimedia system with themain telephone. With the additional tele-phone, you can receive incoming calls.Multimedia system:X Select VehicleQSystem Set‐tingsQActivate Bluetooth.X Activate Bluetooth® O.Mobile phone:X Activate Bluetooth® and, if necessary, Blue-tooth® visibility for other devices (see themanufacturer's operating instructions).

The Bluetooth® device names for all of oneman-ufacturer's products might be identical. Tomake it possible to clearly identify your mobilephone, change the device name (see the man-ufacturer's operating instructions).

If the mobile phone supports the PBAP (PhoneBook Access Profile) and MAP (MessageAccess Profile) Bluetooth® profiles, the follow-ing information is transmitted after you connectthe main telephone:RPhone bookRCall listsRText messages and e-mail

i Further information on suitable mobilephones can be found at: http://www.mercedes-benz.com/connect

i In the USA, you can get in touch with theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centeron 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372).In Canada, you can get in touch with the Cus-tomer Relations Center on 1-800-387-0100.

Searching for and authorizing (connect-ing) a mobile phoneBefore using your mobile phone with the multi-media system for the first time, you will need tosearch for the phone and then authorize (con-nect) it. Depending on themobile phone, author-ization either takes place by means of SecureSimple Pairing or by entering a passkey. Themultimedia system automatically makes theprocedure that is relevant for yourmobile phoneavailable. The mobile phone is always connec-ted automatically after authorization. Furtherinformation on using a mobile phone with themultimedia system (see the Digital Operator'sManual).If the multimedia system does not detect yourmobile phone, this may be due to particularsecurity settings on your mobile phone (see themanufacturer's operating instructions).Searching for a mobile phoneMultimedia system:X Select Tel/®QConn. DeviceQCon‐nect New Device.X Select Connect via Vehicle.X Select mobile phone.Connecting a mobile phoneX One-telephone mode: select Connect asNew Main Phone.

X Two-telephone mode: select Connect asAdditional Phone when a mobile phone isalready connected.

216 Operating systemMultim

ediasystem

Page 219: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Authorization using Secure Simple Pair-ing:A code is displayed in the multimedia systemand on the mobile phone.

X Confirm code on the mobile phone. Depend-ing on the mobile phone used, confirm theconnection to the multimedia system and forthe PBAP and MAP Bluetooth® profiles. Theprompt to confirm may take up to twominutes to be displayed (see the manufactur-er's operating instructions).

X If the codes are different: select No on themultimedia system.The process is canceled.Repeat authorization.

orX Authorization by entering a passkey(passcode): enter any one- to sixteen-digitnumber sequence which you have chosenyourself into the passkey input menu.

X Press ¬ to confirm.X Enter and confirm the passkey on the mobilephone. Depending on the mobile phone used,confirm the connection to themultimedia sys-tem and for the PBAP and MAP Bluetooth®profiles. The prompt to confirm may take upto two minutes to be displayed (see the man-ufacturer's operating instructions).

Symbols in the device managerThe symbols are shown in color depending ontheir use.

Symbol Explanation

Mobile phone connected to themultimedia system

Main telephone with full range offunctions

Additional telephone for incomingcalls in two telephone mode

Media mode

General notesIf you wish to play external media sources, theappropriatemediamodemust already be turnedon. Further information on media mode (see theDigital Operator's Manual).

The following external media sources can beused:RApple® devices (e.g. iPhone®)RUSB devices (e.g. USB stick, MP3 player)(Y page 218)RCDRDVD (COMAND)RSD cardsRvia devices connected by Bluetooth®

i Information on single CD/DVD drive or DVDchanger (see the Digital Operator's Manual).

Selecting using the device listMultimedia system:X Select MediaQDevices.The available media sources will be shown.The # dot indicates the current setting.

X Select the media source.Playable files are played.

Inserting/removing an SD card

Important safety notesG WARNINGSD cards are small parts. They can be swal-lowed and cause choking. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Keep the SD card out of the reach of children.If a SD card is swallowed, seek medical atten-tion immediately.

! If you are no longer using the SD card, youshould remove it and store it outside the vehi-cle. High temperatures can damage the card.

Inserting an SD cardThe SD card slot is located on the control panel.X Insert the SD card into the SD card slot untilthe SD card engages. The side with the con-tacts must face down.

Removing an SD cardX Press the SD card.The SD card is ejected.

X Remove the SD card.

Operating system 217

Multim

ediasystem

Z

Page 220: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Connecting USB devices

X Connect the USB device to the USB port.There are twoUSB ports in the stowage spaceunder the armrest.

X Select the media source (Y page 217).

218 Operating systemMultim

ediasystem

Page 221: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Stowage areas

Stowage spaces

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf objects in the passenger compartment arestowed incorrectly, they can slide or bethrown around and hit vehicle occupants. Inaddition, cup holders, open stowage spacesand mobile phone brackets cannot alwaysretain all objects they contain. There is a riskof injury, particularly in the event of suddenbraking or a sudden change in direction.RAlways stow objects so that they cannot bethrown around in such situations.RAlways make sure that objects do not pro-trude from stowage spaces, parcel nets orstowage nets.RClose the lockable stowage spaces beforestarting a journey.RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, poin-ted, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky objects inthe trunk.

Glove box

X To open: pull handle: and open glove boxflap;.

X To close: fold glove box flap; up until itengages.

The glove box flap contains brackets for coins,pens, and credit and service cards.

The glove box can be locked and unlocked usingthe mechanical key.X To lock: insert the mechanical key into thelock and turn it to position2.

X To unlock: insert the mechanical key into thelock and turn it to position1.

Stowage compartment/telephonecompartment under the armrest

X To open: push button: up and raise arm-rest;.

The stowage compartment can be locked andunlocked centrally using the SmartKey(Y page 65).

i Depending on the vehicle equipment, a USBport and a Media Interface is installed in thestowage compartment. A Media Interface is auniversal interface for mobile audio equip-ment, e.g. for an iPod® or MP3 Player .

Stowage areas 219

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 222: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Eyeglasses compartment

X To open: press marking:.Make sure that the eyeglasses compartment isalways closed while the vehicle is in motion.

Stowage compartment in the centerconsole

X To open: briefly press the lower section ofcover:.

X To remove the insert: pull the left-hand sideof the insert up and out.

X To install the insert: press the insert into thehousing.

X To close: fold cover: downwards until itengages.

Depending on the vehicle equipment, there maybe an ashtray in the center console instead of astorage compartment.

Stowage compartment in the doors

Ruffled pocket;with parking disc holder: islocated in the door panel.

Stowage box in the rear wall betweenthe seatsA stowage compartment, in the form of a ruffledpocket, is located on the rear wall between theseats.

: Ruffled pocket

Stowage netStowage nets are located in the front-passengerfootwell and on the rear wall behind the driver'sseat.

220 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

Page 223: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Reversible floor panel in the trunk

The trunk floor is level when you use the outerside of the reversible floor panel. If you turn thefloor panel over, you can transport objects suchas a beverage crate on the underside of thepanel.

Two flexible straps; are attached to the rever-sible floor panel, use these to secure objects,such as wind screen=, when reversible floorpanel: has been turned over.

Roof carrier! This vehicle is not designed to transportitems on the roof. Roof carriers and otherdevices which are mounted on the roof thathave not been specifically approved for thismodel byMercedes-Benzmust not be used asthey could damage the vehicle and theretractable hardtop (vario-roof).At the time of going to print, Mercedes-Benzdoes not offer any roof carrier or other roof-installed devices for this model.

! This vehicle is not designed to transport anyitems on the trunk lid or to allow luggage car-riers or equipment of any kind to be installed

to the trunk lid. Otherwise the vehicle and theretractable hardtop could be damaged.

Features

Cup holder

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf objects in the passenger compartment arestowed incorrectly, they can slide or bethrown around and hit vehicle occupants. Inaddition, cup holders, open stowage spacesand mobile phone brackets cannot alwaysretain all objects they contain. There is a riskof injury, particularly in the event of suddenbraking or a sudden change in direction.RAlways stow objects so that they cannot bethrown around in such situations.RAlways make sure that objects do not pro-trude from stowage spaces, parcel nets orstowage nets.RClose the lockable stowage spaces beforestarting a journey.RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, poin-ted, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky objects inthe trunk.

G WARNINGThe heating elements of the cup holder canbecome very hot. You could burn yourself onthem.There is a risk of injury.Do not touch the hot heating elements of thecup holder. Always make sure that childrencannot access the hot heating elements of thecup holder. Never leave children unsuper-vised in the vehicle.

! Only use the cup holders for containers ofthe right size and which have lids. The drinkscould otherwise spill.

! Do not expose drinks bottles in the cupholder in the center console to continuous,strong and direct sunlight. The passengercompartment in the area of the center con-

Features 221

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 224: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

sole can otherwise be damaged by the con-centrated and reflected sunlight.

Cup holder in the center console

X To open: slide cover; back.X To remove the insert: slide catch: inwardson both sides in the direction of the arrow.

X Remove the cup holder insert upwards.X To re-install the insert: place the insert inthe stowage space.

X Slide catch: outwards in the direction of thearrow until it engages.

You can remove the cup holder insert for clean-ing. Clean with clear, lukewarm water only.

Bottle holderObserve the "Important safety notes" in the"Stowage compartments" section (Y page 219).

! Make sure that any bottles weighing morethan 1.1 lb(0.5 kg) that are stored in the bottleholder, rest on the vehicle floor. The bottleholder could otherwise be damaged.

X Press the outer edge of button: and slide inthe direction of the arrow until the bottle fitsinto the opening.

X Insert the bottle into the bottle holder.The bottle holder is suitable for bottles with acapacity of 25 fl. oz. (0.7 l) to 54 fl. oz. (1.5 l).The bottle holder does not secure the bottles; itmerely prevents them from tipping over.

Sun visors

Overview

G WARNINGIf themirror cover of the vanitymirror is foldedup when the vehicle is in motion, you could beblinded by incident light. There is a risk of anaccident.Always keep the mirror cover folded downwhile driving.

: Mirror light; Bracket= Retaining strip, e.g. for a parking lot ticket? Vanity mirrorA Mirror cover

i When driving at high speeds with the sidewindow or roof open:If you have inserted a car park ticket intoretaining strip=, make sure that it is notblown away by the wind.

222 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 225: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Ashtray

X To open: push the lower section of cover:.The cover opens.

X To remove the insert: lift insert= up; andout.

X To re-install the insert: press insert= intothe holder until it engages.

Cigarette lighter

G WARNINGYou can burn yourself if you touch the hotheating element or the socket of the cigarettelighter.In addition, flammable materials can ignite if:Rthe hot cigarette lighter fallsRa child holds the hot cigarette lighter toobjects, for example

There is a risk of fire and injury.Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob.Always make sure that the cigarette lighter isout of reach of children. Never leave childrenunsupervised in the vehicle.

Your attention must always be focused on thetraffic conditions. Only use the cigarette lighterwhen road and traffic conditions permit.X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X To open: push the lower section of cover:.The ashtray opens.

X Press in cigarette lighter;.Cigarette lighter;will pop out automaticallywhen the heating element is red-hot.

12 V sockets

General notesX Turn the SmartKey to position1 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

The sockets can be used for accessories with amaximum draw of 180 W (15 A). Accessoriesinclude such items as chargers for mobilephones.If you use the sockets for long periods when theengine is switched off, the battery may dis-charge.

i An emergency cut-out ensures that the on-board voltage does not drop too low. If the on-board voltage is too low, the power to thesockets is automatically cut. This ensuresthat there is sufficient power to start theengine.

Socket in the front center console

X To open: push the lower section of cover:.The stowage compartment opens.

X Lift up the cover of socket;.

Features 223

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 226: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

mbrace

General notesYou must have a license agreement to activatethembrace service. Make sure that your systemis activated and operational. To log in, press theï MB Info call button. If any of the stepsmentioned are not carried out, the system maynot be activated.If you have questions about the activation, con-tact one of the following telephone hotlines:RUSA: Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) or 1-866-990-9007RCanada: Customer Service at1-888-923-8367

Shortly after successfully registering with theservice, a user ID and password will be sent toyou by post.USA only: you can use this password to log ontothe mbrace area under "Owners Online" athttp://www.mbusa.com.The system is available if:Rit has been activated and is operationalRthe corresponding mobile phone network isavailable for transmitting data to the Cus-tomer CenterRa service subscription is availableRthe starter battery is sufficiently charged

i Determining the location of the vehicle on amap is only possible if:RGPS reception is available.Rthe vehicle position can be forwarded tothe Customer Assistance Center.

The mbrace systemTo adjust the volume during a call, proceed asfollows:X Press theW orX button on the multi-function steering wheel.

orX Use the volume controller of the audio sys-tem/COMAND.

The system offers various services, e.g.:RAutomatic and manual emergency callRRoadside Assistance callRMB Info call

USA only: you can find information and adescription of all available features under "Own-ers Online" at http://www.mbusa.com.

System self-testAfter you have switched on the ignition, the sys-tem carries out a self-diagnosis.A malfunction in the system has been detectedif one of the following occurs:RThe indicator lamp in the SOS button does notcome on during the system self-test.RThe indicator lamp in the F RoadsideAssistance button does not light up duringself-diagnosis of the system.RThe indicator lamp in the ï MB Info callbutton does not light up during self-diagnosisof the system.RThe indicator lamp in one or more of the fol-lowing buttons continues to light up red afterthe system self-diagnosis:- SOS button- F Roadside Assistance call button- ï MB Info call buttonRAfter the system self-diagnosis, the Inoper‐ative or Service Not Activatedmessageappears in the multifunction display.

If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above,the system may not operate as expected. In theevent of an emergency, help will have to besummoned by other means.Have the system checked at the nearest author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center or contact the fol-lowing service hotlines:RUSA: Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) or 1-866-990-9007RCanada: Customer Service at1-888-923-8367

224 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 227: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Emergency call

Important safety notesG WARNINGIt can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle,even if you have pressed the SOS button in anemergency if:Ryou see smoke inside or outside of the vehi-cle, e.g. if there is a fire after an accidentRthe vehicle is on a dangerous section ofroadRthe vehicle is not visible or cannot easily beseen by other road users, particularly whendark or in poor visibility conditions

There is a risk of an accident and injury.Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi-lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so.Move to a safe location along with other vehi-cle occupants. In such situations, secure thevehicle in accordance with national regula-tions, e. g. with a warning triangle.

You must have a license agreement to activatethembrace service. Make sure that your systemis activated and operational. To register, pressthe ï MB Info call button. If any of the stepsmentioned are not carried out, the system maynot be activated.If you have questions about the activation, con-tact one of the following telephone hotlines:RUSA: Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) or 1-866-990-9007RCanada: Customer Service at1-888-923-8367

General notesAn emergency call is dialed automatically if anair bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is trig-gered.

i You cannot end an automatically triggeredemergency call yourself.

An emergency call can also be initiated man-ually.As soon as the emergency call has been initi-ated, the indicator lamp in the SOS buttonflashes. The multifunction display shows theConnecting Call message.

The audio output is muted.Once the connection has been made, the CallConnected message appears in the multifunc-tion display.All important information on the emergency istransmitted, for example:Rcurrent location of the vehicle (as determinedby the GPS system)Rvehicle identification numberRinformation on the severity of the accidentShortly after the emergency call has been initi-ated, a voice connection is automatically estab-lished between theCustomer AssistanceCenterand the vehicle occupants.RIf the vehicle occupants respond, theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerattempts to get more information on theemergency.RIf there is no response from the vehicle occu-pants, an ambulance is immediately sent tothe vehicle.

If no voice connection can be established to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center,the system has been unable to initiate an emer-gency call.This can occur, for example, if the relevantmobile phone network is not available. The indi-cator lamp in the SOS button flashes continu-ously.The Call Failedmessage appears in the mul-tifunction display and must be confirmed.In this case, summon assistance by othermeans.

Making an emergency call

Features 225

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 228: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X To initiate an emergency call manually:press cover: briefly to open.

X Press SOS button; briefly.The indicator lamp in SOS button; flashesuntil the emergency call is concluded.

X Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center.

X After the emergency call, close cover:.

i If the mobile phone network is unavailable,mbrace will not be able to make the emer-gency call. If you leave the vehicle immedi-ately after pressing the SOS button, you willnot know whether mbrace placed the emer-gency call. In this case, always summon assis-tance by other means.

Breakdown assistance button

X Press Roadside Assistance button:.This initiates a call to theMercedes-Benz Cus-tomer Assistance Center.The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistancebutton: flashes while the call is active. Themultifunction display shows the Connect‐ing Call message. The audio output ismuted.

If a connection can be made, the Call Con‐nected message appears in the multifunctiondisplay.If a mobile phone network and GPS receptionare available, the system transfers data to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center,for example:RCurrent location of the vehicleRVehicle identification number

i The display of the multimedia system indi-cates that a call is active. During the call, youcan change to the navigation menu by press-

ing the NAVI button on COMAND, for exam-ple.

i Voice output is not available.A voice connection is established between theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerand the vehicle occupants.From the remote malfunction diagnosis, theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centercan ascertain the nature of the problem(Y page 227).The Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen-ter either sends a qualifiedMercedes-Benz tech-nician or makes arrangements for your vehicleto be transported to the nearest Mercedes-BenzService Center.You may be charged for services such as repairwork and/or towing.Further details are available in your mbracemanual.

i The system has not been able to initiate aRoadside Assistance call, if:Rthe indicator lamp for Roadside Assistancecall button: is flashing continuously.Rno voice connection to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center was estab-lished.

This can occur if the relevant mobile phonenetwork is not available, for example.The Call Failed message appears in themultifunction display.

X To end a call: press the~ button on themultifunction steering wheel.

orX Press the corresponding multimedia systembutton for ending a phone call.

MB Info call button

226 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 229: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Press MB Info call button:.This initiates a call to theMercedes-Benz Cus-tomer Assistance Center.The indicator lamp in MB Info call button:flashes while the connection is being made.The multifunction display shows the Con‐necting Callmessage. The audio system ismuted.

If a connection can be made, the Call Con‐nected message appears in the multifunctiondisplay.If a mobile phone network and GPS receptionare available, the system transfers data to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center,for example:Rcurrent location of the vehicleRvehicle identification number

i The display of the multimedia system indi-cates that a call is active. During the call, youcan change to the navigation menu by press-ing the NAVI button on COMAND, for exam-ple.Voice output is not available.

A voice connection is established between theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerand the vehicle occupants.You receive information about operating yourvehicle, about the nearest authorizedMercedes-Benz Center and about other prod-ucts and services from Mercedes-Benz.USA only: you can find further information onthe mbrace system under "Owners Online" athttp://www.mbusa.com.

i The system has not been able to initiate anMB Info call, if:Rthe indicator lamp in MB Info call button:is flashing continuously.Rno voice connection to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center was estab-lished.

This can occur if the relevant mobile phonenetwork is not available, for example.The Call Failed message appears in themultifunction display.

X To end a call: press the~ button on themultifunction steering wheel.

orX Press the corresponding multimedia systembutton for ending a phone call.

Call priorityWhen service calls are active, e.g. RoadsideAssistance or MB Info calls, an emergency callcan still be initiated. In this case, an emergencycall will take priority and override all other activecalls.The indicator lamp of the respective buttonflashes until the call is ended.An emergency call can only be terminated by theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center.All other calls can be ended by pressing:Rthe~ button on themultifunction steeringwheelRthe corresponding button on the audio sys-tem or on COMAND for ending a telephonecall

i When a call is initiated, the audio system ismuted. The mobile phone is no longer con-nected to COMAND. However, if you want touse your mobile phone, do so only when thevehicle is stationary and in a safe location.

Vehicle Health CheckWith the Vehicle Health Check, the CustomerAssistance Center can provide improved sup-port for problems with your vehicle. During anexisting call, vehicle data is transferred to theCustomer Assistance Center. The customer ser-vice representative can use the received data todecide what kind of assistance is required. Youare then, for example, guided to the nearestMercedes-Benz Service Center or a recoveryvehicle is called.If vehicle data needs to be transferred during anMB Info call or a Roadside Assistance call, this isinitiated by the Customer Assistance Center.You will see the Roadside Assistance Con‐nectedmessage in the COMAND display. If thevehicle remote malfunction diagnosis can bestarted, the Request for vehicle diagno‐sis received. Start vehicle diagnosis?message appears in the display.X Confirm the message with Yes.X When the Vehicle diagnosis: Pleasestart ignition message appears, turn theSmartKey to position2 in the ignition lock(Y page 116).

X When the Please follow the instruc‐tions received by phone and moveyour vehicle to a safe position mes-

Features 227

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 230: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

sage appears, follow the customer servicerepresentative's instructions.The message in the display disappears.If you select Cancel the remote malfunctiondiagnosis is canceled completely.The vehicle operating state check begins. Youwill see the Vehicle diagnosis activatedmessage.

When the diagnosis is completed, the Trans‐fer vehicle diagnostics data (Voiceconnection may be interrupted duringdata transfer)message appears. The vehicledata can now be sent to the Customer Assis-tance center.X Press OK to confirm the message.The voice connection with the CustomerAssistance Center is terminated.You will see the Vehicle diagnosis:Transferring data... message.The vehicle data is sent to the CustomerAssistance Center.

Depending on what the customer service rep-resentative agreed with you, the voice connec-tion is re-established after the transfer is com-plete. If necessary, you will be contacted at alater time by another means, e.g. by e-mail orphone.Another function of the Vehicle Health Check isthe transfer of service data to the CustomerAssistance Center. If a service is overdue, theCOMAND display shows a message about vari-ous special offers at your workshop.USA only: this information can also be called upunder "Owners Online" at http://www.mbusa.com.Information on the data stored in the vehicle(Y page 28).Information on Roadside Assistance(Y page 25).

Garage door opener

General notesThe HomeLink® garage door opener integratedin the rear-view mirror allows you to operate upto three different door and gate systems.Use the integrated garage door opener only ongarage doors that:Rhave safety stop and reverse features andRmeet current U.S. federal safety standards

Once programed, the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-view mirror will assume thefunction of the garage door system's remotecontrol. Please also read the operating instruc-tions for the garage door system.When programming a garage door opener, parkthe vehicle outside the garage. Do not run theengine while programming.Certain garage door drives are incompatiblewith the integrated garage door opener. If youhave difficulty programing the integrated garagedoor opener, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Alternatively, you can call the following tele-phone assistance services:RUSA: Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-FOR-MERCedesRCanada: Customer Service at1-800-387-0100RHomeLink® hotline 1-800-355-3515 (free ofcharge)

More information on HomeLink® and/or com-patible products is also available online athttp://www.homelink.com.Notes on the declaration of conformity(Y page 26).USA: FCC ID: CB2HMIHL4Canada: IC: 279B-HMIHL4

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen you operate or program the garage doorwith the integrated garage door opener, per-sons in the range of movement of the garagedoor can become trapped or struck by thegarage door. There is a risk of injury.When using the integrated garage dooropener, always make sure that nobody iswithin the range of movement of the garagedoor.

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Inhalingthese exhaust gases leads to poisoning. Thereis a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leavethe engine running in enclosed spaces with-out sufficient ventilation.

228 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 231: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Programming

Programming the buttonsPay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 228).

Garage door remote controlA is not includedwith the integrated garage door opener.X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X Select one of buttons; to? to use to con-trol the garage door drive.

X To start programming mode: press andhold one of buttons; to? on the integratedgarage door opener.The garage door opener is now in program-ming mode. After a short time, indicatorlamp: lights up yellow.Indicator lamp: lights up yellow as soon asbutton;,= or? is stored for the first time.If the selected button has already been pro-gramed, indicator lamp: will only light upyellow after ten seconds have elapsed.

X Release button;,= or?. Indicatorlamp: flashes yellow.

X To program the remote control: pointgarage door remote controlA towards but-tons; to? on the rear-view mirror at a dis-tance of 2 to 8 in (5 to 20 cm).

X Press and hold buttonB on remote controlA until indicator lamp: lights up green.When indicator lamp: lights up green: pro-gramming is finished.When indicator lamp: flashes green: pro-gramming was successful. The next step is tosynchronize the rolling code (Y page 229).

X Release buttonB on remote controlA forthe garage door drive system.If indicator lamp: lights up red: repeat theprograming procedure for the correspondingbutton on the rear-view mirror. When doing

so, vary the distance between remote controlA and the rear-view mirror.The required distance between remote con-trolA and the integrated garage door openerdepends on the garage door drive system.Several attempts might be necessary. Youshould test every position for at least25 seconds before trying another position.

Synchronizing the rolling codePay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 228).If the garage door system uses a rolling code,you will also have to synchronize the garagedoor system with the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-viewmirror. To do this youwillneed to use the programming button on the doordrive control panel. The programming buttonmay be located in different places depending onthe manufacturer. It is usually located on thedoor drive unit on the garage ceiling.Familiarize yourself with the garage door driveoperating instructions, e.g. under "Program-ming additional remote controls", before carry-ing out the following steps.Your vehicle must be within reach of the garagedoor or gate opener drive. Make sure that nei-ther your vehicle nor any persons/objects arepresent within the sweep of the door or gate.X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X Get out of the vehicle.X Press the programming button on the doordrive unit.Usually, you now have 30 seconds to initiatethe next step.

X Get into the vehicle.X Press previously programed button;,=or? on the integrated garage door openerrepeatedly until the door closes.The rolling code synchronization is then com-plete.

Notes on programming the remote con-trolCanadian radio frequency laws require a "break"(or interruption) of the transmission signalsafter broadcasting for a few seconds. Therefore,these signals may not last long enough for theintegrated garage door opener. The signal is notrecognized during programming. Comparable

Features 229

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 232: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

with Canadian law, someU.S. garage door open-ers also feature a "break".Proceed as follows:Rif you live in Canada.Rif you have difficulties programming thegarage door opener (regardless of where youlive) when following the programming steps.

X Press and hold one of buttons; to? on theintegrated garage door opener.After a short time, indicator lamp: lights upyellow.

X Release the button.Indicator lamp: flashes yellow.

X Press buttonB of garage door remote con-trolA for two seconds, then release it for twoseconds.

X Press buttonB again for two seconds.X Repeat this sequence on buttonB of remotecontrolA until indicator lamp: lights upgreen.When indicator lamp: lights up green: pro-gramming is finished.When indicator lamp: flashes green: pro-gramming was successful. The next step is tosynchronize the rolling code.

X Release buttonB of remote controlA of thegarage door drive.When indicator lamp: lights up red: repeatthe programming process for the correspond-ing button on the rear-view mirror. Whendoing so, vary the distance between remotecontrolA and the rear-view mirror.The required distance between remote con-trolA and the integrated garage door openerdepends on the garage door drive system.Several attempts might be necessary. Youshould test every position for at least25 seconds before trying another position.

Problems when programmingIf you are experiencing problems programmingthe integrated garage door opener on the rear-view mirror, take note of the following instruc-tions:RCheck the transmitter frequency used bygarage door drive remote controlA andwhether it is supported. The transmitter fre-quency can usually be found on the back ofremote controlA for the garage door drive.The integrated garage door opener is com-patible with devices that have units which

operate in the frequency range of 280 to433 MHz.RReplace the batteries in garage door remotecontrolA. This increases the likelihood thatgarage door remote controlA will transmit astrong and precise signal to the integratedgarage door opener.RWhen programming, hold remote controlAat varying distances and angles from but-tons; to?which you are programming. Tryvarious angles at a distance between 2and8 inches (5to 20 cm) or at the same angle butat varying distances.RIf a further remote controlA is available forthe same garage door drive, repeat the sameprogramming steps with this remote controlA. Before performing these steps,make surethat new batteries have been installed ingarage door drive remote controlA.RNote that some remote controls only transmitfor a limited amount of time (the indicatorlamp on the remote control goes out). PressbuttonB on remote controlA again beforetransmission ends.RAlign the antenna cable of the garage dooropener unit. This can improve signal recep-tion/transmission.

Opening/closing the garage doorAfter it has been programmed, the integratedgarage door opener performs the function of thegarage door system remote control. Please alsoread the operating instructions for the garagedoor system.X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X Press either button;,= or? which youhave programmed to operate the garagedoor.Garage door system with a fixed code: indi-cator lamp: lights up green.Garage door system with a rolling code: indi-cator lamp: flashes green.The transmitter will transmit a signal as longas the button is pressed. The transmission ishalted after a maximum of ten seconds andindicator lamp: lights up yellow.

X Press button;,= or? again if necessary.

230 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 233: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Clearing the memoryMake sure that you clear the memory of theintegrated garage door opener before selling thevehicle.X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X Press and hold buttons; and?.The indicator lamp initially lights up yellowand then green.

X Release buttons; and?.The memory of the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-view mirror is cleared.

Compass

Calling up the compass

Compass; displays the compass direction inwhich the vehicle is currently traveling: N, NE, E,SE, S, SW, W or NW.To receive a correct display in rear-view mir-ror:, the compass must be calibrated and themagnetic field zone set.

Setting the compass

North America zone map

South America zone mapX Set your location using the zone maps.X Push a round pen into opening=(Y page 231) for approximately three sec-onds.The zone currently selected appears in com-pass display; (Y page 231).

X To select the zone: push a round pen intoopening= (Y page 231) until the desiredzone is selected.If, after a few seconds, the display in compassdisplay; (Y page 231) changes direction,the zone has been selected.

Features 231

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 234: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Calibrating the compassX Make sure that there is sufficient space foryou to drive in a circle without impeding traf-fic.

In order to calibrate the compass correctly, dothe following:Rcalibrate the compass in the open and not inthe vicinity of steel structures or high-voltagetransmission lines.Rswitch off electrical consumers such as theclimate control, windshieldwipers or rearwin-dow defroster.Rclose all doors and the trunk lid.X Switch on the ignition.X Push a round pen into opening=(Y page 231) for approximately six seconds,until symbol C is shown in compass display;(Y page 231).

X Drive your vehicle in a full circle at approx-imately 3 mph (5 km/h) to 6 mph (10 km/h).When the calibration has successfully beencompleted, the current direction is shown incompass display; (Y page 231).

Floormats

G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell may restrictthe clearance around the pedals or block adepressed pedal. This jeopardizes the oper-ating and road safety of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.Stow all objects securely in the vehicle so thatthey do not get into the driver's footwell.When using floormats or carpets, make surethat they are properly secured so that they donot slip or obstruct the pedals. Do not placeseveral floormats or carpets on top of oneanother.

X Slide the seat back.X To install: place the floormat in the footwell.X Press studs: onto retainers;.X To remove: pull the floormat off retainers;.X Remove the floormat.

232 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 235: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Engine compartment

Hood

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the hood is unlatched, it may open up whenthe vehicle is in motion and block your view.There is a risk of an accident.Never unlatch the hood while driving. Beforeevery trip, ensure that the hood is locked.

G WARNINGWhen opening and closing the hood, it maysuddenly fall into the closed position. There isa risk of injury to persons within range ofmovement of the hood.Open and close the hood only when no one iswithin its range of movement.

G WARNINGOpening the hood when the engine is over-heated or when there is a fire in the enginecompartment could expose you to hot gasesor other service products. There is a risk ofinjury.Let an overheated engine cool down beforeopening the hood. If there is a fire in theengine compartment, keep the hood closedand contact the fire department.

G WARNINGThe engine compartment contains movingcomponents. Certain components, such asthe radiator fan, may continue to run or startagain suddenly when the ignition is off. Thereis a risk of injury.If you need to do any work inside the enginecompartment:Rswitch off the ignitionRnever reach into the area where there is arisk of danger from moving components,such as the fan rotation area

Rremove jewelry and watchesRkeep items of clothing and hair, for exam-ple, away from moving parts

Opening the hood

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGWhen the hood is open and the windshieldwipers are set inmotion, you can be injured bythe wiper linkage. There is a risk of injury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before opening the hood.

! Make sure that the windshield wipers arenot folded away from the windshield. Youcould otherwise damage the windshield wip-ers or the hood.

X Make sure that the windshield wipers areturned off.

X Pull release lever: on the hood.The hood is released.

Engine compartment 233

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Page 236: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Reach into the gap, pull hood catch handle;up and lift hood:.If you lift the hood by approximately 15 in(40 cm), the hood is opened and held openautomatically by the gas-filled strut.

Closing the hoodX Lower the hood and let it fall from a height ofapproximately 8 in (20 cm).

X Check that the hood has engaged properly.If the hood can be raised slightly, it is notproperly engaged. Open it again and close itwith a little more force.

Engine oil

Notes on the oil levelDepending on your driving style, the vehicleconsumes up to 0.9 US qt (0.8 liters) of oil per600 miles (1,000 km). The oil consumption maybe higher than this when the vehicle is new or ifyou frequently drive at high engine speeds.Depending on the engine, the oil dipstickmay bein a different location.When checking the oil level:Rpark the vehicle on a level surfaceRthe engine should be switched off for approx-imately five minutes if the engine is at normaloperating temperatureRif the engine is not at normal operating tem-perature, e.g. if the engine was only startedbriefly, wait about 30minutes before carryingout the measurement

Checking the oil level using the oil dip-stick

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Only touch the following components descri-bed.

ExampleX Pull oil dipstick: out of the dipstick guidetube.

X Wipe off oil dipstick:.X Slowly slide oil dipstick: into the guide tubeto the stop, and take it out again.If the level is between MIN mark= and MAXmark;, the oil level is correct.

X If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark= orbelow, add 1.0 liter of engine oil.

X If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark= orbelow, add 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter) of engine oil.

Example

234 Engine compartmentMaintenance

andcare

Page 237: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Pull out oil dipstick:.X Wipe off oil dipstick:.X Slowly slide oil dipstick: into the guide tubeto the stop, and take it out again.If the level is between MIN mark= and MAXmark;, the oil level is correct.

X If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark= orbelow, add 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter) of engine oil.

Adding engine oil

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGIf engine oil comes into contact with hot com-ponents in the engine compartment, it mayignite. There is a risk of fire and injury.Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next tothe filler neck. Let the engine cool down andthoroughly clean the engine oil off the com-ponents before starting the engine.

H Environmental noteWhen adding oil, take care not to spill any. Ifoil enters the soil or waterways, it is harmful tothe environment.

! Use only engine oils and oil filters that areapproved for vehicleswith a service system. Alist of the engine oils and oil filters that havebeen tested and approved in accordance withMercedes-Benz Specifications for ServiceProducts is available at any authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

The following cause engine failure or damageto the exhaust system:RUse of engine oils and oil filters that havenot been expressly approved for the servicesystemRReplacement of engine oil and oil filter afterthe replacement interval specified by theservice system has expiredRUse of engine oil additives

! Do not add too much oil. If the oil level isabove the "max" mark on the dipstick, toomuch oil has been added. This can lead todamage to the engine or the catalytic con-verter. Have excess oil siphoned off.

Example: engine oil capX Turn cap: counter-clockwise and remove it.X Add engine oil.If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark onthe oil dipstick, add 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter) ofengine oil.

X Replace cap: on the filler neck and turnclockwise.Ensure that the cap locks into place securely.

X Check the oil level again with the oil dipstick(Y page 234).

Further information on engine oil (Y page 292).

Checking and adding other serviceproducts

Checking coolant level

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.

Engine compartment 235

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Page 238: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGThe cooling system is pressurized, particularlywhen the motor is warm. If you open the cap,you could be scalded if hot coolant sprays out.There is a risk of injury.Let the engine cool down before you open thecap. Wear gloves and eye protection. Slowlyopen the cap to relieve pressure.

ExampleX Park the vehicle on a level surface.Only check the coolant level when the vehicleis on a level surface and the engine has cooleddown.

X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).On vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, press theStart/Stop button twice (Y page 116).

X Check the coolant temperature gage in themultifunction display.The coolant temperature must be below158 ‡ (70 †).

X Turn the SmartKey to positionu(Y page 116) in the ignition lock.

X Slowly turn cap: half a turn anti-clockwiseto allow excess pressure to escape.

X Turn cap; further counter-clockwise andremove it.If the coolant is at the level of marker bar=in the filler neck when cold, there is enoughcoolant in coolant expansion tank:.

If the coolant level is approximately 0.6 in(1.5 cm) above marker bar= in the fuel fillerneck when warm, there is enough coolant inexpansion tank:.

X If necessary, add coolant that has been testedand approved by Mercedes-Benz.

X Replace cap; and turn it clockwise as far asit will go.

Further information on coolant (Y page 293).

Windshield washer system

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGWindshield washer concentrate could ignite ifit comes into contact with hot engine compo-nents or the exhaust system. There is a risk offire and injury.Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

ExampleX To open: pull cap: upwards by the tab.X Add the premixed washer fluid.X To close: press cap: onto the filler neckuntil it engages.

If the washer fluid level drops below the recom-mended minimum fluid level of 1 US qt (1 liter),

236 Engine compartmentMaintenance

andcare

Page 239: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

a message appears in the multifunction displayprompting you to addwasher fluid (Y page 201).Further information on windshield washer fluid/antifreeze (Y page 294).

Overview of the engine compartment

Example: gasoline engine: Engine oil cap; Oil dipstick= Brake fluid reservoir? Washer fluid reservoirA Coolant expansion tank

ASSYST PLUS

Service messagesThe ASSYST PLUS service interval displayinforms you of the next service due date.Information on the type of service and serviceintervals (see the separate Maintenance Book-let).You can obtain further information from anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or athttp://www.mbusa.com (USA only).

i The ASSYST PLUS service interval displaydoes not show any information on the engineoil level. Observe the notes on the engine oillevel (Y page 234).

The multifunction display shows a service mes-sage for several seconds, e.g.:RService A in .. DaysRService A DueRService A Exceeded by .. Days

Depending on the operating conditions of thevehicle, the remaining time or distance until thenext service due date is displayed.The letter A or B, possibly in connection with anumber or another letter, shows the type of ser-vice. A stands for a minor service and B for amajor service.You can obtain further information from anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.The ASSYST PLUS service interval display doesnot take into account any periods of time duringwhich the battery is disconnected.Maintaining the time-dependent service sched-ule:X Note down the service due date displayed inthe multifunction display before disconnect-ing the battery.

orX After reconnecting the battery, subtract thebattery disconnection periods from the ser-vice date shown on the display.

Hiding a service messageX Press thea or% button on the steeringwheel.

Displaying service messagesX Switch on the ignition.X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Serv. menu.

X Press the9 or: button to select theASSYST PLUS submenu and confirm by press-ing thea button.The service due date appears in the multi-function display.

Information about Service

Resetting the ASSYST PLUS serviceinterval display! If the ASSYST PLUS service interval displayhas been inadvertently reset, this setting canbe corrected at a qualified specialist work-shop.Have service work carried out as described intheMaintenance Booklet. This may otherwise

ASSYST PLUS 237

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Page 240: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

lead to increased wear and damage to themajor assemblies or the vehicle.

A qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center, will reset theASSYST PLUS service interval display after theservice work has been carried out. You can alsoobtain further information on maintenancework, for example.

Special service requirementsThe specified maintenance interval takes onlythe normal operation of the vehicle intoaccount. Under arduous operating conditions orincreased load on the vehicle, maintenancework must be carried out more frequently, forexample:Rregular city drivingwith frequent intermediatestopsRif the vehicle is primarily used to travel shortdistancesRuse in mountainous terrain or on poor roadsurfacesRif the engine is often left idling for long periodsUnder these or similar conditions, have, forexample, the air filter, engine oil and oil filterreplaced or changed more frequently. Underarduous operating conditions, the tires must becheckedmore often. Further information can beobtained at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g.an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Driving abroadAn extensive Mercedes-Benz Service network isalso available in other countries. You can obtainfurther information from any authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Care

Notes on care

H Environmental noteDispose of empty packaging and cleaningcloths in an environmentally responsibleman-ner.

! When cleaning your car, do not use:Rdry, coarse or hard clothsRabrasive cleaning agents

RsolventsRcleaning agents containing solventsDo not scrub.Do not touch the surfaces and films with hardobjects, e.g. rings or ice scrapers. Otherwise,you may scratch or damage the surfaces andfilms.

! Do not park your vehicle for a long period oftime directly after cleaning, particularly aftercleaning the wheel rim with wheel cleaner.Wheel cleaner can lead to the increased cor-rosion of the brake discs and pads. Therefore,drive for a few minutes after cleaning. Byheating up the brakes, the brake discs andpads dry. The vehicle can then be parked for along period of time.

Regular care of your vehicle is a condition forretaining the quality in the long term.Use care products and cleaning agents recom-mended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Washing the vehicle and cleaning thepaintwork

Automatic car wash

G WARNINGBraking efficiency is reduced after washingthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.After the vehicle has been washed, brakecarefully while paying attention to the trafficconditions until full braking power is restored.

! When DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD func-tion is activated, the vehicle brakes automat-ically in certain situations.To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivateDISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function inthe following or similar situations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

! It is preferable to use car washes withadjustable high-pressure pre-cleaning thatcorresponds to the specification for the Cab-riolet program. In car washes that use highwater pressures, there is a risk that a smallamount of water may leak into the vehicle.

238 CareMaintenance

andcare

Page 241: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

! Lock the car if you wash it in an automaticcar wash. Otherwise, the vehicle might bedamaged.

! Never clean your vehicle in a TouchlessAutomatic Car Wash as these use specialcleaning agents. These cleaning agents candamage the paintwork or plastic parts.If you have your vehicle cleaned in a high-pressure automatic car wash, small amountsof water may enter the vehicle.

! Make sure that the automatic transmissionis in position N when washing your vehicle ina tow-through car wash. The vehicle could bedamaged if the transmission is in anotherposition.

! Make sure that:Rthe side windows and the roof are com-pletely closedRthe climate control blower is switched offRthe windshield wiper switch is at position 0The vehicle could otherwise be damaged.

You can clean the vehicle at an automatic carwash from the very start.Preferably clean the vehicle at automatic carwashes that use textile washing elements with-out brushes. This prevents fine scratches fromforming on the paintwork and film.If the vehicle is very dirty, pre-wash it beforecleaning it in an automatic car wash.After using an automatic car wash, wipe off waxfrom the windshield and the wiper blades. Thiswill prevent smears and reduce wiping noisescaused by residue on the windshield.

i Vehicles with decorative film: select a washprogramwithout hot wax at the automatic carwash.

Washing by handIn some countries, washing by hand is onlyallowed at specially equipped washing bays.Observe the legal requirements in each country.X Do not use hot water and do not wash thevehicle in direct sunlight.

X Use a soft sponge to clean.X Use a mild cleaning agent, such as a carshampoo approved by Mercedes-Benz.

X Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a gen-tle jet of water.

X Do not point thewater jet directly towards theair inlet or the edges of decorative foils.

X Use plenty of water and rinse out the spongefrequently.

X Rinse the vehicle with clean water and drythoroughly with a chamois.

X Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paint-work or the decorative foils.

Carefully remove all deposits of road salt assoon as possible when driving in winter.

Power washers

G WARNINGThe water jet from a circular jet nozzle (dirtblasters) can cause invisible exterior damageto the tires or chassis components. Compo-nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect-edly. There is a risk of an accident.Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replaced imme-diately.

! Vehicles with decorative foil: parts of yourvehicle are coveredwith decorative foil. Main-tain a distance of at least 27.5 in (70 cm)between the foil-wrapped parts of the vehicleand the nozzle of the high pressure cleaner.Information about the correct distance isavailable from the equipment manufacturer.Move the power washer nozzle around whencleaning your vehicle.The water temperature of the high-pressurecleaner must not exceed 140 °F (60 °C).

! Always maintain a distance of at least11.8 in (30 cm) between the vehicle and thepower washer nozzle. Information about thecorrect distance is available from the equip-ment manufacturer.Move the power washer nozzle around whencleaning your vehicle.Do not aim directly at any of the following:RtiresRdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints, etc.Relectrical componentsRbatteryRplug-type couplingsRlights

Care 239

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Page 242: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

RsealsRtrimRventilation slotsDamaged seals or electrical components canlead to leaks or failures.

! Do not use high-pressure cleaners if thetank recess is open while you clean it. Thiscan cause damage to the seals or other com-ponents.

Cleaning the paintwork! Do not affix:RstickersRfilmsRmagnetic plates or similar itemsto painted surfaces. You could otherwisedamage the paintwork.

Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas affected bycorrosion and damage caused by inadequatecare cannot always be completely repaired. Insuch cases, visit a qualified specialist workshop.X Remove dirt immediately, where possible,while avoiding rubbing too hard.

X Soak insect remains with insect remover andrinse off the treated areas afterwards.

X Soak bird droppings with water and rinse offthe treated areas afterwards.

X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin, oils,fuels and greases by rubbing gently with acloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighterfluid.

X Use tar remover to remove tar stains.X Use silicone remover to remove wax.If water no longer forms "beads" on the paintsurface, use the paint care products recommen-ded and approved byMercedes-Benz. This is thecase approximately every three to five months,depending on the climate conditions and thecare product used.If dirt has penetrated the paint surface or if thepaint has become dull, the paint cleaner recom-mended and approved by Mercedes-Benzshould be used.Do not use these care products in the sun or onthe hood while the hood is hot.X Use a suitable touch-up stick, e.g. MB Touch-Up Stick, to repair slight damage to the paint-work quickly and provisionally.

Matte finish care! Never polish the vehicle or the light alloywheels. Polishing causes the finish to shine.

! The following can give the paint a glossyappearance and thus reduce the matt effect:RRubbing hard with unsuitable agentsRWashing the vehicle in direct sunlight

! Never use paint cleaner, buffing or polishingproducts, or gloss preserver, e.g. wax, for thepurpose of paintwork care. These productsare only suitable for high-gloss surfaces. Theiruse on vehicles with matte paintwork leads toconsiderable surface damage or, more spe-cifically, to shiny, spotted areas.Always have paintwork repairs carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

! Only use automatic car washes which cor-respond to the latest technological stand-ards. Never use wash programs which finishby treating the vehicle with hot wax.

Observe these notes if your vehicle has a clearmatte finish. This will help you to avoid damageto the paintwork due to incorrect treatment.These notes also apply to light alloy wheels witha clear matte finish.

i Use only insect remover and car shampoofrom the range of recommended andapproved Mercedes-Benz care products.

Cleaning the decorative film! The following may have an effect on the ser-vice life and coloring of decorative film:RsunlightRtemperature, e.g. hot-air fanRweather conditionsRstone impacts and dirtRchemical cleaning agentsRgreasy substances

! Do not use any types of polish on matt dec-orative film. Polishing surfaces covered withfilm gives it a shiny finish.

! Do not treat matt or structured decorativefilm with wax. This may lead to marks thatcannot be removed.

240 CareMaintenance

andcare

Page 243: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Observe the notes in the section on the care andtreatment of matt paintwork (Y page 240);these notes also apply to decorative film.To clean, use plenty of water and amild cleaningagent without additional or abrasive products,e.g. a car shampoo approved by Mercedes-Benz.X Remove bird droppings, tree resin or fuel assoon as possible.The decorative film may be irreparably dam-aged.

X Dry vehicles covered with film using a soft,absorbent cloth after every wash.Water marks could otherwise form.

Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas affected bycorrosion and damage caused by inadequatecare cannot always be completely repaired. Insuch cases, visit a qualified specialist workshop.The cleaning product Paint Cleaner, which hasbeen approved and recommended byMercedes-Benz, should be used when dirt haspenetrated the decorative film surface or thedecorative film has become dull.The manufacturer can provide you with infor-mation on special care and cleaning products.Surfaces covered with film may appear shinierafter the decorative film has been removed.

i Have work or repairs on decorative film car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center for thispurpose.

Cleaning the vehicle parts

Cleaning the wheels

G WARNINGThe water jet from a circular jet nozzle (dirtblasters) can cause invisible exterior damageto the tires or chassis components. Compo-nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect-edly. There is a risk of an accident.Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replaced imme-diately.

! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning productsto remove brake dust. This could damagewheel bolts and brake components.

! Do not park your vehicle for a long period oftime directly after cleaning, particularly aftercleaning the wheel rim with wheel cleaner.Wheel cleaner can lead to the increased cor-rosion of the brake discs and pads. Therefore,drive for a few minutes after cleaning. Byheating up the brakes, the brake discs andpads dry. The vehicle can then be parked for along period of time.

Cleaning the windows

G WARNINGYou could become trapped by the windshieldwipers if they start moving while cleaning thewindshield or wiper blades. There is a risk ofinjury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before cleaning the windshield orwiper blades.

! Do not use dry cloths, abrasive products,solvents or cleaning agents containing sol-vents to clean the inside of the windows. Donot touch the insides of the windows withhard objects, e.g. an ice scraper or ring. Thereis otherwise a risk of damaging the windows.

! Clean the water drainage channels of thewindshield and the rear window at regularintervals. Deposits such as leaves, petals andpollen may under certain circumstances pre-vent water from draining away. This can leadto corrosion damage and damage to elec-tronic components.

X Clean the inside and outside of the windowswith a damp cloth and a cleaning product thatis recommended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Cleaning wiper blades

G WARNINGIf the windshield wipers are set in motionwhile you are cleaning thewindshield, you canbe trapped by the wiper arm. There is a risk ofinjury.

Care 241

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Page 244: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before cleaning the windshield.

! Do not pull the wiper blade. Otherwise, thewiper blade could be damaged.

! Do not clean wiper blades too often and donot rub them too hard. Otherwise, the graph-ite coating could be damaged. This couldcause wiper noise.

! Hold the wiper arm securely when foldingback. The windshield could be damaged if thewiper arm smacks against it suddenly.

X Fold the windshield wiper arms away from thewindshield.

X Carefully clean the wiper blades with a dampcloth.

X Fold the windshield wiper arms back againbefore switching on the ignition.

Cleaning the exterior lighting! Only use cleaning agents or cleaning clothswhich are suitable for plastic light lenses.Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning clothscould scratch or damage the plastic light len-ses.

X Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lightswith a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent,e.g. Mercedes-Benz car shampoo or cleaningcloths.

Cleaning the mirror turn signals! Only use cleaning agents or cleaning clothsthat are suitable for plastic lenses. Unsuitablecleaning agents or cleaning cloths couldscratch or damage the plastic lenses of themirror turn signals.

X Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turn sig-nals in the exterior mirror housing using a wetsponge and mild cleaning agent, e.g.Mercedes-Benz car shampoo or with cleaningcloths.

Cleaning the sensors! If you clean the sensors with a powerwasher, make sure that you keep a distanceof at least 11.8 in (30 cm) between the vehicleand the power washer nozzle. Information

about the correct distance is available fromthe equipment manufacturer.

X Clean sensors: of the driving systems withwater, car shampoo and a soft cloth.

Cleaning the rear view camera! Do not clean the camera lens and the areaaround the rear view camera with a powerwasher.

X Open the camera flap (Y page 155).X Use clean water and a soft cloth to cleancamera lens:.

The camera flap closes:Rif the ignition is switched offRif the camera system is deactivatedRstarting at vehicle speeds above 6.2 mph(10 km/h)

242 CareMaintenance

andcare

Page 245: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Cleaning the exhaust pipe

G WARNINGThe exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim canbecome very hot. If you come into contactwith these parts of the vehicle, you could burnyourself. There is a risk of injury.Always be particularly careful around theexhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim. Allowthese components to cool down before touch-ing them.

! Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid-based cleaning agents, such as bathroomcleaner or wheel cleaner.

X Clean the exhaust pipe with a chrome careproduct tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Impurities combined with the effects of road gritand corrosive environmental factors may causeflash rust to form on the surface. You canrestore the original shine of the exhaust pipe bycleaning it regularly, especially in winter andafter washing.

Care 243

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Page 246: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Where will I find...?

Warning triangle

Removing the warning triangle

Warning triangle; is secured on the inside ofthe trunk lid.X Open the trunk lid.X Turn lever: in the direction of the arrow.X Remove warning triangle;.

Setting up the warning triangle

X Fold feet= down and out to the side.X Pull side reflectors; upwards to form a tri-angle and lock them at the top using upperpress-stud:.

First-aid kit

First-aid kit: is located in the stowage wellunder the trunk floor.X Lift the trunk floor upwards (Y page 221).X Remove first-aid kit:.Check the expiration date on the first-aid kit atleast once a year. Replace the contents if nec-essary, and replace missing items.

Reflective safety jacket

Removing/replacing reflective safetyjackets

The reflective safety jackets are located in thesafety jacket compartments in the stowagecompartments of the front doors. There are alsosafety jacket compartments in the stowagecompartments of the rear doors, in which reflec-tive safety jackets can be stowed.X To remove: pull out safety jacket bag:withthe reflective safety jacket by the loop.

X Open safety jacket bag: and pull out thereflective safety jacket.

244 Where will I find...?Breakdow

nassistance

Page 247: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X To stow: fold the reflective safety jacket, rollit up and stow it in safety jacket bag:.

X Slide safety jacket bag: along the loweredge of the armrest into the safety jacketcompartment. Meanwhile, ensure thatloop; hangs out well within reach.i Remove a new reflective safety jacket fromits packaging material before sliding it intothe safety jacket compartment. The packag-ingmaterial may otherwise cause it to slip outor make removing it difficult.

Observe the legal requirements in each country.

Notes on the reflective safety jacket

: Maximum number of washes; Maximum wash temperature= Do not bleach? Do not ironA Do not use a laundry dryerB Do not dry-cleanC This is a class 2 vestRThe reflective safety jacketsmeet the require-ments defined by the legal standard only if:- the correct size is used and- the reflective safety jacket is correctly fas-tened

RBefore use, ensure that the reflective safetyjacket is clean and intact. The special prop-erties may otherwise be compromised.RThe reflective safety jackets should be storedin their original packaging in a dry place awayfrom sources of heat and light.RThe maximum number of washes specified isnot the only factor influencing the life span ofthe reflective safety jackets. Their life spanalso depends on use, care, storage, etc.

RThe reflective safety jackets should be dis-posed of and replaced with new ones:- after 15 washes, and/or- if the reflective strips have becomescratched, and/or

- if the backing material and/or reflectivestrips have become soiled and cannot becleaned off, and/or

- the reflective safety jacket's fluorescencehas faded, e.g. due to the effects of sunlight

RDispose of the reflective safety jacket in anenvironmentally responsible manner. To doso, contact your local waste disposal com-pany.

Vehicle tool kit

General notesThe vehicle tool kit can be found in the trunk orin the stowage well under the trunk floor.Apart from certain country-specific variations,the vehicles are not equipped with a tire-changetool kit. Some tools for changing a wheel arespecific to the vehicle. For more information onwhich tools are required to perform a wheelchange on your vehicle, consult a qualified spe-cialist workshop.Necessary tire-changing tools can include, forexample:RjackRwheel chockRlug wrenchRratchet wrenchRalignment bolt

Where will I find...? 245

Breakdow

nassistance

Page 248: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit

: Tire sealant filler bottle; Fuse allocation chart= Tire inflation compressor? Towing eyeX Lift the trunk floor up.X Use the TIREFIT kit (Y page 247).

i Example: equipment and country-specificvariations possible.

Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheelThe collapsible spare wheel can be found in thestowagewell under the trunk floor (Y page 221).

: Folding wheel chock; Fuse allocation chart= Jack? Sheet for faulty wheelA Alignment boltB Lug wrenchC Towing eyeD Valve extractorE Tire inflation compressorX Remove the collapsible spare wheel(Y page 286).

Flat tire

Preparing the vehicleYour vehicle may be equipped with:Rtires with run-flat characteristics(MOExtended tires) (Y page 247)Vehicle preparation is not necessary on vehi-cles with MOExtended tiresRan emergency spare wheel (Y page 285)Vehicles with the Mercedes-Benz emer-gency call system: in the event of a flat tire, youcan contact the Mercedes-Benz emergency callsystem customer center.Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires arenot equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory. Itis therefore recommended that you additionallyequip your vehiclewith a TIREFIT kit if youmounttires that do not feature run-flat characteristics,e.g. winter tires. A TIREFIT kit may be obtainedfrom a qualified specialist workshop.Information on changing and mounting wheels(Y page 280).X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground, as far away as possible fromtraffic.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 131).

X If possible, bring the front wheels into thestraight-ahead position.

X Switch off the engine.X Vehicles without KEYLESS-GO: remove theSmartKey from the ignition lock.

X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: open the driv-er's door.The vehicle electronics now have status 0.This is the same as the SmartKey having beenremoved.

X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: remove theStart/Stop button from the ignition lock(Y page 116).

X Make sure that the passengers are not endan-gered as they do so. Make sure that no one isnear the danger area while a wheel is beingchanged. Anyone who is not directly assistingin the wheel change should, for example,stand behind the barrier.

X Get out of the vehicle. Pay attention to trafficconditions when doing so.

X Close the driver's door.

246 Flat tireBreakdow

nassistance

Page 249: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

MOExtended tires (tires with run-flatproperties)

General notesWith MOExtended tires (tires with run flat char-acteristics), you can continue to drive your vehi-cle even if there is a total loss of pressure in oneor more tires. The affected tire must not showany clearly visible damage.You can recognize a MOExtended tire by theMOExtended marking which appears on thesidewall of the tire. You will find this markingnext to the tire size designation, the load-bear-ing capacity and the speed index (Y page 275).MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunc-tion with an active tire pressure loss warningsystem or with an active tire pressure monitor.If a pressure losswarningmessage appearsin the multifunction display:Robserve the instructions in the display mes-sages (Y page 196)Rcheck the tire for damageRif driving on, observe the following notesThe driving distance possible in run-flat mode isapproximately 50 miles (80 km) when the vehi-cle is partially laden and approximately 19miles(30 km) when the vehicle is fully laden.In addition to the vehicle load, the driving dis-tance possible depends upon:Rvehicle speedRroad conditionRoutside temperatureThe driving distance possible in run-flat modemay be reduced by extreme driving conditionsor maneuvers, or it can be increased through amoderate style of driving.The driving distance possible in run-flat mode iscounted from the moment the tire pressure losswarning appears in the multifunction display.You must not exceed a maximum design speedof 50 mph (80 km/h).When replacing one or all tires, please observethe following specifications for your vehicle'stires:RsizeRtype andRthe "MOExtended" markIf a tire has gone flat and cannot be replacedwith a MOExtended tire, a standard tire may beused as a temporary measure. Make sure that

you use the proper size and type (summer orwinter tire).Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires arenot equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory. Itis therefore recommended that you additionallyequip your vehiclewith a TIREFIT kit if youmounttires that do not feature run-flat characteristics,e.g. winter tires. A TIREFIT kit can be obtainedfrom a qualified specialist workshop, for exam-ple.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen driving in emergency mode, the drivingcharacteristics deteriorate, e.g. when corner-ing, accelerating quickly and when braking.There is a risk of an accident.Do not exceed the stated maximum speed.Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers,and driving over obstacles (curbs, potholes,off-road). This applies in particular to a ladenvehicle.Stop driving in emergency mode if:Ryou hear banging noises.Rthe vehicle starts to shake.Ryou see smoke and smell rubber.RESP® is intervening constantly.Rthere are tears in the sidewalls of the tire.After driving in emergency mode, have thewheel rims checked at a qualified specialistworkshop with regard to their further use. Thedefective tire must be replaced in every case.

TIREFIT kit

Important safety notesTIREFIT is a tire sealant.You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to0.16 in (4 mm), particularly those in the tiretread. You can use TIREFIT at outside tempera-tures down to Ò4 ‡ (Ò20 †).

Flat tire 247

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

Page 250: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

G WARNINGIn the following situations, the tire sealant isunable to provide sufficient breakdown assis-tance, as it is unable to seal the tire properly:Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tire largerthan those mentioned above.Rthe wheel rim is damaged.Ryou have driven at very low tire pressures oron a flat tire.

There is a risk of an accident.Do not drive the vehicle. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G WARNINGThe tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita-tion. It must not come into contact with yourskin, eyes or clothing or be swallowed. Do notinhale TIREFIT fumes. Keep tire sealant awayfrom children. There is a risk of injury.If you come into contact with the tire sealant,observe the following:RRinse off the tire sealant from your skinimmediately with water.RIf the tire sealant comes into contact withyour eyes, immediately rinse them thor-oughly with clean water.RIf tire sealant is swallowed, immediatelyrinse your mouth out thoroughly and drinkplenty of water. Do not induce vomiting,and seek medical attention immediately.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with tire sealant.RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek medicalattention immediately.

! Do not operate the tire inflation compressorfor longer than eightminutes at a timewithouta break. It may otherwise overheat.The tire inflation compressor can be operatedagain once it has cooled down.

Comply with the manufacturer’s safety instruc-tions on the sticker on the tire inflation com-pressor.

Using the TIREFIT kit

X Donot remove any foreign objectswhich havepenetrated the tire, e.g. screws or nails.

X Remove the tire sealant bottle, the accompa-nying TIREFIT sticker and the tire inflationcompressor from the stowage well under-neath the trunk floor (Y page 245).

X Affix part: of the TIREFIT sticker to theinstrument cluster within the driver's field ofvision.

X Affix part; of the TIREFIT sticker near thevalve on the wheel with the defective tire.

X Remove filler hoseB and plug= from thebottom section of the tire inflation compres-sor housing.

X Slide the yellow filler hose connector into themounting on yellow capA of tire sealant bot-tle: until the plug engages.

X With the sealing rings in front, slide yellow capA of tire sealant bottle: into the mountingof tire inflation compressor;.The cap must engage in both hooks.

248 Flat tireBreakdow

nassistance

Page 251: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Remove the cap from valveC on the faultytire.

X Screw filler hoseD onto the valve.X Insert plug= into the cigarette lighter socket(Y page 223) or into a 12 V power socket inyour vehicle (Y page 223).

X Turn the SmartKey to position1 in the ignitionlock (Y page 116).

X Press on and off switch? on the tire inflationcompressor to ON.The tire inflation compressor is switched on.The tire is inflated.First, tire sealant is pumped into the tire. Thepressure may briefly rise to approximately500 kPa (5.0 bar/73 psi).Do not switch off the tire inflation com-pressor during this phase.

X Let the tire inflation compressor run for amaximumof tenminutes. The tire should thenhave attained a pressure of at least 200 kPa(2.0 bar/29 psi).

If a tire pressure of 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi) isachieved after a maximum of ten minutes, see(Y page 249).If a tire pressure of 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi) isnot achieved after a maximum of ten minutes,see (Y page 249).If tire sealant has escaped, clean it off affectedareas as quickly as possible. Use plain water ifpossible.If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant, havethem cleaned with perchloroethylene at a drycleaner as soon as possible.

Tire pressure not reachedIf a tire pressure of 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi) hasbeen achieved after ten minutes:X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of thefaulty tire.Note that tire sealant may escape when youunscrew the filler hose.

X Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approx-imately 30 ft (10 m).

X Pump up the tire again.After amaximumof tenminutes, the tire pres-sure must be at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi).

G WARNINGIf the required tire pressure is not reachedafter the specified time, the tire is too badlydamaged. The tire sealant cannot repair thetire in this instance. Damaged tires and a tirepressure that is too low can significantlyimpair the vehicle's braking and driving char-acteristics. There is a risk of accident.Do not continue driving. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Tire pressure reached

G WARNINGA tire temporarily sealed with tire sealantimpairs the driving characteristics and is notsuitable for higher speeds. There is a risk ofaccident.You should therefore adapt your driving styleaccordingly and drive carefully. Do not exceedthe specified maximum speed with a tire thathas been repaired using tire sealant.

The maximum speed for a tire sealed with tiresealant is 50 mph (80 km/h). The upper part ofthe TIREFIT sticker must be affixed to the instru-ment cluster in the driver's field of vision.

! Residue from the tire sealant may come outof the filler hose after use. This could causestains.Therefore, place the filler hose in the plasticbag which contained the TIREFIT kit.

Flat tire 249

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

Page 252: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

H Environmental noteHave the used tire sealant bottle disposed ofprofessionally, e.g. at a qualified specialistworkshop.

If tire pressure of 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi) hasbeen achieved after a maximum period of tenminutes:X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of thefaulty tire.

X Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire infla-tion compressor.

X Pull away immediately.X Stop after driving for approximately tenminutes and check the tire pressure with thetire inflation compressor.The tire pressure must now be at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).

G WARNINGIf the required tire pressure is not reachedafter driving for a short period, the tire is toobadly damaged. The tire sealant cannot repairthe tire in this instance. Damaged tires and atire pressure that is too low can significantlyimpair the vehicle's braking and driving char-acteristics. There is a risk of accident.Do not continue driving. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

i In cases such as the one mentioned above,contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-ter. Or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in theUSA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

X Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). See the Tire andLoading Information placard on the driver'sside B-pillar or the tire pressure table in thefuel filler flap for values.

X To increase the tire pressure: switch on thetire inflation compressor.

X To reduce the tire pressure: depress pres-sure release button: next to pressuregauge;.

X When the tire pressure is correct, unscrew thefiller hose from the valve of the sealed tire.

X Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve of thesealed tire.

X To remove the tire sealant bottle from the tireinflation compressor, press together the lock-ing tabs on the yellow cap.

X Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire infla-tion compressor.The filler hose remains attached to the tiresealant bottle.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialist work-shop and have the tire changed there.

X Have the tire sealant bottle and the filler hosereplaced as soon as possible at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

X Have the tire sealant bottle replaced everyfour years at a qualified specialist workshop.

250 Flat tireBreakdow

nassistance

Page 253: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Battery (vehicle)

Important safety notesSpecial tools and expert knowledge are requiredwhen working on the battery, e.g. removal andinstallation. You should therefore have all workinvolving the battery carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G WARNINGWork carried out incorrectly on the batterycan lead, for example, to a short circuit andthus damage the vehicle electronics. This canlead to function restrictions applying tosafety-relevant systems, e.g. the lighting sys-tem, the ABS (anti-lock braking system) or theESP® (Electronic Stability Program). The oper-ating safety of your vehicle may be restricted.You could lose control of the vehicle, forexample:Rwhen brakingRin the event of abrupt steering maneuversand/or when the vehicle's speed is notadapted to the road conditions

There is a risk of an accident.In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci-dent, contact a qualified specialist workshopimmediately. Do not drive any further. Youshould have all work involving the battery car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

For further information about ABS and ESP®,see (Y page 57) and (Y page 60).

G WARNINGElectrostatic build-up can lead to the creationof sparks, which could ignite the highly explo-sive gases of a battery. There is a risk of anexplosion.Before handling the battery, touch the vehiclebody to remove any existing electrostaticbuild-up.

The highly flammable gas mixture forms whencharging the battery as well as when jump-start-ing.

Always make sure that neither you nor the bat-tery is electrostatically charged. A build-up ofelectrostatic charge can be caused, for exam-ple:Rby wearing clothing made from syntheticfibersRdue to friction between clothing and seatsRif you push or pull the battery across the car-pet or other synthetic materialsRif you wipe the battery with a cloth

G WARNINGDuring the charging process, a battery produ-ces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit occurs orsparks are created, the hydrogen gas canignite. There is a risk of an explosion.RMake sure that the positive terminal of aconnected battery does not come into con-tact with vehicle parts.RNever placemetal objects or tools on a bat-tery.RIt is important that you observe the descri-bed order of the battery terminals whenconnecting and disconnecting a battery.RWhen jump-starting, make sure that thebattery poles with identical polarity areconnected.RIt is particularly important to observe thedescribed order when connecting and dis-connecting the jumper cables.RNever connect or disconnect the batteryterminals while the engine is running.

G WARNINGBattery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Donot inhale any battery gases. Do not lean overthe battery. Keep children away from batter-ies. Wash away battery acid immediately withplenty of clean water and seek medical atten-tion.

H Environmental noteBatteries contain pollu-tants. It is illegal to disposeof them with the household

Battery (vehicle) 251

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

Page 254: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

rubbish. They must be col-lected separately and dis-posed of in an environmen-tally responsible recyclingsystem.Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally responsi-ble manner. Take dis-charged batteries to a quali-fied specialist workshop orto a collection point forused batteries.

! Have the battery checked regularly at aqualified specialist workshop.Observe the service intervals in the Mainte-nanceBooklet or contact a qualified specialistworkshop for more information.

! Always havework on batteries carried out ata qualified specialist workshop.Should it, in exceptional circumstances, beabsolutely necessary to disconnect the 12-volt battery yourself, please observe the fol-lowing:RSecure the vehicle to prevent it from rollingaway.RSwitch off the ignition.RDisconnect the negative terminal first andthen the positive terminal.

The transmission is locked in positionjafter disconnecting the battery.After the work has been done, install the bat-tery and replace the cover of the positive ter-minal clamp firmly.

Comply with safety precautions and take pro-tective measures when handling batteries.

Risk of explosion.

Fire, open flames and smoking areprohibited when handling the bat-tery. Avoid creating sparks.

Battery acid is caustic. Avoid contactwith skin, eyes or clothing.Wear suitable protective clothing,especially gloves, apron and face-guard.

Rinse any acid spills immediatelywith clear water. Contact a physicianif necessary.Wear eye protection.

Keep children away.

Observe this Operator's Manual.

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use batteries which havebeen tested and approved for your vehicle byMercedes-Benz. These batteries provideincreased impact protection to prevent vehicleoccupants from suffering acid burns should thebattery be damaged in the event of an accident.In order for the battery to achieve the maximumpossible service life, it must always be suffi-ciently charged.Like other batteries, the vehicle battery maydischarge over time if you do not use the vehicle.In this case, have the battery disconnected at aqualified specialist workshop. You can alsocharge the batterywith a charger recommendedby Mercedes-Benz. Contact a qualified special-ist workshop for further information.Have the battery condition of charge checkedmore frequently if you use the vehicle mainly forshort trips or if you leave it standing idle for alengthy period. Consult a qualified specialistworkshop if you wish to leave your vehicleparked for a long period of time.Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicleand do not require any electrical consumers.The vehicle will then use very little energy, thusconserving battery power.If the power supply has been interrupted, e.g. ifyou reconnect the battery, you will have to:Rreset the function for automatically foldingthe exterior mirrors in/out by folding the mir-rors out once (Y page 91)Rset the clockOn vehicles with a multimedia system, thetime is set automatically.

252 Battery (vehicle)Breakdow

nassistance

Page 255: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Charging the battery

G WARNINGDuring charging and jump-starting, explosivegases can escape from the battery. There is arisk of an explosion.Particularly avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Ensure there is sufficientventilation while charging and jump-starting.Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNINGBattery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Donot inhale any battery gases. Do not lean overthe battery. Keep children away from batter-ies. Wash away battery acid immediately withplenty of clean water and seek medical atten-tion.

G WARNINGA discharged battery can freeze at tempera-tures below freezing point. When jump-start-ing the vehicle or charging the battery, gasescan escape from the battery. There is a risk ofan explosion.

Allow the frozen battery to thaw out beforecharging it or jump-starting.

! Only use battery chargers with a maximumcharging voltage of 14.8 V.

! Only charge the battery using the jump-starting connection point.

The jump-starting connection point is in theengine compartment.If the indicator/warning lamps do not light up atlow temperatures, it is very likely that the dis-charged battery has frozen. In this case, youmay neither charge the battery nor jump-startthe vehicle. The service life of a thawed-out bat-terymay be shorter. The starting characteristicscan be impaired, particularly at low tempera-tures. Have the thawed-out battery checked at aqualified specialist workshop.Read the battery charger's operating instruc-tions before charging the battery.X Open the hood.X Connect the battery charger to the positiveterminal and ground point in the same orderas when connecting the donor battery in thejump-starting procedure (Y page 253).

Jump-starting

For the jump-starting procedure, use only the jump-starting connection point in the engine com-partment, consisting of a positive terminal and a ground point.

G WARNINGBattery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not lean over thebattery. Keep children away from batteries. Wash away battery acid immediately with plenty ofclean water and seek medical attention.

G WARNINGDuring charging and jump-starting, explosive gases can escape from the battery. There is a riskof an explosion.Particularly avoid fire, open flames, creating sparks and smoking. Ensure there is sufficient ven-tilation while charging and jump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.

Jump-starting 253

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

Page 256: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

G WARNINGDuring the charging process, a battery produces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit occurs or sparksare created, the hydrogen gas can ignite. There is a risk of an explosion.RMake sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact withvehicle parts.RNever place metal objects or tools on a battery.RIt is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connectingand disconnecting a battery.RWhen jump-starting, make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected.RIt is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnectingthe jumper cables.RNever connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running.

G WARNINGA discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point. When jump-starting thevehicle or charging the battery, gases can escape from the battery. There is a risk of an explosion.Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump-starting.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts. Otherwise, the catalytic converter could bedamaged by the non-combusted fuel.

If the indicator/warning lamps do not light up at low temperatures, it is very likely that the dis-charged battery has frozen. In this case, you may neither charge the battery nor jump-start thevehicle. The service life of a thawed-out battery may be shorter. The starting characteristics can beimpaired, particularly at low temperatures. Have the thawed-out battery checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device. If your vehicle's battery is discharged, theengine can be jump-started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper cables.Observe the following points:RThe battery is not accessible in all vehicles. If the other vehicle's battery is not accessible, jump-start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump-starting device.RYou may only jump-start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold.RDo not start the engine if the battery is frozen. Let the battery thaw first.ROnly jump-start from batteries with a 12 V voltage rating.ROnly use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminal clamps.RIf the battery is fully discharged, leave the battery that is being used to jump-start connected fora few minutes before attempting to start. This charges the battery slightly.RMake sure that the two vehicles do not touch.Make sure that:RThe jumper cables are not damaged.RBare parts of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with othermetal parts while the jumpercables are connected to the battery.RThe jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine isrunning, such as the V-belt pulley or the fan.

X Secure the vehicle by applying the electric parking brake.X Shift the transmission to positionj.

254 Jump-startingBreakdow

nassistance

Page 257: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Make sure that the ignition is switched off. All indicator lamps in the instrument cluster must beoff. When using the SmartKey, turn the SmartKey to positionu in the ignition lock and remove it(Y page 116).

X Switch off all electrical consumers, e.g. rear window defroster, lighting, etc.X Open the hood.

Position numberB identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump-startingdevice.X Slide cover: of positive terminal; in the direction of the arrow.X Connect positive terminal; on your vehicle to positive terminal= of donor batteryB using thejumper cable, always begin with positive terminal; on your own vehicle first.

X Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed.X Connect negative terminal? of donor batteryB to ground pointA of your vehicle using thejumper cable, connecting the jumper cable to battery of other vehicleB first.

X Start the engine.X Before disconnecting the jumper cables, let the engine run for several minutes.X First, remove the jumper cables from ground pointA and negative terminal?, then from pos-itive terminal; and positive terminal=. Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehiclefirst.

X Close cover: of positive terminal; after removing the jumper cables.X Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.Jump-starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition.

i Jumper cables and further information regarding jump-starting can be obtained at any qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Jump-starting 255

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

Page 258: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Towing and tow-starting

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen towing or tow-starting another vehicleand its weight is greater than the permissiblegross weight of your vehicle, the:Rthe towing eye could detach itselfRthe vehicle/trailer combination could roll-over.

There is a risk of an accident.When towing or tow-starting another vehicle,its weight should not be greater than the per-missible gross weight of your vehicle.

Details on the permissible gross vehicle weightof your vehicle can be found on the vehicle iden-tification plate (Y page 289).

! When Active Brake Assist, Distance PilotDISTRONIC or theHOLD function is activated,the vehicle brakes automatically in certainsituations.To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivatethese systems in the following or similar sit-uations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

! Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at thetowing eyes. Otherwise, the vehicle could bedamaged.

! Do not use the towing eye for recovery, thiscould damage the vehicle. If in doubt, recoverthe vehicle with a crane.

! When towing, pull away slowly andsmoothly. If the tractive power is too high, thevehicles could be damaged.

! Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Thiscould damage the vehicle.

! When towing away vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, use the key instead of the Start/Stopbutton. The automatic transmission may oth-erwise shift to positionjwhen you open thedriver's or front-passenger door, which coulddamage the transmission.

! Make sure that the electric parking brake isreleased. If the electric parking brake is faulty,visit a qualified specialist workshop.

! The vehicle can be towed a maximum of30miles (50km). The towing speed of 30mph(50 km/h) must not be exceeded.If the vehicle has to be towed more than30 miles (50km), the entire vehicle must beraised and transported.

! If you tow or tow-start another vehicle, itsweight must not exceed the maximum per-missible gross vehicle weight of your vehicle.

It is better to have the vehicle transported thanto have it towed away.The automatic transmission must be in positioni when the vehicle is being towed away.The battery must be connected and charged.Otherwise, you:Rcannot turn the SmartKey to position2 inthe ignition lock.Rcannot shift the automatic transmission topositioni.

Deactivate the automatic locking feature beforethe vehicle is towed (Y page 173). You couldotherwise be locked out when pushing or towingthe vehicle.

Installing/removing the towing eye

Installing the towing eye

G WARNINGThe exhaust tail pipemay be very hot. There isa risk of burns when removing the rear cover.Do not touch the exhaust pipe. Take particularcare when removing the rear cover.

256 Towing and tow-startingBreakdow

nassistance

Page 259: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The brackets for the screw-in towing eye arelocated in the bumpers. They are at the front andat the rear, behind the covers.X Remove the towing eye from the vehicle toolkit (Y page 245).

X Press the mark on cover: inwards in thedirection of the arrow.

X Take cover: off the opening.X Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far as itwill go and tighten it.

Removing the towing eyeX Unscrew and remove the towing eye.X Attach cover: to the bumper and press untilit engages.

X Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit.

Towing a vehicle with both axles onthe ground

G WARNINGYou can no longer steer the vehicle if thesteering wheel lock has been engaged. Thereis a risk of an accident.Always switch off the ignitionwhen towing thevehicle with a tow cable or a tow bar.

The automatic transmission shifts to positionj automatically when you open the driver's orfront-passenger door or when you remove theSmartKey from the ignition lock.

In order to ensure that the automatic transmis-sion stays in positioni when towing away thevehicle, you must observe the following points:X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 97).

X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock.On vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, use the Smart-Key instead of the Start/Stop button(Y page 116).

X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Shift the transmission to positioni.X Release the brake pedal.X Release the electric parking brake.X Leave the SmartKey in position2 in the igni-tion lock.

In order to signal a change of direction whentowing the vehicle with the hazard warninglamps switched on, use the combination switchas usual. In this case, only the indicator lampsfor the direction of travel flash. When you resetthe combination switch, the hazard warningflashers start flashing again.It is important that you observe the safetyinstructions when towing away your vehicle(Y page 256).

Towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised! The ignition must be switched off if you aretowing the vehicle with the rear axle raised.Intervention by ESP® could otherwise dam-age the brake system.

! Vehicles with automatic transmission mustnot be towed with the rear axle raised. Thevehicle/trailer combination may otherwiseswerve or even roll over.

Towing and tow-starting 257

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

Page 260: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Transporting the vehicle

Vehicles with automatic transmission

! When the vehicle is loaded for transport, thefront and rear axlesmust be stationary and onthe same transportation vehicle. Positioningover the connection point of the transportvehicle is not permitted. The drive train mayotherwise be damaged.

All vehicles! You may only secure the vehicle by thewheels, not by parts of the vehicle such asaxle or steering components. Otherwise, thevehicle could be damaged.

The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicleonto a trailer or transporter for transporting pur-poses.X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Shift the transmission to positioni.As soon as the vehicle has been loaded:X Prevent the vehicle from rolling away byapplying the electric parking brake.

X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Turn the SmartKey to positionu in the igni-tion lock and remove the SmartKey from theignition lock.

X Secure the vehicle.

Tow-starting (emergency enginestarting)! Vehicles with automatic transmission mustnot be tow-started. You could otherwise dam-age the automatic transmission.

You can find information on "Jump-starting" at(Y page 253).

Fuses

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or ifyou replace it with a fuse with a higher amper-age, the electric cables could be overloaded.This could result in a fire. There is a risk of anaccident and injury.Always replace faulty fuses with the specifiednew fuses having the correct amperage.

Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of thesame rating, which you can recognize by thecolor and value. The fuse ratings are listed in thefuse allocation chart.The fuse allocation chart is located in the vehicletool kit in the stowage compartment under thetrunk floor (Y page 245).If a newly inserted fuse also blows, have thecause traced and rectified at a qualified special-ist workshop, e.g. an authorizedMercedes-BenzCenter.

! Only use fuses that have been approved forMercedes-Benz vehicles and which have thecorrect fuse rating for the system concerned.Otherwise, components or systems could bedamaged.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

! When closing the cover, make sure that it islying correctly on the fuse box.Moisture seep-ing in or dirt could otherwise impair the oper-ation of the fuses.

The fuses in your vehicle serve to close downfaulty circuits. If a fuse blows, all the compo-nents on the circuit and their functions stopoperating.

Before changing a fuseX Switch off the engine.X Switch off all electrical consumers.

258 FusesBreakdow

nassistance

Page 261: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Make sure that the ignition is switched off(Y page 116).

orX When using the SmartKey, turn the SmartKeyto positionu in the ignition lock and removeit (Y page 116).

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 131).

All indicator lamps in the instrument clustermust be off.The fuses are located in various fuse boxes:RFuse box in the engine compartment on theleft-hand side of the vehicle, when viewed inthe direction of travelRFuse box in the trunk

Fuse box in the engine compartmenti Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 258).

G WARNINGWhen the hood is open and the windshieldwipers are set inmotion, you can be injured bythe wiper linkage. There is a risk of injury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before opening the hood.

X Make sure that the windshield wipers areturned off.

X Open the hood.X Use a dry cloth to remove any moisture fromthe fuse box.

X To open: open clamps;.X Remove fuse box cover: forwards.

X To close: check whether the seal is lying cor-rectly in cover:.

X Insert cover: at the rear of the fuse box intothe retainer.

X Fold down cover: and close clamps;.X Close the hood.

Fuse box in the trunki Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 258).

The fuse box is located in the trunk behind thepartition covering.X Open the trunk lid.X To open: release cover: on the right andleft-hand sides with a flat object.

X Open cover: downwards in the direction ofthe arrow.

Fuses 259

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

Page 262: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf wheels and tires of the wrong size are used,the wheel brakes or suspension componentsmay be damaged. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Always replace wheels and tires with thosethat fulfill the specifications of the originalpart.When replacing wheels, make sure to use thecorrect:RdesignationRmodelWhen replacing tires, make sure to use thecorrect:RdesignationRmanufacturerRmodel

G WARNINGA flat tire severely impairs the driving, steer-ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle.There is a risk of accident.Tires without run-flat characteristics:Rdo not drive with a flat tire.Rimmediately replace the flat tire with youremergency spare wheel or spare wheel, orconsult a qualified specialist workshop.

Tires with run-flat characteristics:Rpay attention to the information and warn-ing notices on MOExtended tires (tires withrun-flat characteristics).

Accessories that are not approved for your vehi-cle by Mercedes-Benz or are not being used cor-rectly can impair the operating safety.Before purchasing and using non-approvedaccessories, visit a qualified specialist work-shop and ask about:RsuitabilityRlegal stipulationsRfactory recommendations

Further information regarding wheels and tirescan be found under "Wheel/tire combinations"(Y page 284).You can ask for information regarding permittedwheel-tire combinations at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.Information on tire pressure can be found:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar on the driver's side(Y page 271)Rin the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flap(Y page 130)Rin the "Tire pressure" section

Operation

Information on drivingCheck the tire pressure when the vehicle isheavily laden and adjust prior to a trip.While driving, pay attention to vibrations, noisesand unusual handling characteristics, e.g. pull-ing to one side. This may indicate that thewheels or tires are damaged. If you suspect thata tire is defective, reduce your speed immedi-ately. Stop the vehicle as soon as possible tocheck the wheels and tires for damage. Hiddentire damage could also be causing the unusualhandling characteristics. If you find no signs ofdamage, have the tires and wheels checked at aqualified specialist workshop.When parking your vehicle, make sure that thetires do not get deformed by the curb or otherobstacles. If they cannot be avoided, drive overobstacles such as curbs slowly and at an obtuseangle. Otherwise, you may damage the wheelsor tires.

Regular checking of wheels and tires

G WARNINGDamaged tires can cause tire inflation pres-sure loss. As a result, you could lose control ofyour vehicle. There is a risk of accident.Check the tires regularly for signs of damageand replace any damaged tires immediately.

260 OperationWheelsandtires

Page 263: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Checkwheels and tires for damage at least oncea month. Check wheels and tires after drivingoff-road or on rough roads. Damaged wheelscan cause a loss of tire pressure. Pay particularattention to damage such as:Rcuts in the tiresRpunctures in the tiresRtears in the tiresRbulges on tiresRdeformation or severe corrosion on wheelsRegularly check the tire tread depth and thecondition of the tread across the whole width ofthe tire (Y page 261). If necessary, turn thefront wheels to full lock in order to inspect theinner side of the tire surface.All wheels must have a valve cap to protect thevalve against dirt and moisture. Do not mountanything onto the valve other than the standardvalve cap or other valve caps approved byMercedes-Benz for your vehicle. Do not use anyother valve caps or systems, e.g. tire pressuremonitoring systems.Regularly check the pressure of all the tires par-ticularly prior to long trips. Adjust the tire pres-sure as necessary (Y page 263).Observe the notes on the emergency sparewheel (Y page 285).The service life of tires depends, among otherthings, on the following factors:Rdriving styleRtire pressureRdistance covered

Notes on tire tread

G WARNINGInsufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction.The tire is no longer able to dissipate water.This means that on wet road surfaces, the riskof hydroplaning increases, in particular wherespeed is not adapted to suit the driving con-ditions. There is a risk of accident.If the tire pressure is too high or too low, tiresmay exhibit different levels of wear at differ-ent locations on the tire tread. Thus, youshould regularly check the tread depth andthe condition of the tread across the entirewidth of all tires.

Minimum tire tread depth for:RSummer tires:â in (3 mm)RM+S tires:ã in (4 mm)For safety reasons, replace the tires beforethe legally prescribed limit for the minimumtire tread depth is reached.

Marking: shows where the bar indicator fortread wear (arrow) is integrated into the tiretread.Treadwear indicators (TWI) are required by law.Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread.They are visible once a tread depth of approx-imatelyá in (1.6mm) has been reached. If thisis the case, the tire is so worn that it must bereplaced.

Selecting, mounting and replacingtiresROnly mount tires and wheels of the same typeand make.Exception: it is permissible to mount a differ-ent type or make in the event of a flat tire.Observe the "MOExtended tires (tires withrun-flat characteristics)" section(Y page 247).ROnly mount tires of the correct size onto thewheels.RBreak in new tires at moderate speeds for thefirst 60 miles (100 km). The new tires onlyreach their full performance after this dis-tance.RDo not drive with tires which have too littletread depth. This significantly reduces thetraction on wet roads (hydroplaning).RReplace the tires after six years at the latest,regardless of wear.

Operation 261

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 264: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

MOExtended tires (tires with run-flatcharacteristics)With MOExtended tires (tires with run flat char-acteristics), you can continue to drive your vehi-cle even if there is a total loss of pressure in oneor more tires.MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunc-tion with an active tire pressure loss warningsystem or with an active tire pressure monitorand on wheels specifically tested by Mercedes-Benz.Notes on driving with MOExtended tires with aflat tire (Y page 247).Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires arenot equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory. Itis therefore recommended that you additionallyequip your vehiclewith a TIREFIT kit if youmounttires that do not feature run-flat characteristics,e.g. winter tires. A TIREFIT kit can be obtainedfrom a qualified specialist workshop.

Winter operation

General notesHave your vehicle winter-proofed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop at the onset of winter.Observe the notes in the "Changing a wheel"section (Y page 280).

Driving with summer tiresAt temperatures below 45 ‡ (+7 †), summertires lose elasticity and therefore traction andbraking power. Change the tires on your vehicleto M+S tires. Using summer tires at very coldtemperatures could cause cracks to form,thereby damaging the tires permanently.Mercedes-Benz cannot accept responsibility forthis type of damage.

G WARNINGDamaged tires can cause tire inflation pres-sure loss. As a result, you could lose control ofyour vehicle. There is a risk of accident.Check the tires regularly for signs of damageand replace any damaged tires immediately.

M+S tires

G WARNINGM+S tires with a tire tread depth of less thanã in (4 mm) are not suitable for use in winterand do not provide sufficient traction. There isa risk of an accident.M+S tires with a tread depth of less thanã in(4 mm) must be replaced immediately.

At temperatures below 45 ‡ (+7†), use wintertires or all-season tires. Both types of tire areidentified by the M+S marking.Only winter tires bearing thei snowflakesymbol in addition to the M+S marking providethe best possible grip in wintry road conditions.Only these tires will allow driving safety systemssuch as ABS and ESP® to function optimally inwinter. These tires have been developed specif-ically for driving in snow.UseM+S tires of the samemake and tread on allwheels to maintain safe handling characteris-tics.Always observe the maximum permissiblespeed specified for the M+S tires you havemounted.When you have mounted the M+S tires:X Check the tire pressures (Y page 266).X Vehicles for Canada: restart the tire pres-sure loss warning system (Y page 267).

X Restart the tire pressure monitor(Y page 267).

Information about driving with an emergencyspare wheel (Y page 285).

Snow chains

G WARNINGIf snow chains are installed to the frontwheels, they may drag against the vehiclebody or chassis components. This couldcause damage to the vehicle or the tires.There is a risk of an accident.

262 Winter operationWheelsandtires

Page 265: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

To avoid hazardous situations:Rnever install snow chains to the frontwheelsRalways install snow chains in pairs to therear wheels.

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use snow chains that havebeen specially approved for your vehicle byMercedes-Benz, or are of a correspondingstandard of quality. For more information,please contact a qualified specialist workshop.If you intend to mount snow chains, please bearthe following points in mind:RSnow chains may not be mounted on allwheel/tire combinations. Permissible wheel-tire combinations (Y page 284).ROnly use snow chains when driving on roadscompletely covered by snow. Remove thesnow chains as soon as possible when youcome to a road that is not snow-covered.RLocal regulationsmay restrict the use of snowchains. Observe the appropriate regulations ifyou wish to mount snow chains.RDo not exceed the maximum permissiblespeed of 30 mph (50 km/h).

You may wish to deactivate ESP® when pullingaway with snow chains installed (Y page 60).You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in acontrolled manner, achieving an increased driv-ing force (cutting action).Information about driving with an emergencyspare wheel (Y page 285).

Tire pressure

Tire pressure specifications

Important safety notes

G WARNINGUnderinflated or overinflated tires pose thefollowing risks:Rthe tires may burst, especially as the loadand vehicle speed increase.Rthe tires may wear excessively and/orunevenly, which may greatly impair tiretraction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steer-ing and braking, may be greatly impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.Follow recommended tire inflation pressuresand check the pressure of all the tires includ-ing the spare wheel:Rmonthly, at leastRif the load changesRbefore beginning a long journeyRunder different operating conditions, e.g.off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

The data on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard and tire pressure table shown here areexamples. Tire pressure specifications are vehi-cle-specific and may deviate from the datashown here. The tire pressure specificationsthat are valid for your vehicle can be found onthe Tire and Loading Information placard andtire pressure table on the vehicle.

General notesThe recommended tire pressures for the tiresmounted at the factory can be found on thelabels described here.Operation with an emergency spare wheel:information on operation with an emergencyspare wheel can be found in the general notes inthe "Emergency spare wheel" section(Y page 286).Further information on tire pressures can beobtained at a qualified specialist workshop.

Tire pressure 263

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 266: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Tire and Loading Information placard

: Recommended tire pressuresThe Tire and Loading Information placard is onthe B-pillar on the driver's side (Y page 271).The Tire and Loading Information placard con-tains the recommended tire pressures for coldtires. The recommended tire pressures are validfor the maximum permissible load and up to themaximum permissible vehicle speed.

Tire pressure tableThe tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuelfiller flap. It shows the tire pressure for all tirespermitted at the factory for this vehicle; seeillustration (example).

The tire pressure table contains the recommen-ded pressures for cold tires for various operat-ing conditions, i.e. differing load and speed con-ditions.If a tire size precedes a tire pressure, the fol-lowing tire pressure information is only valid forthat tire size; see illustration (example).

The load conditions "partially laden" and "fullyladen" are defined in the table for different num-bers of occupants and amounts of luggage. Theactual number of seats may differ.

Some tire pressure tables show only the rimdiameters instead of the full tire size, e.g. R18.Rim diameter is part of the tire size and can befound on the tire sidewall (Y page 275).If the tire pressures have been set to the lowervalues for lighter loads and/or lower roadspeeds, the pressures should be reset to thehigher values:Rif you want to drive with an increased loadand/orRif you want to drive at higher road speedsThe tire pressures for increased loads and/orhigher road speeds, shown in the tire pressuretable, may have a negative effect on drivingcomfort.If the tire pressure is not set correctly, this canlead to an excessive build-up of heat and a sud-den loss of pressure.For more information, contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

264 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

Page 267: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Important notes on tire pressure

G WARNINGIf the tire pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tire may be damaged. Tirepressure that is too low may result in a tireblow-out. There is a risk of an accident.RCheck the tire for foreign objects.RCheck whether the wheel is losing air or thevalve is leaking.

If you are unable to rectify the damage, con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you fit unsuitable accessories onto tirevalves, the tire valves may be overloaded andmalfunction, which can cause tire pressureloss. Due to their design, retrofitted tire pres-sure monitors keep the tire valve open. Thiscan also result in tire pressure loss. There is arisk of an accident.Only screw the standard valve cap or othervalve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz foryour vehicle onto the tire valve.

Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tirepressure. The outer appearance of a tire doesnot permit any reliable conclusion about the tirepressure. On vehicles equipped with the elec-tronic tire pressure monitor, the tire pressurecan be checked in the on-board computer.The tire temperature and pressure increasewhen the vehicle is in motion. This is dependenton the driving speed and the load.Therefore, you should only correct tire pres-sures when the tires are cold.The tires are cold:Rif the vehicle has been parked with the tiresout of direct sunlight for at least three hoursandRif the vehicle has not been driven further than1 mile (1.6 km)

The tire temperature changes depending on theoutside temperature, the vehicle speed and thetire load. If the tire temperature changes by18 ‡ (10 †), the tire pressure changes byapproximately 10 kPa (0.1 bar/1.5 psi). Takethis into account when checking the pressure ofwarm tires. Only correct the tire pressure if it is

too low for the current operating conditions. Ifyou check the tire pressure when the tires arewarm, the resulting value will be higher than ifthe tires were cold. This is normal. Do notreduce the tire pressure to the value specifiedfor cold tires. The tire pressure would otherwisebe too low.Observe the recommended tire pressures forcold tires:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table on the inside of thefuel filler flapRprinted in yellow on the rim of the emer-gency/collapsible sparewheel (depending onvehicle equipment)

Underinflated or overinflated tires

Underinflated tires

G WARNINGTires with pressure that is too low can over-heat and burst as a consequence. In addition,they also suffer from excessive and/or irreg-ular wear, which can severely impair the brak-ing properties and the driving characteristics.There is a risk of an accident.Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all thetires, including the spare wheel.

Underinflated tires may:Roverheat, leading to tire defectsRadversely affect handlingRwear excessively and/or unevenlyRhave an adverse effect on fuel consumption

Overinflated tires

G WARNINGTires with excessively high pressure can burstbecause they are damaged more easily byroad debris, potholes etc. In addition, theyalso suffer from irregular wear, which canseverely impair the braking properties and thedriving characteristics. There is a risk of anaccident.

Tire pressure 265

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 268: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all thetires, including the spare wheel.

Overinflated tires may:Rincrease the braking distanceRadversely affect handlingRwear excessively and/or unevenlyRhave an adverse effect on ride comfortRbe more susceptible to damage

Maximum tire pressures

: Example: maximum permissible tire pres-sure

Never exceed the maximum permissible tireinflation pressure. Always observe the recom-mended tire pressure for your vehicle whenadjusting the tire pressure (Y page 263).

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-spe-cific and may deviate from the values in theillustration.

Checking the tire pressures

Important safety notesThe tire pressure monitor does not warn you of:Rincorrectly set tire pressureRsudden loss of tire pressure, e.g. from a for-eign object that has penetrated the tire

Observe the notes on tire pressure(Y page 263).

Information on air pressure for the tires on yourvehicle can be found:Ron the vehicle's Tire and Loading Informationplacard on the B-pillarRon the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flapRin the "Tire pressure" section

Checking tire pressures manuallyTo determine and set the correct tire pressure,proceed as follows:X Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to bechecked.

X Press the tire pressure gauge securely ontothe valve.

X Read the tire pressure and compare it to therecommended value on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard or the tire pressure table(Y page 263).

X If the tire pressure is too low, increase the tirepressure to the recommended value.

X If the tire pressure is too high, release air. Todo so, press down the metal pin in the valve,using the tip of a pen for example. Then checkthe tire pressure again using the tire pressurechecker.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve.X Repeat these steps for the other tires.

Tire pressure loss warning system(Canada only)

General notesWhile the vehicle is in motion, the tire pressureloss warning system monitors the set tire pres-sure using the rotational speed of the wheels.This enables the system to detect significantpressure loss in a tire. If the speed of rotation ofa wheel changes as a result of a loss of pressure,a corresponding warningmessage will appear inthe multifunction display.You can recognize the tire pressure losswarningby the Run Flat Indicator Active Press'OK' to Restart message which appears inthe Serv. menu of the multifunction display.Information on the message display can befound in the "Restarting the tire pressure losswarning system" section (Y page 267).

266 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

Page 269: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Important safety notesThe tire pressure warning system does not warnyou of an incorrectly set tire pressure. Observethe notes on the recommended tire pressure(Y page 263).The tire pressure loss warning does not replacethe need to regularly check the tire pressure. Aneven loss of pressure on several tires at thesame time cannot be detected by the tire pres-sure loss warning system.The tire pressuremonitor is not able to warn youof a sudden loss of pressure, e.g. if the tire ispenetrated by a foreign object. In the event of asudden loss of pressure, bring the vehicle to ahalt by braking carefully. Avoid abrupt steeringmovements.The function of the tire pressure loss warningsystem is limited or delayed if:Rsnow chains are mounted on your vehicle'stires.Rroad conditions are wintry.Ryou are driving on sand or gravel.Ryou adopt a very sporty driving style (corner-ing at high speeds or driving with high rates ofacceleration).Ryou drive with a heavy load.

Restarting the tire pressure loss warn-ing systemRestart the tire pressure loss warning system ifyou have:Rchanged the tire pressureRchanged the wheels or tiresRmounted new wheels or tiresX Before restarting, make sure that the tirepressures are set properly on all four tires forthe respective operating conditions.The recommended tire pressure can be foundon the Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar. Additionally, a tire pressuretable is attached to the fuel filler flap. The tirepressure loss warning system can only givereliable warnings if you have set the correcttire pressure. If an incorrect tire pressure isset, these incorrect values will be monitored.

X Also observe the notes in the section on tirepressures (Y page 263).

X Make sure that the SmartKey is in position2in the ignition lock (Y page 116).

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Serv. menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectTire Pressure.X Press thea button.The Run Flat Indicator Active Press'OK' to Restart message appears in themultifunction display.

If you wish to confirm the restart:X Press thea button.The Tire Pressure Now OK? messageappears in the multifunction display.

X Press the9 or: button to select Yes.X Press thea button.The Run Flat Indicator Restarted mes-sage appears in the multifunction display.After a teach-in period, the tire pressure losswarning system will monitor the set tire pres-sures of all four tires.

If you wish to cancel the restart:X Press the% button.orX If the Tire Pressure Now OK? messageappears, use the9 or: button toselect Cancel.

X Press thea button.The tire pressure values stored at the lastrestart will continue to be monitored.

Tire pressure monitor

General notesIf a tire pressure monitor is installed, the vehi-cle's wheels have sensors that monitor the tirepressures in all four tires. The tire pressuremon-itor warns you if the pressure drops in one ormore of the tires. The tire pressure monitor onlyfunctions if the corresponding sensors areinstalled in all wheels.Information on tire pressures is displayed in themultifunction display. After a few minutes ofdriving, the current tire pressure of each tire isshown in the Serv. menu of the multifunctiondisplay.

Tire pressure 267

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 270: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Example: current tire pressure displayFor information on the message display, refer tothe "Checking the tire pressure electronically"section (Y page 269).

Important safety notes

G WARNINGEach tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked at least once a monthwhen cold and inflated to the pressure rec-ommended by the vehicle manufacturer onthe Tire and Loading Information placard onthe driver's door B-pillar or the tire pressurelabel on the inside of the fuel filler flap. If yourvehicle has tires of a different size than thesize indicated on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard or the tire pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire pressure forthose tires.As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equippedwith a tire pressuremonitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pres-sure telltale when one or more of your tiresare significantly underinflated. Accordingly,when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates,you should stop and check your tires as soonas possible, and inflate them to the properpressure. Driving on a significantly underin-flated tire causes the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Underinflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle's handling and stop-ping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitutefor proper tire maintenance, and it is the driv-er's responsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if underinflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate if thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined with thelow tire pressure telltale. When the systemdetects a malfunction, the warning lamp willflash for approximately a minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequencewill be repeated every time the vehi-cle is started as long as the malfunctionexists.When themalfunction indicator is illuminated,the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunc-tions may occur for a variety of reasons,including the installation of incompatiblereplacement or alternate tires or wheels onthe vehicle that prevent the TPMS from func-tioning properly. Always check the TPMSmal-function telltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure thatthe replacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to function prop-erly.

It is the driver's responsibility to set the tirepressure to that recommended for cold tireswhich is suitable for the operating situation(Y page 263). Note that the correct tire pressurefor the current operating situation must first betaught-in to the tire pressure monitor. If a sub-stantial loss of pressure occurs, the warningthreshold for the warning message is aligned tothe taught-in reference values. Restart the tirepressuremonitor after adjusting the pressure ofthe cold tires (Y page 270). The current pres-sures are saved as new reference values. As aresult, a warning message will appear if the tirepressure drops significantly.The tire pressure monitor does not warn you ofan incorrectly set tire pressure. Observe thenotes on the recommended tire pressure(Y page 263).The tire pressuremonitor is not able to warn youof a sudden loss of pressure, e.g. if the tire ispenetrated by a foreign object. In the event of asudden loss of pressure, bring the vehicle to ahalt by braking carefully. Avoid abrupt steeringmovements.

268 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

Page 271: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warninglamp in the instrument cluster for indicatingpressure loss or a malfunction. Whether thewarning lamp flashes or lights up indicateswhether a tire pressure is too low or the tirepressure monitor is malfunctioning:Rif the warning lamp is lit continuously, the tirepressure on one or more tires is significantlytoo low. The tire pressure monitor is not mal-functioning.Rif the warning lamp flashes for approximatelya minute and then remains lit constantly, thetire pressure monitor is malfunctioning.

In addition to the warning lamp, a messageappears in the multifunction display. Observethe information on display messages(Y page 196).It may take up to ten minutes for a malfunctionof the tire pressure monitor to be indicated. Amalfunction will be indicated by the tire pres-sure warning lamp flashing for approximatelyone minute and then remaining lit. When themalfunction has been rectified, the tire pressurewarning lamp goes out after a few minutes ofdriving.The tire pressure values indicated by the on-board computer may differ from those meas-ured at a gas station with a pressure gage. Thetire pressures shown by the on-board computerrefer to those measured at sea level. At highaltitudes, the tire pressure values indicated by apressure gage are higher than those shown bythe on-board computer. In this case, do notreduce the tire pressures.The operation of the tire pressure monitor canbe affected by interference from radio transmit-ting equipment (e.g. radio headphones, two-wayradios) thatmay be being operated in or near thevehicle.

Checking the tire pressure electroni-callyX Make sure that the SmartKey is in position2(Y page 116) in the ignition lock.

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Serv. menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectTire Pressure.X Pressa.The current tire pressure of each tire is shownin the multifunction display.

If the vehicle has been parked for over20 minutes, the Tire pressure will bedisplayed after driving a few minutesmessage appears.After a teach-in process, the tire pressure mon-itor automatically detects new wheels or newsensors. As long as a clear allocation of the tirepressure value to the individual wheels is notpossible, the Tire Pressure Monitor Activedisplay message is shown instead of the tirepressure display. The tire pressures are alreadybeing monitored.If an emergency spare wheel is mounted, thesystem may continue to show the tire pressureof the wheel that has been removed for a fewminutes. Be aware that the value displayed forthe position where the emergency spare wheelis fitted is not the same as the current tire pres-sure of the emergency spare wheel.

Tire pressure monitor warning mes-sagesThe tire pressure monitor detects a pressureloss in one or more tires:RIf the tire pressuremonitor detects a pressureloss in one or more tires, a warning messageis shown in the multifunction display. The yel-low tire pressure warning lamp then lights up.RIf the Please Correct Tire Pressuremessage appears in themultifunction display,the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low.The tire pressure must be corrected when theopportunity arises.RIf the Check Tires message appears in themultifunction display, the tire pressure in atleast one tire has dropped significantly. Thetires must be checked.RIf the Warning Tire Malfunctionmessageappears in the multifunction display, the tirepressure in at least one tire has dropped sud-denly. The tires must be checked.

Observe the instructions and safety notes in thedisplay messages in the "Tires" section(Y page 196).If the wheel positions on the vehicle are rotated,the tire pressures may be displayed for thewrong positions for a short time. This is rectifiedafter a few minutes of driving, and the tire pres-sures are displayed for the correct positions.

Tire pressure 269

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 272: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Restarting the tire pressure monitorWhen you restart the tire pressure monitor, allexisting warning messages are deleted and thewarning lamps go out. Themonitor uses the cur-rently set tire pressures as the reference valuesfor monitoring. In most cases, the tire pressuremonitor will automatically detect the new refer-ence values after you have changed the tirepressure. However, you can also set referencevalues manually as described here. The tirepressure monitor then monitors the new tirepressure values.X Set the tire pressure to the value recommen-ded for the corresponding driving situation onthe Tire and Loading Information placard onthe driver's side B-pillar (Y page 263).Additional tire pressure values for differentloads can also be found on the tire pressuretable on the inside of the fuel filler flap(Y page 263).

X Make sure that the tire pressure is correct onall four wheels.

X Ensure that the SmartKey is in position2 inthe ignition lock.

X Press the= or; button on the steeringwheel to select the Serv. menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectTire Pressure.X Pressa.The multifunction display shows the currenttire pressure for the individual tires or theTire pressure will be displayedafter driving a few minutes message.

X Press the: button.The Use Current Pressures as New Ref‐erence Valuesmessage appears in the mul-tifunction display.

If you wish to confirm the restart:X Pressa.The Tire Press. Monitor Restartedmes-sage appears in the multifunction display.After driving for a few minutes, the systemchecks whether the current tire pressures arewithin the specified range. The new tire pres-sures are then accepted as reference valuesand monitored.

If you wish to cancel the restart:X Press%.The tire pressure values stored at the lastrestart will continue to be monitored.

Radio type approval for the tire pres-sure monitor

Country Radio type approval number

USA FCC ID: MRXMW2433AFCCIC ID:MRXGG4 This devicecomplies with part 15 of the FCCrules and with license exemptRSS standards of Industry Can-ada. Operation is subject to thefollowing conditions. (1) Thisdevice may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) This devicemust accept any interferencereceived, including interferencethat may cause undesired oper-ation. Le present appareil estconforme d'industrie Canadaapplicables aux appareils radioexempts de licence. L'exploita-tion est authorisee aux deux con-ditions suivantes. (1) L'appareilne doit pas produire de brouil-lage, et (2) L'autisatuer de l'ap-pareil doit accepter tout brouil-lage radioelectrique subi, memesi le brouillage est susceptibled'en compromettre le fonc-tionnement. WARNING: Changesor modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsi-ble for compliance could void theuser's authority to operate theequipment. The term "IC:" beforethe radio certification numberonly signifies Canada technicalspecifications were met.FCC ID:MRXMC34MA4 Thisdevice complies with part 15 ofthe FCC rules and with licenseexempt RSS standards of Indus-try Canada. Operation is subjectto the following conditions. (1)This device may not cause harm-ful interference, and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interfer-ence received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesiredoperation. Le present appareilest conforme d'industrie Canadaapplicables aux appareils radioexempts de licence. L'exploita-tion est authorisee aux deux con-ditions suivantes. (1) L'appareil

270 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

Page 273: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Country Radio type approval numberne doit pas produire de brouil-lage, et (2) L'autisatuer de l'ap-pareil doit accepter tout brouil-lage radioelectrique subi, memesi le brouillage est susceptibled'en compromettre le fonc-tionnement. WARNING: Changesor modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsi-ble for compliance could void theuser's authority to operate theequipment. The term "IC:" beforethe radio certification numberonly signifies Canada technicalspecifications were met.

Canada IC: 2546A-MW2433AIC:2546A-GG4 This device com-plies with part 15 of the FCCrules and with license exemptRSS standards of Industry Can-ada. Operation is subject to thefollowing conditions. (1) Thisdevice may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) This devicemust accept any interferencereceived, including interferencethat may cause undesired oper-ation. Le present appareil estconforme d'industrie Canadaapplicables aux appareils radioexempts de licence. L'exploita-tion est authorisee aux deux con-ditions suivantes. (1) L'appareilne doit pas produire de brouil-lage, et (2) L'autisatuer de l'ap-pareil doit accepter tout brouil-lage radioelectrique subi, memesi le brouillage est susceptibled'en compromettre le fonc-tionnement. WARNING: Changesor modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsi-ble for compliance could void theuser's authority to operate theequipment. The term "IC:" beforethe radio certification numberonly signifies Canada technicalspecifications were met.IC: 2546A-MC34MA4

Loading the vehicle

Instruction labels for tires and loads

G WARNINGOverloaded tires can overheat, causing ablowout. Overloaded tires can also impair thesteering and driving characteristics and leadto brake failure. There is a risk of accident.Observe the load rating of the tires. The loadrating must be at least half of the GAWR ofyour vehicle. Never overload the tires byexceeding the maximum load.

Two instruction labels on your vehicle show themaximum possible load.(1) The Tire and Loading Information placard is

on the B-pillar on the driver's side. The Tireand Loading Information placard shows themaximum permissible number of occu-pants and themaximumpermissible vehicleload. It also contains details of the tire sizesand corresponding pressures for tiresmounted at the factory.

(2) The vehicle identification plate is on theB-pillar on the driver's side. The vehicleidentification plate informs you of the grossvehicle weight rating. It is made up of thevehicle weight, all vehicle occupants, thefuel and the cargo. You can also find infor-mation about the maximum gross axleweight rating on the front and rear axle.The maximum gross axle weight rating isthe maximum weight that can be carried byone axle (front or rear axle). Never exceedthe maximum load or the maximum grossaxle weight rating for the front or rear axle.

: B-pillar, driver's side

Loading the vehicle 271

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 274: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Maximum permissible gross vehicleweight rating

X Specification for maximum gross vehicleweight: is listed in the Tire and LoadingInformation placard: "The combinedweight ofoccupants and cargo should never exceedXXX kilograms or XXX lbs."

The gross weight of all vehicle occupants, loadand luggage must not exceed the specifiedvalue.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illustrationare examples. The maximum permissiblegross vehicle weight rating is vehicle-specificand may differ from that in the illustration.You can find the valid maximum permissiblegross vehicle weight rating for your vehicle onthe Tire and Loading Information placard.

Number of seats

Maximum number of seats: indicates themaximum number of occupants allowed totravel in the vehicle. This information can befound on the Tire and Loading Information plac-ard.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illustrationare examples. The number of seats is vehicle-specific and can differ from the details shown.The number of seats in your vehicle can befound on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard.

Determining the correct load limit

Step-by-step instructionsThe following steps have been developed asrequired of all manufacturers under Title 49,Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575 pur-suant to the "National Traffic and Motor VehicleSafety Act of 1966".X Step 1: Locate the statement "The combinedweight of occupants and cargo should neverexceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle’sTire and Loading Information placard.

X Step 2: Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will be riding inyour vehicle.

X Step 3: Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kilograms orXXX lbs.

X Step 4: The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggage load capa-city. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals1400 lbs and there will be five 150-lb pas-sengers in your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load capacity is650 lbs (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs).

X Step 5: Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded on the vehi-cle. That weight may not safely exceed theavailable cargo and luggage load capacity cal-culated in step 4.

Example: steps 1 to 3The following table shows examples on how tocalculate total and cargo load capacities withvarying seating configurations and number andsize of occupants. The following examples use aload limit of 1500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illus-tration purposes only. Make sure you areusing the actual load limit for your vehicle statedon your vehicle's Tire and Loading Informationplacard (Y page 271).

272 Loading the vehicleWheelsandtires

Page 275: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The greater the combined weight of the occu-pants, the lower the maximum luggage load.Step 1

Example 1 Example 2

Combined max-imumweight ofoccupants andcargo (datafrom the Tireand LoadingInformationplacard)

1500 lbs(680 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg)

Step 2

Example 1 Example 2

Number of peo-ple in the vehi-cle (driver andoccupants)

1 2

Weight of theoccupants

Occu-pant 1:175 lbs(80 kg)

Occu-pant 1:175 lbs(80 kg)Occu-pant 2:195 lbs(88 kg)

Gross weightof all occupants

175 lbs(80 kg)

370 lbs(168 kg)

Step 3

Example 1 Example 2

Permissibleload (maxi-mum grossvehicle weightrating from theTire and Load-ing Informationplacard minusthe grossweight of alloccupants)

1500 lbs(680 kg) Ò175 lbs(80 kg) =1325 lbs(600 kg)

1500 lbs(680 kg) Ò370 lbs(168 kg) =1130 lbs(512 kg)

Vehicle identification plateEven if you have calculated the total cargo care-fully, you should still make sure that the grossvehicle weight rating and the gross axle weightrating are not exceeded. Details can be found onthe vehicle identification plate on the B-pillar onthe driver's side of the vehicle (Y page 271).Permissible gross vehicle weight: the grossweight of the vehicle, all passengers and theload must not exceed the permissible grossvehicle weight.Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): the maxi-mum permissible weight that can be carried byone axle (front or rear axle).To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed themaximum permissible values (gross vehicleweight and maximum gross axle weight rating),have your loaded vehicle (including driver, occu-pants and the load) weighed on a suitable vehi-cle weighbridge.

All about wheels and tires

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U.S.government specifications. Their purpose is toprovide drivers with uniform reliable informationon tire performance data. Tire manufacturershave to grade tires using three performance fac-tors:: tread wear grade,; traction grade and= temperature grade. These regulations do notapply to Canada. Nevertheless, all tires sold inNorth America are provided with the corre-sponding quality grading markings on the side-wall of the tire.

All about wheels and tires 273

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 276: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Quality grades can be found, where applicable,on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width.Example:RTreadwear grade: 200RTraction grade: AARTemperature grade: AAll passenger car tiresmust conform to the stat-utory safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-spe-cific and may deviate from the values in theillustration.

TreadwearThe treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified U.S.government course. For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half times as wellon the government test track as a tire graded100.The relative performance of tires depends uponthe actual conditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service practicesand differences in road characteristics and cli-mate.

Traction

G WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration, cor-nering, hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

! Avoid wheelspin. This can lead to damage tothe drive train.

The traction grades – from highest to lowest –are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire's ability to stop on wet pavement as meas-ured under controlled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of asphalt and con-crete. A tire marked C may have poor tractionperformance.The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icyroad is always lower than on dry road surfaces.

You should pay special attention to road condi-tions when temperatures are around freezingpoint.Mercedes-Benz recommends a minimum treaddepth ofã in (4 mm) on all four winter tires.Observe the legally required minimum tire treaddepth (Y page 261). Winter tires can reduce thebraking distance on snow-covered surfaces incomparison with summer tires. The braking dis-tance is still much further than on surfaces thatare not icy or covered with snow. Take appro-priate care when driving.

Temperature

G WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, either separately orin combination, can cause excessive heatbuild-up and possible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimum required by law.

274 All about wheels and tiresWheelsandtires

Page 277: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Tire labeling

Overview

: Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard(Y page 278)

; DOT, Tire Identification Number(Y page 277)

= Maximum tire load (Y page 277)? Maximum tire pressure (Y page 266)A ManufacturerB Tire material (Y page 278)C Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity

and speed rating (Y page 275)D Load index (Y page 277)E Tire nameThe markings described above are on the tire inaddition to the tire name (sales designation) andthe manufacturer's name.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may deviatefrom the data in the example.

Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity and speed rating

G WARNINGExceeding the stated tire load-bearing capa-city and the approved maximum speed couldlead to tire damage or the tire bursting. Thereis a risk of accident.Therefore, only use tire types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observe the

tire load rating and speed rating required foryour vehicle.

: Tire width; Nominal aspect ratio in %= Tire code? Rim diameterA Load bearing indexB Speed ratingGeneral: depending on the manufacturer'sstandards, the size imprinted in the tire wall maynot contain any letters or may contain one letterthat precedes the size description.If there is no letter preceding the size descrip-tion (as shown above): these are passengervehicle tires according to European manufac-turing standards.If "P" precedes the size description: these arepassenger vehicle tires according to U.S. man-ufacturing standards.If "LT" precedes the size description: these arelight truck tires according to U.S. manufacturingstandards.If "T" precedes the size description: compactemergency wheels with high tire pressure thatare only designed for temporary use in an emer-gency.Tire width: tire width: shows the nominal tirewidth in millimeters.Height-width ratio: aspect ratio; is the sizeratio between the tire height and tire width andis shown in percent. The aspect ratio is calcula-ted by dividing the tire width by the tire height.Tire code: tire code= specifies the tire type."R" represents radial tires; "D" represents diag-onal tires; "B" represents diagonal radial tires.Optionally, tires with a maximum speed of over149 mph (240 km/h) may have "ZR" in the size

All about wheels and tires 275

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 278: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

description, depending on the manufacturer(e.g. 245/40 ZR 18).Rim diameter: rim diameter? is the diameterof the bead seat, not the diameter of the rimflange. The rim diameter is specified ininches (in).Load-bearing index: load-bearing indexA is anumerical code that specifies the maximumload-bearing capacity of a tire.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permissibleload can be found on the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard on the B-pillar onthe driver's side (Y page 271).Example:Load-bearing index 91 indicates a maximumload of 1,356 lb (615 kg) that the tires can bear.For further information on the maximum tireload in kilograms and lbs, see (Y page 277).For further information on the load bearingindex, see "Load index" (Y page 277).Speed rating: speed ratingB specifies theapproved maximum speed of the tire.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may deviatefrom the data in the example.

Regardless of the speed rating, always observethe speed limits. Drive carefully and adapt yourdriving style to the traffic conditions.

Summertires

Index Speed rating

Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)

S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)

T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...(..Y) over 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR over 149 mph (240 km/h)

ROptionally, tires with a maximum speed ofover 149 mph (240 km/h) may have "ZR" inthe size description, depending on the man-ufacturer (e.g. 245/40 ZR18).The service specification is made up of load-bearing indexA and speed ratingB.RIf the size description of your tire includes"ZR" and there are no service specifications,ask the tire manufacturer in order to find outthe maximum speed.If a service specification is available, the max-imum speed is limited according to the speedrating in the service specification. Example:245/40 ZR18 97 Y. In this example, "97 Y" isthe service specification. The letter "Y" rep-resents the speed rating. The maximumspeed of the tire is limited to 186 mph(300 km/h).RThe size description for all tires with maxi-mum speeds of over 186 mph (300 km/h)must include "ZR", and the service specifica-tion must be given in parentheses. Example:275/40 ZR 18 (99 Y). Speed rating "(Y)" indi-cates that the maximum speed of the tire isover 186 mph (300 km/h). Ask the tire man-ufacturer about the maximum speed.

All-weathertires andwintertires

Index Speed rating

Q M+S1 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

T M+S1 up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H M+S1 up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V M+S1 up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

i Not all tires with the M+S marking providethe driving characteristics of winter tires. Inaddition to theM+Smarking, winter tires alsohave thei snowflake symbol on the tirewall. Tires with this marking fulfill the require-ments of the Rubber Manufacturers Associa-tion (RMA) and the Rubber Association ofCanada (RAC) regarding the tire traction onsnow. They have been especially developedfor driving on snow.

1 Or M+Si for winter tires.

276 All about wheels and tiresWheelsandtires

Page 279: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehi-cle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph(210 km/h).The speed rating of tires mounted at the factorymay be higher than themaximum speed that theelectronic speed limiter permits.Make sure that your tires have the requiredspeed rating, e.g. when buying new tires. Therequired speed rating for your vehicle can befound in the "tires" section (Y page 284).Further information about reading tire data canbe obtained from any qualified specialist work-shop.

Load index

In addition to the load-bearing index, loadindex: may also be imprinted on the sidewallof the tire. You will find this after the letter thatidentifies the speed rating (Y page 275).RIf no specification is given: no text (as in theexample above), represents a standard load(SL) tireRXL or Extra Load: represents a reinforced tireRLight Load: represents a light load tireRC, D, E: represents a load range that dependson themaximum load that the tire can carry ata certain pressure

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may deviatefrom the data in the example.

Maximum load rating

Maximum tire load: is the maximum permis-sible weight for which the tire is approved.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permissibleload can be found on the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard on the B-pillar onthe driver's side (Y page 271).

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-spe-cific and may deviate from the values in theillustration.

DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)US tire regulations stipulate that every tire man-ufacturer or retreadermust imprint a TIN in or onthe sidewall of each tire produced.

The TIN is a unique identification number. TheTIN enables the tiremanufacturers or retreadersto inform purchasers of recalls and other safety-relevant matters. It makes it possible for thepurchaser to easily identify the affected tires.The TIN is made up of manufacturer identifica-tion code;, tire size=, tire type code? andmanufacturing dateA.DOT (Department of Transportation): tiresymbol:marks that the tire complies with the

All about wheels and tires 277

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 280: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

requirements of the U.S. Department of Trans-portation.Manufacturer identification code: manufac-turer identification code; provides details onthe tire manufacturer. New tires have a codewith two symbols. Retreaded tires have a codewith four symbols.For further information about retreaded tires,see (Y page 284).Tire size: identifier= describes the tire size.Tire type code: tire type code? can be used bythe manufacturer as a code to describe specificcharacteristics of the tire.Date of manufacture: date of manufactureAprovides information about the age of a tire. Thefirst and second positions represent the week ofmanufacture, starting with "01" for the first cal-endar week. Positions three and four representthe year of manufacture. For example, a tire thatis marked "3214" wasmanufactured in week 32in 2014.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may deviatefrom the data in the example.

Tire characteristics

This information describes the type of tire cordand the number of layers in sidewall: andunder tire tread;.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may deviatefrom the data in the example.

Definition of terms for tires and loading

Tire ply composition and material usedDescribes the number of plies or the number oflayers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire treadand sidewall. These are made of steel, nylon,polyester and other materials.

BarMetric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 poundsper square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascals (kPa)are the equivalent of 1 bar.

DOT (Department of Transportation)DOT-marked tires fulfill the requirements of theU S Department of Transportation.

Normal occupant weightThe number of occupants for which the vehicleis designedmultiplied by 68 kilograms (150 lbs).

Uniform Tire Quality Grading StandardsA uniform standard to grade the quality of tireswith regards to tread quality, tire traction andtemperature characteristics. The quality grad-ing assessment is made by the manufacturerfollowing specifications from the U.S. govern-ment. The ratings aremolded into the sidewall ofthe tire.

Recommended tire pressuresThe recommended tire pressure applies to thetires mounted at the factory.The Tire and Loading Information placard con-tains the recommended tire pressures for coldtires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maxi-mum permissible vehicle speed.The tire pressure table contains the recommen-ded pressures for cold tires for various operat-ing conditions, i.e. differing load and speed con-ditions.

Increased vehicle weight due to optionalequipmentThe combined weight of all standard andoptional equipment available for the vehicle,regardless of whether it is actually installed onthe vehicle or not.

RimThis is the part of the wheel on which the tire ismounted.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weightrating. The actual load on an axle must neverexceed the gross axle weight rating. The grossaxle weight rating can be found on the vehicleidentification plate on the B-pillar on the driver'sside.

278 All about wheels and tiresWheelsandtires

Page 281: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Speed ratingThe speed rating is part of the tire identification.It specifies the speed range for which the tire isapproved.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)The gross vehicle weight includes the weight ofthe vehicle including fuel, tools, the sparewheel,accessories installed, occupants, luggage andthe drawbar noseweight, if applicable. The grossvehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehi-cle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehi-cle identification plate on the B-pillar on thedriver's side.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)The GVWR is the maximum permissible grossweight of a fully loaded vehicle (theweight of thevehicle including all accessories, occupants,fuel, luggage and the drawbar noseweight, ifapplicable). The gross vehicle weight rating isspecified on the vehicle identification plate onthe B-pillar on the driver's side.

Maximum loaded vehicle weightThe maximum weight is the sum of:Rthe curb weight of the vehicleRthe weight of the accessoriesRthe load limitRthe weight of the factory installed optionalequipment

Kilopascal (kPa)Metric unit for tire pressure. 6.9 kPa corre-sponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire pressure isbar. 100 kilopascals (kPa) are the equivalent of1 bar.

Load indexIn addition to the load-bearing index, the loadindex may also be imprinted on the sidewall ofthe tire. This specifies the load-bearing capacitymore precisely.

Curb weightTheweight of a vehicle with standard equipmentincluding the maximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant. It also includes the air-conditioning sys-tem and optional equipment if these are instal-led in the vehicle, but does not include passen-gers or luggage.

Maximum load ratingThe maximum load rating is the maximum per-missible weight in kilograms or lbs for which atire is approved.

Maximum permissible tire pressureMaximum permissible tire pressure for one tire.

Maximum load on one tireMaximum load on one tire. This is calculated bydividing the maximum axle load of one axle bytwo.

PSI (pounds per square inch)A standard unit of measure for tire pressure.

Aspect ratioRelationship between tire height and tire widthin percent.

Tire pressureThis is pressure inside the tire applying an out-ward force to each square inch of the tire's sur-face. The tire pressure is specified in pounds persquare inch (psi), in kilopascal (kPa) or in bar.The tire pressure should only be corrected whenthe tires are cold.

Cold tire pressureThe tires are cold:Rif the vehicle has been parked with the tiresout of direct sunlight for at least three hoursandRif the vehicle has not been driven further than1 mile (1.6 km)

TreadThe part of the tire that comes into contact withthe road.

BeadThe tire bead ensures that the tire sits securelyon thewheel. There are several steel wires in thebead to prevent the tire from coming loose fromthe wheel rim.

SidewallThe part of the tire between the tread and thebead.

All about wheels and tires 279

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 282: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Weight of optional extrasThe combined weight of those optional extrasthat weigh more than the replaced standardparts and more than 2.3 kg (5 lbs). Theseoptional extras, such as high-performancebrakes, level control, a roof rack or a high-per-formance battery, are not included in the curbweight and the weight of the accessories.

TIN (Tire Identification Number)This is a unique identifier which can be used bya tire manufacturer to identify tires, for examplefor a product recall, and thus identify the pur-chasers. The TIN is made up of the manufactur-er's identity code, tire size, tire type code andthe manufacturing date.

Load bearing indexThe load bearing index (also load index) is a codethat contains the maximum load bearing capa-city of a tire.

TractionTraction is the result of friction between the tiresand the road surface.

Treadwear indicatorsNarrow bars (tread wear bars) that are distrib-uted over the tire tread. If the tire tread is levelwith the bars, the wear limit ofá in (1.6 mm)has been reached.

Occupant distributionThe distribution of occupants in a vehicle at theirdesignated seating positions.

Total load limitNominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg(150 lbs) multiplied by the number of seats inthe vehicle.

Changing a wheel

Flat tireThe "Breakdown assistance" section(Y page 246) contains information and notes onhow to deal with a flat tire. Information on driv-ing with MOExtended tires in the event of a flattire can be found under "MOExtended tires (tireswith run-flat characteristics" (Y page 247).

Rotating the wheels

G WARNINGInterchanging the front and rear wheels mayseverely impair the driving characteristics ifthe wheels or tires have different dimensions.The wheel brakes or suspension componentsmay also be damaged. There is a risk of acci-dent.Rotate front and rear wheels only if thewheelsand tires are of the same dimensions.

! On vehicles equipped with a tire pressuremonitor, electronic components are locatedin the wheel.Tire-mounting tools should not be used nearthe valve. This could damage the electroniccomponents.Only have tires changed at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notes when changing a wheel(Y page 281).The wear patterns on the front and rear tiresdiffer, depending on the operating conditions.Rotate the wheels before a clear wear patternhas formed on the tires. Front tires typicallywear more on the shoulders and the rear tires inthe center.On vehicles that have the same size front andrear wheels, you can rotate the wheels accord-ing to the intervals in the tire manufacturer'swarranty book in your vehicle documents. If nowarranty book is available, the tires should berotated every 3,000 to 6,000 miles (5,000 to10,000 km). Depending on tire wear, this maybe required earlier. Do not change the directionof wheel rotation.Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and thebrake disc thoroughly every time awheel is rota-ted. Check the tire pressure and, if necessary,restart the tire pressure loss warning system orthe tire pressure monitor.

Direction of rotationTires with a specified direction of rotation haveadditional benefits, e.g. if there is a risk of hydro-planing. These advantages can only be gained ifthe tires are installed corresponding to thedirection of rotation.

280 Changing a wheelWheelsandtires

Page 283: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates itscorrect direction of rotation.

Storing wheelsStore wheels that are not being used in a cool,dry and preferably dark place. Protect the tiresfrom oil, grease, gasoline and diesel.

Mounting a wheel

Preparing the vehicleX Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground.

X Apply the electric parking brake manually.X Bring the front wheels into the straight-aheadposition.

X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Switch off the engine.X Vehicles without KEYLESS-GO: remove theSmartKey from the ignition lock.

X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: open the driv-er's door.The vehicle electronics now have status 0.This is the same as the SmartKey having beenremoved.

X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: remove theStart/Stop button from the ignition lock(Y page 116).

X If included in the vehicle equipment, removethe tire-change tool kit from the vehicle.

X Safeguard the vehicle against rolling away.

i Due to differences in vehicle equipment, notall vehicles are equipped with a tire-changetool kit. For information on which tools arerequired to perform a wheel change on yourvehicle, consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Necessary tire-changing tools can include, forexample:RJackRWheel chockRLug wrench

Securing the vehicle to prevent it fromrolling away

If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock, itcan be found in the tire-change tool kit(Y page 245).The folding wheel chock is an additional safetymeasure to prevent the vehicle from rollingaway, for example when changing a wheel.X Fold both plates upwards:.X Fold out lower plate;.X Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into theopenings in base plate=.

X Place chocks or other suitable items underthe front and rear of the wheel that is diago-nally opposite the wheel you wish to change.

Raising the vehicle

G WARNINGIf you do not position the jack correctly at theappropriate jacking point of the vehicle, thejack could tip over with the vehicle raised.There is a risk of injury.Only position the jack at the appropriate jack-ing point of the vehicle. The base of the jack

Changing a wheel 281

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 284: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

must be positioned vertically, directly underthe jacking point of the vehicle.

! Only position the jack at the appropriatejacking point of the vehicle. Otherwise, youcould damage the vehicle.

Observe the following when raising the vehicle:RTo raise the vehicle, only use the vehicle-spe-cific jack that has been tested and approvedby Mercedes-Benz. If used incorrectly, thejack could tip over with the vehicle raised.RThe jack is designed only to raise and hold thevehicle for a short time while a wheel is beingchanged. It must not be used for performingmaintenance work under the vehicle.RAvoid changing the wheel on uphill and down-hill slopes.RBefore raising the vehicle, secure it from roll-ing away by applying the parking brake andinserting wheel chocks. Do not disengage theparking brake while the vehicle is raised.RThe jack must be placed on a firm, flat andnon-slip surface. On a loose surface, a large,flat, load-bearing underlaymust be used. On aslippery surface, a non-slip underlay must beused, e.g. rubber mats.RDo not use wooden blocks or similar objectsas a jack underlay. Otherwise, the jackwill notbe able to achieve its load-bearing capacitydue to the restricted height.RMake sure that the distance between theunderside of the tires and the ground does notexceed 1.2 in (3 cm).RNever place your hands and feet under theraised vehicle.RDo not lie under the vehicle.RDo not start the engine when the vehicle israised.RDo not open or close a door or the trunk lidwhen the vehicle is raised.RMake sure that no persons are present in thevehicle when the vehicle is raised.

X Using lug wrench:, loosen the bolts on thewheel you wish to change by about one fullturn. Do not unscrew the bolts completely.

The jacking points are located just behind thefront wheel housings and just in front of the rearwheel housings (arrows).Vehicles with AMG equipment: the vehiclehas covers installed to protect the vehicle bodynext to the jacking points on the outer sills.

X Fold cover; upwards.

282 Changing a wheelWheelsandtires

Page 285: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Position jack? at jacking point=.

X Make sure the foot of the jack is directlybeneath the jacking point.

X Turn crankA clockwise until jack? sitscompletely on jacking point=. The base ofthe jack must lie evenly on the ground.

X Turn crankA until the tire is raised a maxi-mum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from the ground.

Removing a wheel! Do not placewheel bolts in sand or on a dirtysurface. The bolt andwheel hub threads couldotherwise be damaged when you screw themin.

X Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com-pletely.

X Screw alignment bolt: into the threadinstead of the wheel bolt.

X Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts fully.X Remove the wheel.

Mounting a new wheel

G WARNINGOiled or greased wheel bolts or damagedwheel bolts/hub threads can cause the wheelbolts to come loose. As a result, you couldlose a wheel while driving. There is a risk ofaccident.Never oil or greasewheel bolts. In the event ofdamage to the threads, contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop immediately. Have thedamaged wheel bolts or hub threadsreplaced/renewed. Do not continue driving.

G WARNINGIf you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is raised, the jack could tipover. There is a risk of injury.Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is on the ground.

Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notes in the "Changing a wheel" section(Y page 280).Only use wheel bolts that have been designedfor the wheel and the vehicle. For safety rea-sons, Mercedes-Benz recommends that youonly use wheel bolts which have been approvedfor Mercedes-Benz vehicles and the respectivewheel.

! To prevent damage to the paintwork, holdthe wheel securely against the wheel hubwhile screwing in the first wheel bolt.

Changing a wheel 283

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 286: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact sur-faces.

X Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the align-ment bolt and push it on.

X Tighten the wheel bolts until they are finger-tight.

X Unscrew the alignment bolt.X Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger-tight.

X Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel:inflate the collapsible spare wheel(Y page 286).Only then lower the vehicle.

Lowering the vehicle

G WARNINGThe wheels could work loose if the wheel nutsand bolts are not tightened to the specifiedtightening torque. There is a risk of accident.Have the tightening torque immediatelychecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a wheel is changed.

! Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel:before lowering the vehicle, inflate the col-lapsible spare wheel with the tire inflationcompressor. The wheel rim could otherwisebe damaged.

X Turn the crank of the jack counter-clockwiseuntil the vehicle is once again standing firmlyon the ground.

X Place the jack to one side.

X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a crosswisepattern in the sequence indicated (: toA).The specified tightening torque is 96 lb-ft(130 Nm).

X Turn the jack back to its initial position.X Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicle toolsin the trunk again.

X Vehicles with AMG equipment: insert thecover into the outer sill.

X Check the tire pressure of the newly mountedwheel and adjust it if necessary.Observe the recommended tire pressure(Y page 263).

When you are driving with the collapsible sparewheel mounted, the tire pressure loss warningsystemor the tire pressuremonitor cannot func-tion reliably. Only restart the tire pressure losswarning system or tire pressure monitor whenthe defective wheel has been replaced with anew wheel.Vehicles with a tire pressure control sys-tem: all installed wheels must be equipped withfunctioning sensors.

Wheel and tire combinations

You can ask for information regarding permittedwheel/tire combinations at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

! For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use tires and wheelswhich have been approved byMercedes-Benzspecifically for your vehicle.

284 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

Page 287: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

These tires have been specially adapted foruse with the control systems, such as ABS orESP®, and are marked as follows:RMO = Mercedes-Benz OriginalRMOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended(tires featuring run-flat characteristics)RMO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer-tain AMG tires)

Mercedes-Benz Original Extended tires mayonly be used on wheels that have been spe-cifically approved by Mercedes-Benz.Only use tires, wheels or accessories testedand approved by Mercedes-Benz. Certaincharacteristics, e.g. handling, vehicle noiseemissions or fuel consumption, may other-wise be adversely affected. In addition, whendriving with a load, tire dimension variationscould cause the tires to come into contactwith the bodywork and axle components. Thiscould result in damage to the tires or the vehi-cle.Mercedes-Benz accepts no liability for dam-age resulting from the use of tires, wheels oraccessories other than those tested andapproved.Information on tires, wheels and approvedcombinations can be obtained from any quali-fied specialist workshop.

! Retreaded tires are neither tested nor rec-ommended by Mercedes-Benz, since previ-ous damage cannot always be detected onretreaded tires. As a result, Mercedes-Benzcannot guarantee vehicle safety if retreadedtires are mounted. Do not mount used tires ifyou have no information about their previoususage.

The recommended pressures for various oper-ating conditions can be found:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table on the fuel filler flapObserve the notes on recommended tire pres-sures under various operating conditions(Y page 263).Check tire pressures regularly, and only whenthe tires are cold. Comply with the maintenancerecommendations of the tire manufacturer inthe vehicle document wallet.

Notes on the vehicle equipment – always equipthe vehicle:Rwith tires of the same size on a given axle (leftand right)Rwith the same type of tires at a given time(summer tires, winter tires, MOExtendedtires)Exception: it is permissible to mount a differ-ent type or make in the event of a flat tire.Observe the "MOExtended tires (tires withrun-flat characteristics)" section(Y page 247).

Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires arenot equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory. Itis therefore recommended that you additionallyequip your vehiclewith a TIREFIT kit if youmounttires that do not feature run-flat characteristics,e.g. winter tires. A TIREFIT kit may be obtainedfrom a qualified specialist workshop.

Emergency spare wheel

Important safety notes

G WARNINGThe wheel or tire size as well as the tire type ofthe spare wheel or emergency spare wheeland the wheel to be replaced may differ.Mounting an emergency spare wheel mayseverely impair the driving characteristics.There is a risk of an accident.To avoid hazardous situations:Radapt your driving style accordingly anddrive carefully.Rnever mount more than one spare wheel oremergency spare wheel that differs in size.Ronly use a spare wheel or emergency sparewheel of a different size briefly.Rdo not switch ESP® off.Rhave a spare wheel or emergency sparewheel of a different size replaced at thenearest qualified specialist workshop.Observe that the wheel and tire dimensionsas well as the tire type must be correct.

When using an emergency spare wheel or sparewheel of a different size, you must not exceedthe maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).

Emergency spare wheel 285

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 288: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Snow chains must not be mounted on emer-gency spare wheels.

General notesYou can ask for information regarding permittedemergency spare wheels at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.You should regularly check the pressure of theemergency spare wheel, particularly prior tolong trips, and correct the pressure as neces-sary (Y page 263). The value on the wheel isvalid.An emergency spare wheel may also be moun-ted against the direction of rotation. Observethe time restriction on use as well as the speedlimitation specified on the emergency sparewheel.Replace the tires after six years at the latest,regardless of wear. This also applies to theemergency spare wheel.When you are driving with the collapsible sparewheel mounted, the tire pressure loss warningsystemor the tire pressuremonitor cannot func-tion reliably. Only restart the tire pressure losswarning system or tire pressure monitor whenthe defective wheel has been replaced with anew wheel.Vehicles with tire pressure monitor: aftermounting an emergency spare wheel, the sys-tem may still display the tire pressure of theremoved wheel for a fewminutes. The value dis-played for the mounted emergency spare wheelis not the same as the current tire pressure ofthe emergency spare wheel.

Removing theemergency sparewheel

Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheelThe collapsible spare wheel can be found in thestowagewell under the trunk floor (Y page 221).

X Turn retaining screw; counter-clockwiseand remove it.

X Remove collapsible spare wheel:.Always observe the instructions and safetynotes in the "Mounting a wheel" section(Y page 281).

Stowing the emergency spare wheel! Only place the collapsible spare wheel in thevehicle when it is dry. Otherwise, moisturemay get into the vehicle.

Take the following steps to stow a used collaps-ible spare wheel. Otherwise, the collapsiblespare wheel will not fit in the trunk in the inten-ded manner. Mercedes-Benz recommends thatyou have this work carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.X Unscrew the valve cap from the valve.X If possible, unscrew the valve insert from thevalve and release the air.Fully deflating the tires can take a fewminutes.

X Screw the valve insert back into the valve.X Screw the valve cap back on.X Pull the protective sheet provided with thespare wheel over the collapsible spare wheel.

X Stow the collapsible spare wheel in the emer-gency spare wheel well under the trunk.

X Use the retaining screw to pierce the protec-tive sheet and fasten the collapsible sparewheel in place.

Inflating the collapsible spare wheel! Inflate the collapsible spare wheel using thetire inflation compressor before lowering the

286 Emergency spare wheelWheelsandtires

Page 289: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

vehicle. The wheel rim could otherwise bedamaged.

! Do not operate the tire inflation compressorfor longer than eightminutes at a timewithouta break. It may otherwise overheat.The tire inflation compressor can be operatedagain once it has cooled down.

X Mount the collapsible spare wheel as descri-bed (Y page 281).The collapsible spare wheel must bemountedbefore it is inflated.

X Remove the tire inflation compressor fromthe stowage space under the trunk floor(Y page 245).

X Pull plug? out of the housing.X Take the filler hose out of the housing.X Insert the yellow hose connector of the fillerhose into the guide in the housing and push itinto the fixture until the hose connectorengages.

X Remove the cap from the valve on the col-lapsible spare wheel.

X Screw union nut: on the filler hose onto thevalve.

X Make sure the tire inflation compressor's on/off switchA is set to OFF.

X Insert plug? into the socket of the cigarettelighter or into a 12 V power socket in yourvehicle.

X Turn the SmartKey to position1 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 116).

X Press on/off switchA on the tire inflationcompressor to ON.The tire inflation compressor is switched on.The tire is inflated. The tire pressure is shownon pressure gauge=.

X Inflate the tire to the specified tire pressure.

The specified tire pressure is printed on theyellow label of the emergency spare wheel.

X When the specified tire pressure has beenreached, press on/off switchA to OFF, onthe tire inflation compressor.The tire inflation compressor is switched off.

X Turn the SmartKey to positionu in the igni-tion lock.

X If the tire pressure is higher than the specifiedpressure, press pressure release button;until the correct tire pressure has beenreached.

X Unscrew union nut: on the filler hose fromthe valve.

X Screw the cap onto the valve of the collapsi-ble spare wheel again.

X To remove the filler hose from the tire inflationcompressor, push down the rocker switch onthe hose connector and pull out the fillerhose.

X Stow plug? and the filler hose in the lowersection of the compressor housing.

X Stow the tire inflation compressor in the vehi-cle.

Emergency spare wheel 287

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 290: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Information regarding technical data

i The data stated here specifically refers to avehicle with standard equipment. Consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center for thedata for all vehicle variants and trim levels.

Vehicle electronics

Tampering with the engine electron-ics! Only have work carried out on the engineelectronics and its associated parts, such ascontrol units, sensors, actuating componentsand connector leads, at a qualified specialistworkshop. Vehicle components may other-wise wear more quickly and the vehicle'soperating permit may be invalidated.

Installing two-way radios and mobilephones (RF transmitters)

G WARNINGThe electromagnetic radiation from two-wayradios can interfere with the vehicle electron-ics if two-way radios are manipulated or ret-rofitted incorrectly. This could jeopardize theoperating safety of the vehicle. There is a riskof an accident.You should have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you incorrectly operate two-way radios inthe vehicle, the electromagnetic radiationmay interfere with the vehicle electronics, forexample if:Rthe two-way radio is not connected to anexterior antennaRthe exterior antenna is not correctly moun-ted or is not low-reflection

This could jeopardize the operating safety ofthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Have the low-reflection exterior antennainstalled at a qualified specialist workshop.Always connect two-way radios to the low-reflection exterior antenna when operating inthe vehicle.

! The operating permit may be invalidated ifthe instructions for installation and use oftwo-way radios are not observed.In particular, the following conditionsmust becomplied with:Ronly approved wavebands may be usedRobserve the maximum permissible outputin these wavebandsRonly approved antenna positions may beused

Excessive levels of electromagnetic radiationmay cause damage to your health and the healthof others. Using an exterior antenna takes intoaccount current scientific discussions relatingto the possible health hazards that may resultfrom electromagnetic fields.The following antenna positions may be used ifRF transmitters have been properly installed:

Approved antenna positions: Rear fender

i On the rear fenders, it is recommended toposition the antenna on the side of the vehicleclosest to the center of the road.

Use the Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609when retrofitting RF transmitters (RoadVehicles- EMC guidelines for installation of aftermarketradio frequency transmitting equipment).Observe the legal requirements for accessoryparts.If your vehicle has installations for two-way radioequipment, use the power supply or antennaconnections intended for use with the basic wir-

288 Vehicle electronicsTechnicaldata

Page 291: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

ing. Be sure to observe the manufacturer's Sup-plement when installing.Deviations with respect to frequency bands,maximum transmission outputs or antennapositions must be approved by Mercedes-Benz.Themaximum transmission output (PEAK) at thebase of the antenna must not exceed the fol-lowing values:

Frequency band Maximumtransmission

output

Short wave3 - 54 MHz

100 W

4 m waveband74 - 88 MHz

30 W

2 m waveband144 - 174 MHz

50 W

Trunked radio system/Tetra380 - 460 MHz

10 W

70 cm waveband400 - 460 MHz

35 W

Mobile communications(2G/3G/4G)

10 W

The following can be used in the vehicle withoutrestrictions:RRF transmitters with a maximum transmis-sion output of up to 100 mWRRF transmitters with transmitter frequenciesin the 380 - 410 MHz waveband and a maxi-mum transmission output of up to 2 W(trunked radio/Tetra)RMobile phones (2G/3G/4G)There are no restrictions when positioning theantenna on the outside of the vehicle for thefollowing wavebands:RTrunked radio system/TetraR70 cm wavebandR2G/3G/4G

Identification plates

Vehicle identification plate with vehi-cle identification number (VIN)

X Open the driver's door.You will see vehicle identification plate:.

Example: vehicle identification plate (USA only): VIN; Vehicle model

Example: vehicle identification plate (Canada only): VIN; Paint code

i The data shown on the vehicle identificationplate is used only as an example. This data isdifferent for every vehicle and can deviate

Identification plates 289

Technicaldata

Z

Page 292: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

from the data shown here. You can find thedata applicable to your vehicle on the vehicleidentification plate.

Vehicle identification number (VIN)

X Slide the front-passenger seat to its frontmost position.

X Fold trim: upwards.VIN; can be seen.

The VIN can also be found in the following loca-tions:Ron the vehicle identification plate(Y page 289)Ron the lower edge of the windshield(Y page 290)

Engine number

: Emission control information plate, includ-ing the certification of both federal and Cali-fornian emissions standards

; Engine number (stamped into the crank-case)

= VIN (on the lower edge of the windshield)

Service products and filling capaci-ties

Important safety notes

G WARNINGService products may be poisonous and haz-ardous to health. There is a risk of injury.Comply with instructions on the use, storageand disposal of service products on the labelsof the respective original containers. Alwaysstore service products sealed in their originalcontainers. Always keep service products outof the reach of children.

H Environmental noteDispose of service products in an environ-mentally responsible manner.

Service products include the following:RFuelsRLubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmission oil)RCoolantRBrake fluidRWindshield washer fluidRClimate control system refrigerantComply with all valid regulations with respect tohandling, storing, and disposing of service flu-ids.Components and service products must match.You should therefore only use products thathave been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz.Information about tested and approved prod-ucts can be obtained from an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.You can identify service products approved byMercedes-Benz by the following inscriptions onthe container:RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)RMB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval 229.51)Other designations or recommendations indi-cate a level of quality or a specification inaccordance with an MB Sheet Number (e.g. MB229.51). They have not necessarily beenapproved by Mercedes-Benz.

290 Service products and filling capacitiesTechnicaldata

Page 293: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Other identifications, for example:R0 W-30R5 W-30R5 W-40

Fuel

Important safety notes

G WARNINGFuel is highly flammable. Improper handling offuel creates a risk of fire and explosion.Avoid fire, open flames, smoking and creatingsparks under all circumstances. Switch off theengine and, if applicable, the auxiliary heatingbefore refueling.

G WARNINGFuel is poisonous and hazardous to health.There is a risk of injury.You must make sure that fuel does not comeinto contact with your skin, eyes or clothingand that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuelvapors. Keep fuel away from children.If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:RWash away fuel from skin immediatelyusing soap and water.RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly withclean water. Seek medical assistance with-out delay.RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-tance without delay. Do not induce vomit-ing.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with fuel.

Tank capacity

Model Total capa-city

SLC 300 18.5 US gal(70.0 l)

Mercedes‑AMG vehicles 15.8 US gal(60.0 l)

Model Of whichreserve

SLC 300 Approx.2.4 US gal(9.0 l)

Mercedes‑AMG vehicles Approx.2.1 US gal(8.0 l)

Gasoline

Fuel grade! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with agasoline engine. Do not switch on the ignitionif you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel.Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel system.Even small amounts of the wrong fuel couldresult in damage to the fuel system and theengine. Notify a qualified specialist workshopand have the fuel tank and fuel lines drainedcompletely.

! Only refuel using unleaded premium gradegasoline with at least 91 AKI/95 RON.

i E10 fuel contains up to 10% bioethanol.Your vehicle is E10-compatible. You canrefuel your vehicle using E10 fuel.

! Only use the fuel recommended. Operatingthe vehicle with other fuels can lead to dam-age to the fuel system, engine and exhaustsystem.

! Do not use the following:RGasoline with more than 10% ethanolRE100 (100% ethanol)RGasoline with methanolRM100 (100% methanol)RGasoline with metalliferous additivesRDiesel

Service products and filling capacities 291

Technicaldata

Z

Page 294: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Do not mix such fuels with the fuel recom-mended for your vehicle.

! To ensure the longevity and full perform-ance of the engine, only premium-gradeunleaded gasoline must be used.If standard unleaded gasoline is unavailableand you have to refuel with unleaded gasolineof a lower grade, observe the following pre-cautions:ROnly fill the fuel tank to half full with regularunleaded gasoline and fill the rest with pre-mium-grade unleaded gasoline as soon aspossible.RDo not drive at the maximum speed.RAvoid sudden acceleration and enginespeeds over 3,000 rpm.

You will usually find information about the fuelgrade on the fuel pump. If you cannot find thelabel on the fuel pump, ask the gas station staff.

i For further information, consult a qualifiedspecialist workshop or visithttp://www.mbusa.com (USA only).

As a temporary measure, if the recommendedfuel is not available, you may also use regularunleaded gasoline with an octane rating of87 AKI/91 RON. This may reduce engine per-formance and increase fuel consumption. Avoiddriving at full throttle and sudden acceleration.Never refuel using gasoline with a lower AKI.

i The fuels you can use in your vehicle maydiffer from the information in the Operator'sManual depending on the country. The fuelsthat have been approved for your vehicle canbe found on the instruction label on the insideof the fuel filler flap.

Information on refueling (Y page 130).

Additives in gasoline! Operating the engine with fuel additivesadded later can lead to engine failure. Do notmix fuel additives with fuel. This does notinclude additives for the removal and preven-tion of residue buildup. gasoline must only bemixed with additives recommended byMercedes-Benz. Comply with the instructionsfor use on the product label.More informationabout recommended additives can beobtained from any authorizedMercedes-BenzCenter.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use bran-ded fuels that have additives.The fuel quality available in some countries maynot be sufficient. Residue could build up in thefuel injection system as a result. In such cases,and in consultation with an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center, the fuel may be mixedwith the cleaning additive recommended byMercedes-Benz. You must observe the notesand mixing ratios specified on the container.

Engine oil

General notes

! Do not use engine oil or an oil filter withspecifications deviating from those expresslyrequired for the prescribed service intervals.Do not change the engine oil or oil filter inorder to set replacement intervals longer thanthose prescribed. This could otherwise causedamage to the engine or exhaust gas after-treatment.Follow the instructions on the service intervaldisplay for changing the engine oil. This couldotherwise cause damage to the engine orexhaust gas aftertreatment.

When handling engine oil, observe the importantsafety notes on service products (Y page 290).The engine oils are matched to the performanceofMercedes-Benz engines and service intervals.You should therefore only use engine oils and oilfilters that are approved for vehicles with main-tenance systems.For a list of approved engine oils and oil filters,consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Or visit the websitehttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.The table shows which engine oils have beenapproved for your vehicle.

292 Service products and filling capacitiesTechnicaldata

Page 295: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Model MB-Freigabe orMB-Approval

All models 229.5

i MB approval is indicated on the oil contain-ers.

Filling capacitiesThe following values refer to an oil changeincluding the oil filter.

Model Capacity

SLC 300 6.7 US qt (6.3 l)

Mercedes-AMGSLC 43

6.9 US qt (6.5 l)

Additives! Do not use any additives in the engine oil.This could damage the engine.

Brake fluid

G WARNINGThe brake fluid constantly absorbs moisturefrom the air. This lowers the boiling point ofthe brake fluid. If the boiling point of the brakefluid is too low, vapor pockets may form in thebrake system when the brakes are appliedhard. This would impair braking efficiency.There is a risk of an accident.You should have the brake fluid renewed atthe specified intervals.

When handling brake fluid, observe the impor-tant safety notes on service products(Y page 290).The brake fluid change intervals can be found inthe Maintenance Booklet.Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz in accordance with MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval 331.0.Information about approved brake fluid can beobtained at any qualified specialist workshop oron the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

i Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at aqualified specialist workshop and the replace-ment confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet.

Coolant

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf antifreeze comes into contact with hot com-ponents in the engine compartment, it mayignite. There is a risk of fire and injury.Let the engine cool down before you add anti-freeze.Make sure that antifreeze is not spillednext to the filler neck. Thoroughly clean theantifreeze from components before startingthe engine.

! Only add coolant that has been premixedwith the desired antifreeze protection. Youcould otherwise damage the engine.Further information on coolants can be foundin the Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Ser-vice Products, MB BeVo 310.1, e.g. on theInternet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. Or con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

! Always use a suitable coolant mixture, evenin countries where high temperatures prevail.Otherwise, the engine cooling system is notsufficiently protected from corrosion andoverheating.

i Have the coolant regularly replaced at aqualified specialist workshop and the replace-ment confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet.

Comply with the important safety precautionsfor service products when handling coolant(Y page 290).The coolant is a mixture of water and anti-freeze/corrosion inhibitor. It is responsible forthe following:Ranti-corrosion protectionRantifreeze protectionRraising the boiling pointIf the coolant has antifreeze protection down to-35 ‡ (-37 †), the boiling point of the coolantduring operation is approximately 266 ‡(130 †).

Service products and filling capacities 293

Technicaldata

Z

Page 296: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concentra-tion in the engine cooling system should:Rbe at least 50%. This will protect the enginecooling system against freezing down toapproximately -35 ‡ (-37 †).Rnot exceed 55% (antifreeze protection downto -49 ‡ [-45 †]). Otherwise, heat will not bedissipated as effectively

If the vehicle has lost coolant, add equalamounts of water and antifreeze/corrosioninhibitor.Mercedes-Benz recommends an antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accordancewith MB Specifications for Service Products310.1.

i When the vehicle is first delivered, it is filledwith a coolant mixture that ensures adequateantifreeze and anti-corrosion protection.

i The coolant is checked with every mainte-nance interval at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Filling capacitiesMissing values were not available at time ofgoing to print.

Model Capacity

SLC 300 Approx. 8.5 US qt(8.0 l)

Mercedes‑BenzSLC 43 AMG

Approx. 8.2 US qt(7.8 l)

Windshield washer system

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWindshield washer concentrate could ignite ifit comes into contact with hot engine compo-nents or the exhaust system. There is a risk offire and injury.Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

! Only use washer fluid that is suitable forplastic lamp lenses, e.g. MB SummerFit orMBWinterFit. Unsuitable washer fluid could dam-age the plastic lenses of the headlamps.

! Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFitwasher fluid should be mixed together. Thespray nozzles may otherwise becomeblocked.

Do not use distilled or de-ionised water. Other-wise, the level sensor may give a false reading.When handling washer fluid, observe the impor-tant safety notes on service products(Y page 290).At temperatures above freezing:X Fill thewasher fluid reservoir with amixture ofwater and windshield washer fluid, e.g. MBSummerFit.

X Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water.At temperatures below freezing:X Fill thewasher fluid reservoir with amixture ofwater and washer fluid, e.g. MB WinterFit.For the correct mixing ratio refer to the infor-mation on the antifreeze reservoir.

i Add windshield washer fluid, e.g. MB Sum-merFit or MB WinterFit, to the washer fluid allyear round.

Climate control system refrigerant

Important safety notesThe climate control system of your vehicle is fil-led with refrigerant R‑134a.The instruction label regarding the refrigeranttype used can be found on the radiator crossmember.

! Only the refrigerant R‑134a and the PAG oilapproved by Mercedes-Benz may be used.The approved PAG oil may not be mixed withany other PAG oil that is not approved forR-134a refrigerant. Otherwise, the climatecontrol system may be damaged.

Service work, such as refilling with refrigerant orreplacing component parts, may only be carriedout by a qualified specialist workshop. All appli-cable regulations, as well as SAE standard J639,must be adhered to.Always have work on the climate control systemcarried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

294 Service products and filling capacitiesTechnicaldata

Page 297: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

Refrigerant instruction label

Example: refrigerant instruction label: Symbol; Refrigerant filling capacity= Applicable standards? PAG oil part numberA Type of refrigerantWarning symbol: advises you about:RPossible dangersRHaving service work carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop

Filling capacities

Model Refrigerant

All models 19.4 ± 0.4 oz(550 ± 10 g)

Model PAG oil

All models 2.8 oz80 g

Vehicle data

General notesPlease note that for the specified vehicle data:Rthe heights specified may vary as a result of

- tires- load- condition of the suspension- optional equipmentRoptional equipment reduces the maximumpayload

Dimensions and weights

Model : Opening height

Mercedes-AMGSLC 43

70.75 in(1797 mm)

All other models 70.5 in(1795 mm)

Missing values were not available at time ofgoing to print.

Mercedes-AMGSLC 43

Vehicle length 163.1 in (4143 mm)

Vehicle lengthwhen opening/clos-ing the roof

Vehicle widthincluding exteriormirrors

78.9 in (2006 mm)

Vehicle height 51.2 in (1303 mm)

Vehicle heightwhen opening/clos-ing the roof

61.7 in (1566 mm)

Wheelbase 95.7 in (2431 mm)

Turning radius

All other models

Vehicle length 162.7 in (4133 mm)

Vehicle lengthwhen opening/clos-ing the roof

170.2 in (4324 mm)

Vehicle data 295

Technicaldata

Z

Page 298: SLC - Mercedes-Benz USASLC Operator'sManual Mercedes-Benz YourOperator'sManual Digitalforminsidethevehicle FamiliarizeyourselfwiththecontentsoftheOperator'sManualdirectlyviayour

All other models

Vehicle widthincluding exteriormirrors

79.0 in (2006 mm)

Vehicle height

Vehicle heightwhen opening/clos-ing the roof

61.06 in (1551 mm)

Wheelbase 95.7 in (2430 mm)

Turning radius 34.5 ft (10.52 m)

296 Vehicle dataTechnicaldata